PROCEEDINGS

OK THE

opi .^arkto of §ictiuti

VOL. XXIX. (Nkvv Skriks).

PARTS I. AND II.

Edited under the Autiwriiy of the Council.

ISSUED OCTOBER, 1916, am/ MARCH, igi?.

(Containing Papers read before the Society during IQI6).

THK AUTHORS OK TilR SEVERAL PAPKRS ARK INDIVIDUALLY RESrONSIBLK FOR TIIK

SOUXDXKSS OK TIIK OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE

STATEMENTS .MADE THEREIN.

MEriMOUL'NE:
FORD & SON, PRINTERS, DRUMMOND STIiKKT, CARLTON.

1917.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXIX.

Art. I. — New Genera ami Species of Australian Hemiptera. By Dr. E.

Bergroth, C.M.Z.S., Lond. ... ... .. ... 1

II. — Heteropterous Hemiptera collected by Professor "\V. Baldwin
Spencer during the Horn Expedition into Central Australia.
By Dr. E. Bergroth, C.M.Z.S., Lond. ... ... ... 19

III. — The Petrology of the Silurian Sediments near Melbourne. By

W. G. Langford,B.Sc. ... ... ... ... ... 10

IV. — The Palaeontological Sequence of the Lower Ordovician Rocks
in the Castlemaine District. (Part I.) By W. J. Harris,

B.A. (Plate I.) 50

v.— New or Little-known Victorian Fossils in the National

Museum. (Part XIX. — The Yeringian Gasteropod Fauna).

By Frederick Chapman, A.L.S., &c. (Plates II.-VIJ ... 75

VI. — Description of a New Genus and two New Species of Victorian

Marine MoUusca. By J. H. Gatliff and C. J. Gabriel.

(Plate VII.) 104

VII. — Additions to and Alterations in the Catalogue of the Marine

Shells of Victoria. By J. H. Gatliff and C. J. Gabriel. 106
VIII.— Oscillatory Adjustments in the Animal Body. By W. A.

Osborne, M.B., D.Sc. ... ... ... ... ... 115

IX. — The Wet-Bulb and Kata Thermometers. By W. A. Osborne,

M.B., D.Sc. ... ... ... ... ... ... 119

X. — On the Probable Environment of the Palaeozoic Genu^ Hercy-

nella in Victoria. By Frederick Chapman, A.L.S., &c. ... 123

XI. — Reptilian Notes : Megalania prisca, Owen, and Notiosaurus
dentatus, Owen ; Lacertilian dermal armour ; Opalized
remains from Lightning Ridge. By R. Eth bridge, Junr.

(Plate VIIL) 127

XII. — New or Little-known Victorian Fossils in the National
Museum. (Part XX. — Some Tertiary Fish-teeth). By
Frederick Chapman, A.L.S. &c. (Plate IX.) ... ... 134

XIII.— Contributions to the Flora of Australia, No. 25. By Alfred

J. EwART, D.Sc, Ph.D., &c. ... ... ... ... 142

XIV. — A Disease or Teratological Malformation of Lucerne. By

Ellinor Archer, B.Sc. (Plate X.) ... ... ... 150

XV.— On the Age of the Alkali Rocks of Port Cygnet and the
D'Entrecasteaux Channel in S.E. Tasmania. By Professor
Ernest W. Skeats, D.Sc, A.R.C.S., F.G.S. ... ... 154

XVI.— Teratological Notes : Part 2. By A. D. Hardy, F.L.S. (Plates

XI.-XIII.) 165

Index ... ... ... ... ... ... ••• ... 174

M

[Proc. Rot. Soc. Victoiua. 29 (N.S.), Part 1., 191(5].

Art. I. — NrAv Genera and Sj^ecies of Australian Hemij^tera,

By dr. E. BERGROTH, C.M.Z.S., Lond.

(Couunuiiioated by Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, F.R.S.)

[Read 9th March, 1916.]

In a paper published many years ago^ I have described a number
of new Australian Hemiptera communicated to me by Mr. Charles
French, of Melbourne. Of the material sent to me by Mr. French
I had retained for further study a number of sj^ecies, partly
tjelonging to difficult groups, and among them I have found some
forms wliich are undescribed and of which descriptions are given in
the present paper. One new species of Myodochidae belongs to a
genus hither known only as Palearctic, and of the three new genera
of this family here descril^ed two are remarkable by showing a
de<:-idedly closer affinity to Palearctic than to !ndo-Australian
genera, but this is probably due to our imperfect knowledge of
the Myodochidae of the Oriental and Australian regions, the
members of this family being of small size and much neglected l)y
collectors.

Fani. PENTATOMIDAE.

EUMECOPUS VERMICUr.'^TUS, n. sp.

Oval, ochraceous, head above with six percurrent fuscous or
partly dark ferruginous stripes, beneath witli four not well-marked
pale fu.scous stripes, pronotal cicatrical areas mottled witli pale
fuscous, an impressed spot between ocelli and eyes, and basal half
of the postfrenal jiart of the scutellum black, connexivum traversed
through its whole length by a piceous band, pleural evaporative
area tinged with ferruginous, membrane blackish-fuscous, the outer
veins paler towards apex, abdomen beneath with a broad percur-
rent sublateral ferruginous band which inwardly is rather diffuse
and disintegrated into small spots, and with a median vitta on the
sixth segment and the basal lobes of the female genital segment
ferruginous, spiracles fuscous; first two antennal joints dark san-
guineous, base of basal joint pale ochraceous, third joint pale reddish.,
its apical half (except extreme apex) black (last tAvo joints wanting),
ro.strum dark testaceous, last joint piceous, legs purplish-red.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vii., pp. 287-302 /1835).

2 E. Bergrotk :

femora toward the base ochraceous, l)iit witli some longitudinal
rows of subconfluent purplish spots, tibiae al)ove toward the l)ase
with an ochraceous streak, tarsi pale reddisli. apex of last joint
infuscated; above rather thickly punctate with fuscous or l)lack,
the points largely placed in transverse irregularly waved oi- tor-
tuous dark ferruginous or brownish lines, head inqjunctate but
with the dark stripes punctulate, a niediuui line to pionotuni
(narrowed toward base), a small callus at basal angles of scutelluni,
apical half of its postfrenal part, and veins and costal margin of
corium impunctate, the piceous connexival vitta punctulate, pleurae
rather sparingly punctured with fuscous, on posterior half of
propleurae with black. Head slightly broader than long and a
little shorter than pronotum in the middle, juga at apex somewhat
convergent over the clypeus a little before its apex, hist antennal
joint about two-thirds the length of the head and passing its ajjex
by more than the half, second joint half the lengtli of first, third ih
times longer than second, the articulation between the second and
third joints distinct, but not admitting of free mobility, rostrum
somewhat passing base of abdomen, its second joint a little shorter
than third and fourth together. Pronotum with the lateral margins
broadly and slightly sinuate, their apical third minutely denti-
culated, basal margin slightly sinuate, humeral spines short,
directed outwards, their anterior margin forming a straight con-
tinuation of the pronotal lateral margins. Scutellum. with the post-
frenal part a little longer than broad and parallel in the middle.
Hemelytra passing apex of abdomen by almost one-third tlie length
of the membrane, corium reaching beyond middle of last connexival
segment, its apical margin slightly sinuate behind the middle.
Abdomen a little broader than the closed hemelytra, the apical
angles of the segments right-angled, moderately prominent, venter
irregularly finely striolate and finely remotely punctidate, impunc-
tate in the middle, the median furrow rather broad but shallow,
reaching apex of fifth segment, the distance between the exterioi-
margin of the sublateral ferruginous vittae and the lateral margins
of the abdomen occupying one-third of the distance between the
spiracles and the abdominal margins, basal lobes of female genital
segment somewhat rugose and sparingly granulate. Length (excl.
membrane), ? 20 mm.

Queensland.

Somewhat related to E. ritf i rent ris, Stal. but with very much
shorter second antennal joint, anteriorly denticulated pronotal
lateral margins, and different colour-markings.

New Genera and Species of Australian Hemiptera. o

EUMIiCOPUS ADVERSIDKNS, 11. Sp.

Elliptical, above purplish brown, thickly punctate, seven .stri}K's
to head, two spots before middle of pronotum and its lateral
margins as far as to base of humeral spines, a callus at basal any:les
of scutellum and more than the apical third of its postfrenal part,
costal and apical margins of corium, its veins, a jaggered vilta in
tho exocorium and in the basal half of the mesocorium, a spot
tehind middle of mesocorium emitting a narrow vitta
obliquely forwards to the cubital vein and two less distinct vittae
backwards to the apical margin, and several mottlings to pronotum,
scutellum, and mesocorium pale ochraceous and impunctat<.\ cou-
nexivum red, its exterior margin ochraceous interrupted by black
at the incisures, membrane black, the exterior veins whitish grey
toward apex; beneath ochraceous, head with a faint brownish vitta
along the bucculae, pleurae and venter punctate with pale reddish
brown, posterior part of propleurae more darkly punctate,
middle of venter and its lateral borders as far as to the pale
spiracles impunctate, a spot at basal and apical angles of the
segments black, basal lobes of female genital segment infuscated;
rostrum testaceous, last joint piceous, legs purplish red, coxae,
trochanters, base and two or three streaks of femora, and a broad
more or less complete subbasal annulation to tibiae ochraceous, last
two tarsal joints pale red. Head longer than broad and slightly
longer than pronotum in the middle, clypeus a little longer than
juga, apical tooth of bucculae directed forward and somewhat out-
ward, and very slightly downward, largely visible from above,
black at tip, rostrum reaching base of fourth ventral segment,
second joint distinctly longer than third and fourth together;
(antennae wanting). Pronotum with the lateral margins rather
deeply arcuately sinuate, their apical third finely crenulatei,
humeral spines rather long, directed outwards and a little forwards
and upwards. Scutellum shorter than head and pronotum together,
the postfrenal part a little longer than broad and narrowing fioni
base to apex. Hemelytra passing apex of abdomen by more than
one-third the length of the membrane, apical margin of corium
slightly sinuate near middle. Abdomen very slightly broader than
the closed hemelytra, ventral furrow rather deep, reaching apex of
fifth segment, basal lobes of female genital segment rugose. Length
{eicl. membrane), ? 17.5 mm.

West Australia.

A well-marked species coming nearest to E. acanthopifgius, Stiil. ,^^iv^i£i,,_^^
but easily distinguished by many characters. j/^'!\^^^ n /

juj L I B R A R

4 E. Bergroth:

POECILOMETIS ELLIPTICUS, 11. Sp.

Elliptical, above ocliraceous, rather thickly but not regularly
punctured with dark fuscous or blackish, head with the lateral
margins from eyes to apex of antenniferous tubercles and four per-
current vittae black, the outer vitta on each side broad, paler on
the juga, and on the vertex longitudinally divided by an ochraceous
line near its inner margin immediately inside tlie ocellus, the-
inner vitta on each side narrow, juga entirely punctate, but punc-
turation on vertex arranged in three rows on each side, the
ochraceous parts of the head, the pronotal lateral margins (nar-
rowly), a callus at the basal angles of the scutellum, somewhat less
than the apical half of its postfrenal part, and the outer margin
of the connexivum impunctate, membrane fuscous-black with
whitish veins; teneath luteous, a sublateral vitta to anterior half
of propleurae, two round spots at base of front acetabula, one round
spot at base of middle acetabula, spiracles, and a ring surround-
ing them black, head finely and sparingly punctured with brown,
pleurae punctate with fuscous, blackly and more coarsely so on the
metapleural evaporative area, venter coarsely but very remotely
punctate with black, the punctures becoming fuscous in the centra
of the disk and toward the lateral margins; rostrum and legs
testaceous, last joint of the former piceous. femora and tibiae
spotted with fuscous, last tarsal joint fuscous. Head as broad as
long and as long as pronotum in the middle, rostrum reaching
middle of second ventral segment, its second joint subequal in
length to the last two joints combined; (antennae wanting). Pro-
notum with the lateral margins obtusangularly sinuate before middle,
their apical third bluntly and obscurely crenulated, the humeral
angles a little prominent, almost right-angled. Scutellum as long
as head and pronotum together, the postfrenal part almost one-
half longer than broad, narrowing from its base, rather narrowly
rounded at apex. Hemelytra passing apex of abdomen by a little
less than half the length of the membrane, apical margin of corium
straight. Abdomen l^ehind* the middle slightly broader than the
closed hemelytra, the apical angles of the segments a little promi-
nent, right-angled, ventral furrow reaching apex of fifth segment,
broad and shallow, almost obliterated in the fifth segment, sixth'
male ventral segment in the middle somewhat shorter than the two-
preceding segments together, male genital segment very deeply
sinuated, the bottom of the sinuosity arcuate, filled up with a pale-
membrane. Length (excl. membrane), <? 14 mm.

New Genera and Species of Australia ii Hemiptera. 5

Queensland.

Apparently allied to the insufficiently deseiibed I', uin'for/iiis
Sellout., but Avithout the eonspieuous black inipunctate area of the
<orium, and remarkable by the eoarse puneturation of the evapora-
tive areas and venter.

POECILOMETI.S GIBBICEPS, U. sp.

Rather broadly oval, luteous, above rather thickly but not
uniformly punctured with dark fuscous or blackish, head mostly
not or very sparingly punctate, Init with four densely punctulate
dark fuscous stripes, the outer one on eacli side percurrent, the two
inner stripes only extended through the vertex or much less dis-
tinctly indicated before it, six more or less distinct longitudinal
stripes to pronotum and two oblong spots to mesocorium, all com-
posed of more thickly set dark punctures, the outermost pronotal
stripe placed close to the lateral margin, the next on each side
oblique, subparallel with the sublateral stripe, the two median
stripes forming a straight continuation of the outer stripes of the
head, the anterior mesocorial spot placed just before the middle at
the cubital vein, the posterior spot a little behind the middle at the
radial vein, two apical spots to pronotum extended to the posterior
margin of the cicatrical areas, and a more or less distinct vitta to
anterior half of mesocorium sparingly punctate, lateral margins of
pronotum (narrowly), a pronotal median vitta (very narrow or
obliterated in the posterior half), a callus at l)asal angles of
scutellum, an almost percurrent median vitta to it (sometimes
longitudinally punctate in the middle) and its apex (broadly), the
veins of the corium. its apical and costal margins (the latter at
least from base to middle), and exterior margin of connexivum
impunctate, membrane blackish with whitish veins, head beneath
extremely finely almost concolorously punctulate, only the bucculae
and a small area adjacent to their posterior part punctured with
fuscous, pectus with a fuscous sublateral streak in the anterioi- half
of the propleurae and with an irregular sublateral spot to mesu-
pleurae, an oblong exterior spot to the evaporative area, and a
triangular spot at interior end of this area plumbeous, all pleurae
(including acetabula) more or less sparsely punctate with fuscous, a
subquadrate spot adjoining the base of the four anterior acetabula
and the space between tlie exterior margin of the irregularly
rugose but impimctate? evaporative areas and the lateral margin of
the metapleurae impunctate. abdomen Ijeneath with the extitine

(> E. Bergroth:

apical angles of the segments infuscated and with a small subim-
pressed comma-shaped fuscous spot immediately })efore and sliglitly
on the inside of the spiracles which are also often narrowly encircled
by fuscous, the ventral surface finely and sparsely punctate with
brown, the punctures darker and more aggregated inside the level
cif the spiracles where they form a longitudinal band largely inter-
rupted in tlie basal half of the segments within the spiracles by a
transverse subtriangular exteriorly truncate spot in which the very
fine punctures are colourless, as they also are in the median part
of tlie disk and in a broad percurrent sublateral vitta inwardly
reaching the spiracles, the ventral puncturation sometimes almost
entirely concolorous. the only remains of the darkly punctate intra-
spiracular vitta being a few fuscous points forming a curved vitta
lietAveen the basal margin of the segments and the interior end of
the transverse impression beginning l>ehind the spiracles, and a
small transverse cluster of fuscous points of the apical margin of
the segments; antennae (at least the three first joints), rostrum
(except the piceous apical joint), and legs dark testaceous, femora
and tibiae finely dotted with brown. Head a little broader than
long, and about one-fourth shorter than pronotum in the middle,
clypeus a little longer than juga, narrowing from base to near apex,
its apical j^art deflected, juga with their apices approaching each
other over the clypeus behind its apex, the apical part of their inner
margin almost perpendicularly deflected (a character well seen from
the front), vertex gibbous, first antennal joint rather stout, slightly
curved, somewhat shorter than head and passing its apex by about
three-fourths its own length, second joint one-third shorter than
first, third twice the length of second (last two joints wanting),
rostrum reaching base venter, first joint reaching base of head,
second slightly shorter than the last two together. Pronotum with
the lateral margins almost straight or very slighly sinuate, their
anterior third very obscurely crenulated, humeral angles a little
prominent, right-angled. Scutellum subecjual in length to head
and pronotum together, the postfrenal part distinctly longer than
broad, narrowing from the base. Hemelytra slightly passing apex
of abdomen, costal margin of corium straight near the base, then
ampliately rounded, apical margin straight. Abdomen broader
than the hemelytra, beneath somewhat flattened in the middle, but
witli the ventral furrow only reaching middle of third segment,
fourth and fifth ventral segments in the male a little before the
median part of the apical margin with a transver.se series of stiff
hairs ai-ising fi'om minute brown points, sixth male ventral segment

New Genera and Species of Australian Hemiptera. 7

in the middle as long as the two preceding segments together, its
basal margin obtusely subangular in the middle, male genital
segment constructed much as in P. ellipticus, but with the lateral
margins of the sinuosity more distinctly rounded. Length, $ 13
mm., $ 14.5 mm.

Queensland; West Australia.

A very distinctive species, readily recognised by the structure of
the head, etc. In the shape of the body it is somewhat similar to
P. edtvardsti, V. Duz., but is still broader and laterally more
rounded.

Judging from the various localities it is distributed throughout
Northern Australia.

Paramenestheus abditus, n. sp.

Oblong-oval, drab-coloured, above rather thickly punctured with
dark fuscous, exocorium appearing lighter owing to its finer and
paler puncturing, inner margin of juga, a vitta on clypeus con-
tinued to base of head, two broader short basal vittae to head
between ocelli and eyes, the pronotal cicatrical areas, a subquadrate
callus near basal angles of scutellum on the inner side of the
black foveae, a median vitta in basal half of scutellum, two
parallel vittae in its apical half not reaching apex and continued
divergently from middle of scutellum toward its base, the lateral
margins of its postfrenal part the veins of corium and clavus, and
a vitta in apical half of mesocorium not far from the radial vein
impunctate and generally paler, the postfi-enal lateral margins of
the scutellum and the radial vein much paler, whitish, a spot at
inner end of pronotal cicatrical areas and at apex of scutellum,
and a vitta on the mesocorium close to the postero-median part of
the radial vein composed of sulxionfluent blackish points, membrane
greyish, the veins scarcely darker, spiracles and extreme basal
angles of the ventral segments fuscous, head beneath punctured the
same as above, pleurae with two percurrent vittae composed of
aggregated blackish points and separated by a rather broad very
remotely punctate band, the exterior vitta with closer and darker
punctures, and bordered on its outer side with an irregular inter-
rupted impunctate vitta, lateral border of propleurae subbiseriately
punctate, venter mostly impunctate, but on each side with a black-
punctured posteriorly evanescent vitta forming a continuation of
the inner pleural vitta, and with a faint trace of a similar aub-
lateral vitta. sixth ventral segment punctured with fuscous in its

S E Benjrotk:

posterior median part; antennae brownish rufescent, their first two
joints, the rostrum (except the piceous apical joint), and the legs
pale testaceous, femora and (less distinctly) tibiae dotted with
fuscous. Head and antennae constructed as in the type of the genus
(P. ierricolor Bredd.), rostrum leaching middle of metasternum,
second joint twice longei- tliau the last two joints together. Pro-
notum at apex distinctly broader than head, apical angles produced
in a very short apically tiuncate lobelet, lateral margins somewhat
laminate and a little rounded. Scutellum shaped as in the typical
species. Hemelytra slightly passing apex of abdomen. Sixth male
ventral segment in the middle as long as the fifth and half the
fourth together, its basal margin rounded; male genital segment
moderately ascending, the apical margin depressed, trisinuate,
the lateral sinuosities very .shallow, the median one much deeper.
Length, 3" 0.5 mm.

Queensland.

Apparently coming nearest to P. senioni, Horv., l)ut with some-
what shorter head, much darker three last antennal joints, different
colour markings, differently sculptured scutellum, and otherwise
punctured venter; the male sexual characters are probably also
different, but this sex of P. senioni is .still unknown.

Fam. MYODOCHIDAE.
(Iktes, n. gen.

Body subovate, beneath transversely sti-ongly convex, .someAvhat
compressed. Head shoiter than broad and Ijroader than apex of
pronotum, a little longer than anterior lobe of pronotum, innnersed
to the eyes, clypeus slightly longer than jviga, ocelli placed very
near the eyes, antenniferous tutercles perpendicularly descending,
contiguous to the eyes and ending .slightly beneath the level of their
lower angle, antennae rather long and slender, all joints linear,
first joint passing apex of head by half its length, second twice the
length of first, third one-fourth shorter than second, fourth as long
as third, thicker than the two intermediate joints, buccidae very
short, rostrum reaching middle of metasternum, first three joints
subequal in length, fourth shorter, l)asal joint i-eaching 1)ase nf
head, longer than fiist antennal joint. Piouotum tiapezifoiin.
twice as broad as head, transversely impressed a little before mithile
and with a depressed apical collar, all margins straight, only tlje
narrowly sublaminate or, rather, carinate lateral margins very
slightly rounded near apex. Scutellum as long as broad, with a

New Genera and Species of Australian Heniiptei-a. II

slightly raised smooth median line. Corium with the costal margin
straight in its basal fourth, then somewhat ampliately roviuded,
apical margin straight, shorter than the claval suture, radial vein
furcate behind the middle, forming an elongate triangular apical
■cell; clavus with four rows of punctures and somewhat confusely
punctate between the tAvo median rows which join before middle of
■clavus, proceeding as a single row to its base, tlie commissure as
long as the scutellum. Posterior angles of metai^leurae acute.
Venter of the female with the fifth segment extremely short in the
middle. Front femora a little thicker than the others, unarmed;
middle and hind tibiae with a row of spine-like bristles beneath.

This genus does not seem to have any near ally among the
described tropical genera, Init is closely related to the Mediter-
ranean genus IlyaJochilus. Fieb. , from which it differs in having
the eyes a little less prominent beyond the pronotal apical angles,
the bucculae shorter, tlie first antennal joint produced farther
beyond the apex of the head, the second joint longer, the fourth
not fusiform, the scutellum shorter, the front femoi-a less slender,
etc.

GkTKS FUSCICKPS, n. Sp.

Head dark fuscous, clothed with extremely fine and short recum-
bent white hairs, clypeus testaceous, still paler at the tip, pronotum
and corium (with clavus) stramineous, rather thickly and finely
punctured with ferruginous or brownish, anterior lobe of pronotum
(excepting apical and lateral margins and a longitudinal intilian
line) the abdomen ferruginous, iinpunctate, pronotal lateral
margins testaceous with a small stramineous spot at the ends of
the transverse impression, scutellum testaceous. brown-i)unctuicd.
the median line and a sublateral vitta stramineous, impunctate.
the apex fuscous, corium with a faint l>rownish spot just lieliiiid
middle of costal lx)rder and with the apical angle fuscous, mem-
brane whitish, between the veins with fuscous streaks and sjiots.
pectus piceous, punctate, propleurae paitly paler; antennae,
rostrum, and legs testaceous, last antennal joint fuscous, apex of
femora stramineous preceded by a fuscous annulation in tlie two
posterior pairs, the spine-like bristles oi the four posterior tibiae
black. Hemelytra reaching apex of abdomen, corium with the
-costal border and veins impunctate, near the claval suture with the
two ordinary punctulate lines, the smooth space between these lines
broadest a little behind the middle and with a few punctures at
•this place. Length. $ 3.8 — 4.4 mm.

10 E. Bergroth :

Tasmania.

The hind tarsi are not visible in the carded specimens, but as the
first joint of the middle tarsi is only as long as the two other joints
combined, it is probably not much longer in the posterior tarsi.
In one specimen the pale impunctate sublateral vittae of the
scutellum are lacking, but this specimen is abnormally developed
also i)i other respects

DiEUCHES DISTANTI, n. sp.

Black, clavus (except the black base) fuscous, posterior part of
propleurae, and the abdomen castaneous, lateral borders of pro-
thorax from before middle of anterior lobe to a little beyond apex
of posterior lobe, an abbreviated median line and a spot on each
side of this to posterior pronotal lobe, apex of scutellum a promi-
nent basal streak at exterior margin of clavus and a much shorter
streak at the oj^posite claval margin, basal half of corium (excluding
a vitta at middle of claval suture, a median suffusion, and an
oblong costal spot, -which are fuscous), a large triangular costal
spot in apical half of corium, a small spot at exterior basal angle
of membrane, and a large rounded apical spot to it, epipleura of
corium (except two oblong fuscous spots), posterior angle of meta-
pleura, and a lateral spot to fourth and fifth abdominal segments
whitish; antennae, rostrum (except the testaceous two intermediate
joints), and legs fuscous, a broad subbasal annulation to fourth
antennal joint, trochanters, base of front femora, and a little les*
than basal half of middle and hind femora whitish. Head impunc-
tate, as long as anterior pronotal lobe, ocelli placed near eyes, first
antennal joint a little longer than anteocular pai't of head and
passing the apex Iw half its length, second joint about double the-
length of first rostrum reaching middle coxae. Pronotum as long
as broad, the laminate lateral margins reaching the base, anterior
lobe finely and sparsely punctate, more than one-half longer than
the posterior lobe which is rather coarsely and thickly punctate,,
basal margin straight. Scutellum somewhat indistinctly punctate..
Corium in its basal half finely punctured (mostly in rows) Avith
fuscous, the white preapical costal spot finely and sparsely punc-
tate with pale fuscous, its anterior margin transverse, the posterior
margin oblique. Prosternum Avith a conspicuous foveate impression
on each side of the base of the acetabular fissure, finely transversely
strigose and minutely sparsely punctate, anterior prosternal border
and posterior part of propleurae coarsely and thickly punctate-

Nevj Genera and Species of Australian Heniiptera. 1 1

Abdomen almost glabrous, the pale lateral spot of the fourth
segment oblong, that of the fifth subquadrate. Anterior femora
moderately incrassated, beneath biseriately spinous almost down
their whole length, anterior tibiae in the male armed beneath with
about four acute tubercles; intermediate femora {^) beneath in
the basal half with a few spines; first joint of posterior tarsi about
three times longer than the two other joints together. Lengthy
$ 7.8 mm.

West Australia.

Notable by having (at least in the male) also the middle femora
spinous beneath ; not nearly allied to any descril^ed Australian
species. The eyes are red in the type, but this character cannot be
relied on in dry specimens.

Named after Mr. W. L. Distant, to whom we owe so much of our
quantitative knowledge of the Australian Hemiptera.

Paradrymus, n. gen.

Body ovate, someAvhat depressed above, strongly transversely
convex beneath, distinctly punctate all over except on the ventei-.
Head broader than apex of pronotum, equal in length to anterior
pronotal lolx>, very slightly exserted, as long as broad, clypeus-
conspicuously produced Ixjyond the juga, eyes globose, strongly
prominent, but not large, the very small ocelli placed behind the
level of the posterior margins of the eyes, about as far from them
as from the median line of the head, the space between eyes and
apex of antenniferous tubercles a little shorter than the eyes.
bucculae small, rounded, throat horizontal, antennae long and
slender, first joint passing apex of head by about one-third its
length, second the longest, third and fourth subequal in length,
each of them longer than first, rostrum slender, reaching Ijeyond
hind coxae, first joint distinctly longer than first antennal joint,
almost reaching base of head, second subequal in length to the
last two put together, third much longer than fourth. Pronotum
subgradiially narrowed from base to a little beyond middle, then
more strongly rotundately narrowed to apex, transversely dis-
tinctly impressed somewhat behind the middle, at apex with a
distinct but narrow linear collar, at base more than two times
broader than head, lateral margins narrowly laminate but more
broadly so at the ends of the transverse impression where they are
angularly dilated inwards and very slightly sinuate exteriorly,
basal margin almost straight, anterior lobe somewhat convex, pos-

12 E. Bergroth:

terior IoIh? with a longitudinal inipiessiou in the middle of its
anterior half. Seiitelluni equilaterally triangular, its basal half
with a triangular, medially somewhat impressed elevation emitting
A keel to the apex. Presternum about as long as meso- and meta-
.sternum together; posterior margin of metapleura straight, form-
ing a right angle w'ith the lateral margin. Hemelytra entirely
<'overing the abdomen, corium with the median vein distinct in its*
apical part, obliterated toward the base, the costal margin straight
in its basal third, then somewhat ampliately rounded, apical margin
straight, shorter than the claval suture, clavus with three rows of
punctures, its commisstire shorter than half the length of the
scutellum. the next inmost vein of the mend^rane curved strongly
inwards in its basal half. Abdomen with the connexivum reflected,
the sutures of the three basal ventral segments cienulate, fourth
segment anterioidy with two sublateral glandular sjpots Vmt witli
no such spot near the posterior margin, sixth male ventral segment
deeply emarginate at apex with the apical angles very acute, male
g;enital segment with a small oblong tubercle near apex. Front
femora incrassated, beneath in the whole apical half longitudinally
impressed, the impression terminated on its anterior side by a row
of very small thick-set teeth with one much larger tootli in tht
middle of the row, in the male moreover provided with a small
tubercle at the basal end of the impression; all tibiae almost bare,
without spine-like bristles, front tibiae straight, in the female
triangularly a little dilated at apex, much more strongly so in the
male, wliich has the dilatation angularly inflected and armed with
ii spur beneath; first joint of hind tarsi about one-half longer than
the two other joints together.

This genus is on the whole more related to Uri/i/ias, Fieb., wliicli
is chiefly represented in the Palearctic i-egion, than to any other
•descrilied genus, and in its general aspect it is also rather similar
to that genus, from which it differs mainly by the longer head with
more projecting clypeus and longer rostrum, by the structuie of
the scutellum, the differently curved costal margin of tlie corium,
the lack of distinct foveae in front of the fore acetabula, the shajje
■of the sixth male ventral segment, and the somewhat differently
armed fore femora.

Paradkymus exilirostris, n. .sp.
Black, finely and very thickly subgranularly punctate, posterior
lobe of pronotum and sometimes corium pale testaceous, some-
Avhat less densely punctured with fuscous, but corium usually

Neir Genera and Species of AnstraUan Hemiptera. V-^

fuscous with two sjjots on exocoriuni and three spots (one
median and two apical) on niesocoriuni testaceous, the apical
and the narrow laminate lateral margins of pronotum dark
testaceous, j^aler at the ends of the transverse impression,
membrane fuscous, the veins and a few more or less distinct
spots testaceous, abdomen beneath indistinctly punctulate,
its lateral borders paler, sometimes the whole venter brown,
antennae fuscous, apical half of last joint (except extreme apex)
pale testaceous, rostrum and legs testaceous, femora fuscous.
Second joint of antennae not quite twice, and third joint one-half
longer than first. Rostrum nearly reaching apical margin of second
ventral segment. Pronotum more than one-half broader than long.
Hemelytra reaching apex of abdomen. Sixth male ventral segment
in the middle somewhat longer than fifth. Length, <? $ 4.8 — 5.6 mm_
Queensland; Victoria.

Taphropkltus australis, n. sp.
Head ijlack. finely and very thickly punctate, sliglitly longer than
anterior pronotal lobe, the postocular part very short, antennae
rather stout, a little longer than half the length of the body, the
first two joints testaceous, second two-thirds longer than first, the
last two joints fuscous, third a little shorter than second, fourth
as long as third, reddish at apex, rostrum testaceous, reaching^
middle of mesosternum. Pronotum distinctly transversely im-
pressed Ijehind middle, anterior lobe black, finely and ve*'y thickly
punctate, with a round foveate median impression before the base
and on each side between this and the lateral margins with a
smaller somewhat obsolete foveola, almost one-half longer than the
l^osterior lobe which is stramineous, finely and more sparsely punc-
tulate with brown, longitudinally sliglitly impressed in the middle
of its anterior half, Avith five dark fuscous vittae, one in the middle
and two oblique ones on each side starting from the same point
near the humeral angles, the narrowly laminate not sinuate pro-
notal lateral margins Avhitish. Scutellum black, finely punctulate,.
the apex, the apical end of the median keel, and a lateral vitta
white, these vittae beginning a little before the middle and becom-
ing narrowly linear posteriorly where they join the apex. Corium
and clavus stramineous, the former almost impunctate, only in the
basal half (mostly along the veins) Avith a few very small brownish
{)unctures, the veins, a somewhat sinuous submedian fascia (not
entering the clavus), and an oblong spot at the apical angle dark
fuscous, the two ordinary punctured lines near the claval" suture.

14 E. Be.rgroth:

aiul the two t'xterior ones of the three Himihir claval lines placed
extremely close to each other both on the corium and on the clavus,
all these five lines composed of very small points; membrane varie-
gated with whitish and fuscous, the veins pale. Body beneath
piceous, almost impunctate, acetabula pale ferruginous. Legs
stramineous, all coxae and the fore femora pale ferruginous, the
latter with a spine a little in front of the middle and a row of very
small teeth between the spine and the apex, fore tibiae almost
straight. Length, ? 3 mm.

Victoria.

This fine little species is somewhat similar to the Mediterranean
T. nervosus, Fieb. , but the posterior pronotal lobe is more marked
with fuscous vittae, the antennae are differently coloured, etc.

The genus Taphropeltus, Stal, was hitherto known only from the
western Palearctic region, but seems to be widely dispersed in the
Old World. I have an undescribed Taiihropeltus from Java, and
Scolojiostethus putoni, B. White, from New Zealand, probably
belongs here, as Buchanan White compares it with Sc. contractus,
H. Sch., which is a Taphropeltus.

Myooara, n. gen.
Body elongately ovate. Head a little shorter than pronotum.
slightly broader than the pronotal apical collar, but a little nar-
rower than the pronotum just behind the collar, immersed almost to
the eyes, Tinpunctate, distinctly longer than broad, the anteocular
part also longer than broad, triangularly produced in front of the
antennae, acute at apex, clypeus scarcely longer than juga, the
sj^ace between eyes and base of antennae shorter than an eye, the
small ocelli almost contiguous to the eyes, throat horizontal, bucculae
very short, semicircular, antennae rather long and slender, first
joint passing apex of head by half its length, second twice as long
as first, third somewhat shorter than second and a little longer than
fourth, which is not thicker than the others, rostrum reaching far
beyond base of venter, first joint as long as first antennal joint, l>ut
not reaching base of head. Pronotum (in the brachypterous form)
but a little broader than long, at the base almost twice broader than
head, gradually a little narrowing from the base to near apex,
where it is rather strongly roundedly narrowed to the depressed
■collar which is separated from the impunctate anterior pronotal
lobe by an impressed punctate line, the lateral margins narrowly
•depressed, not sinuate, apical and basal margins straight, the some-
what convex anterior lobe twice as long as the thickly punctate

Ne-w Genera and Species of Australian Hamiptera. 15

posterior lo}>e which is depressed, especially in the middle. Scutel-
lum distinctly longer than broad, ahnost flat, punctate. Hemelytra
in the brachypterous form reaching base of last dorsal segment,
apical margin of corium rounded, clavus and basal half of corium
coarsely and thickly punctate, apical half of corium more super-
ficially and sparingly punctate, clavus with the puncturation
arranged in four rows, the commissure as long as the scutellum,
radial vein only reaching middle of corium, basal half of exocorium
with a single row of close punctures, the apical half fused with the
mesocorium owing to the abbreviated radial vein, membrane rudi-
mentary, appearing only as a narrow coriaceous strip attached to
the apical margin of the corium.. Pectus punctate. Abdomen
impunctate, last female dorsal segment with the apical margin
angularly sinuate in the middle, fourth ventral segment with two
sublateral glandular spots near base and a third one behind the
middle, fifth female, ventral segment very short in the middle.
Front femora somewhat incrassated, beneath in the apical half with
two small spines; middle and hind tibiae with a few stiff bristles;
first joint of hind tarsi twice as long as the two other joints together.

Type: Rhypakochromus acuminatus, Dall.

Allied to the Neotropical genus Esuris, Stal (as represented by
its type^), from which it differs by the very long rostrum, the longer
scutellum, the much longer hind metatarsus, and by having the
radial vein of the corium very distinct in its basal half; from the
Indian genus Lna, Dist., it is distinguished by the less incrassated
and less convex subglabrous body, the narrower, apically more
pointed head, the much less transverse pronotum, the narrower
scutellum, the (basally) very distinct radial vein, and by having
the basal joint of the antennae produced much beyond the apex of the
head.

The species upon which tliis genus is fouink'd has slood for many
years in our catalogues among the " species incerti generis," and
Distant says nothing of it in his revision of the Hemiptera of the
British Museum, although he must have seen the type.

Myocara acuminata, Dall.

Queensland.

Apart from some generic characters detailed above, I have little
to add to Dallas's description which fits the specimen before nie
so well that I feel sure of the identity.

1 The Guatemalan A', purpurata, Dist., is possibly an Esurig, but that the North Ainerioaii K.
astanta, Barb., does not belon{f to this genus is clear from several characters.

1»; E. Bergroth:

Tlw impressed points of the upper side of tlie body Ijear a very
small round whitish scale, visible only when viewed vertically from
above. The last antennal joint, which is missing in Dallas's type,
is pale testaceous. The tergum of the abdomen and the female
genital segment are castaneous. The apex of the femora is of the
same testaceous colour as the tibiae and tarsi. The male is still
unknown.

I know only the brachypterous form of this in.sect, but Dallas
had before him both this form and an immature specimen of the
macropterous form. Although he does not mention it, I suppose
that the macropterous form has the pronotum somewhat broader
at the base with comparatively shorter anterior lobe, the ocelli a
little larger, and the corium less rounded at apex. It is probal>le
that Esuris and Lva also are pterygo-dimorphous, as the Australian
genus Euonder. Stal, has proved to be.

Fnni. HENICOCEPHALTDAE.

SysTKLLODERKS AETflERIUS, n. Sp.

Smooth, shining, subglabrous, darkish testaceous, hemelytra and
abdomen opaque, the foi'mer fuscous, the latter greyish brown,
somewhat mottled witli pale testaceous, pubescent, more longly
pilose at and near apex, rostrum and legs pale testaceous, sparingly
shortly pilose. Head as long as the pronotum in the middle, basal
lobe slightly broader than long and a triHe l)roader than the width
across the eyes, somewhat flattened, its lateral margins moderately
rounded, eyes small, antennae about as long as head and half the
pronotum together, very slightly pilose, first joint very short, the
three following joints equal in length, each as long as the basal lobe
of the head. Pronotum a little longer than broad, basal margin
rather deeply arcuately sinuate, apical lolie a little broader than
head, with an extremely fine impressed longitudinal line in the
middle, median lobe one-third (<?) or one-fourth (?) narrower
than basal lolie, in the male subequably rotundately narrowing
toAvard apex, in the female subparallel from base to beyond middle,
then rather suddenly nariowed, in the middle with a longitvidinal
impression not widening posteriorly and not quite reaching the
base. The basal margin in the middle somewhat produced back-
wards over tlie apical part of the basal lobe, which is almost three
times longer at the sides tliaii in the middle, sliglitly ( $ ) or more^
distinctly (c?) narrowed from base to apex. Scutellum broader
than long, somewhat flattened, the lateral margins straight. Heme-

New Genera ami Sj^ecies of A vstralian Herniptera. 17

lytra a little shorter tlum the alxlomeu. Legs short, fore femora
rather strongly incrassated, about 2^ times longer than broad,
above longitudinally convex, beneath straight, fore tibiae gradually
Avidened from the l)ase to the apex where they are but little nar-
lower than the femora at their greatest bi-eadth, hind femora
shaped almost as the front femoia and not longer, but slightly nar-
rower and a little more compressed, reaching middle of venter, hind
tibiae a little shorter than the femora, subparallel from apex to
near middle, then strongly narroAved toward the base. Length,
(? 2 3.3 mm.

Queensland.

The genus Si/sfelloderes is new to Australia, but is probably of
the same world-wide distribution as I/euicocephaltis. It is repre-
sented in the Neotropical region by a few (partly undescribed)
species, in North America by one, and in Europe by one species.
Xo species has hitherto l>een lecorded from Africa or Asia, but I
know an undescribed species fiom the Philippine Islands, and the
insect described by Enderlein fiom Crozet Island under the name
Fhthirocoris antnrcticits is dou1)tless the larva of a Si/sfelhderes.

Fam. REDUVIIDAE.

Oncockphalus quotidianus, n. sp.

Pale testaceous, head above and pronotum with the typical linear
fuscous markings and black ocellar spot, a broad lateral vitta to
head and two narrow vittae on the throat between the eyes fuscous,
scutellum (except the apical process) black, hemelytra with the same
fuscous markings as in O. coiifiifiii-s. Rent, (and most other species),
but with the ground-colour palei- down the middle of the corium
and in the basal part of the exterior mend)ranal cell, connexivum
with two fuscous lines, the outer line placed inanediately within
the lateral margin, breast and ventej- typical in colour and mark-
ings, close to the ventral lateral margin a narrow fuscous vitta
which is somewhat darker and a little dilated just before the apical
angles of the segments; antennae testaceous, first joint (except basal
part) tinged with pale fuscous, apex of second and the whole third
and fourth joints fuscous; rostrum fuscous, beneath, first joint also
above, and second joint around the base pale testaceous; legs
whitish testaceous, fore and middle coxae irrorated with fuscous,
hind coxae with four shining black vittae. the three interior ones
confluent at the base, the outermost vitta much shorter than the
others and not reaching the base, front femora denselv mottled with

18 E. BergrotJt: Species of Australian Hemiptera.

pale fuscous, Ix^neath witli two dfirk fuscous vitlac, middle and
hind femora ratlier broadly fuscous at apex, front ti1)iae witli a
subbasal, a submedian, and an apical fuscous annulation, middle
and hind tibiae Avith an incomplete annulation very near the base
and the extreme apex fuscous, but with no trace of the fuscous ring
placed before the middle in almost all other species, the tarsi
fuscous at apex. Head with the anteocular part a little lon<,'er
than the remainder, eyes viewed from above hemispherical, as long
as broad, their anterior and posterior curvatures equally strong,
seen from the side (in the <?") occupying almost the Avhole height of
the head, the throat between the eyes as broad as the base of the
first rostral joint, antennae (S') with the first joint as long as the
distance between its base and the ocelli, above with very few and
short semidecumbent hairs, beneath glabrous, second joint twic* the
length of first, linear, shortly semierectly pilose, still more shortly
and sparingly so toward the base, first and second lostral joints
e(}ual in length. Pronotum as long as broad, with a latei-al tubercle
somew-hat in front of the transverse impression, the apical margin
distinctly angularly sinuate, the tubercle of tlie apical angles
directed outwards and somewhat upwards, its anterior margin
transverse, the posterior margin obliquely sinuate, the lateral
margins granulated Ijetween the apical and lateral tubercles, the
pronotal lobes subequal in length, anterior lobe slightly, posterior
one twice broader than long, the humeral angles acute, slightly
prominent. Scutellum slightly recurved at apex. Presternum with
the apical spinules short, curved. Fore trochanters with about
three small teeth, fore femora as long as pronotum and postocular
l>art of head together and three times longer than broad, beneath
with about eleven teeth and two setiferous granules between each
pair of teeth, the superior subbasal sinuosity broad and rather
shallow, fore tibiae reaching trochanters, fore tarsi less than one-
third the length of tibiae; hind femora somewhat passing apex of
abdomen (3"), a little shorter than the tibiae. Length, c? 14 nun.

Victoria.

Allied and very similar to 0. ro/ifiiait.s, lieut.. Vmt smaller and
narrower, and with the anteocular part of tlie head a little longer,
the eyes seen from above shorter and more globular with their
anterior and posterior curvatures ecjually strong (in cunfu-siis
longer than broad with the anterior curvature less pronounced),
the throat broader between the eyes, the second antennal joint per-
ceptibly shorter and more shortly setose, the fore tarsi shorter, and
the posterior legs quite differently coloured.

[Proc. Rot. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N.S.), Part I., 1916].

Art. I J. — Heteropterous Hemipteva collected hy Professor W.
Baldwin Spencer during the Horn Expedition into
Cell tral A astral ia.

By dr. E. BERGROTH, C.M.Z.S., Lond.

(Communicated by Professor W. Baldwin Speucer, F.R.S.)

Before the expedition to Central Australia, organized and equi}>pe<l
by Mr. Hoi'ii twenty years ago, no Heniiptera (and scarcely any insects
.at all) were known from those region.s. The collections brought home by
the expedition are therefore of unusual intere.st. The Hemiptera
are not represented by a great number of species, nor could tlicv
be expected to be so, considering the aridity of the territory. More
recently Central Australia has been visited by Mr. H. J. Hillier,
whose collections are now in the British Museum. They were made
east of Lake Eyre, whereas the Horn expedition explored the tracts
west and north-west of this lake. Of the Heniiptera collected by Mr.
Hillier some new species, mostly Pentatomidae (three of which Avere
also found by the Horn expedition), have been described by Mr.
Distant, but so far as I knoAv he has not yet published any list
of all the collected species.

Fam. THYREOCORIDAE.

1. Adrisa, sp.
Crown Point.
Allied to A. mayri, Sign., but probably distinct.

Fam. SCUTELLERIDAE.

2. ClIOEROCORlS PAGANUS, Fabr.

Illaiuurta, James Range.

Fam. PENTATOMIDAE.
3. Oechalia consocialis, Boi.sd.
Stevenson River.

4. Oncocoris dksrrtus, n. sp.
Oval, pale ochraceous, beneath still paler, whitish, a small sj^ot
iit outer basal angle of connexival segments and at base of aceta-
bula, two .small widely separated basal spots to fourth and fit'tli

3a

20 E. Bergroth:

ventral segments, spiracles, scattered dots to femora, and the stridii-
latory spicula of the hind femora brown, membrane pale greyish
with whitish veins, last rostral joint, except base, pitchy black;
above finely and sparsely punctured with brown but with impunc-
tate areolets here and there, connexivum almost concolorously punc-
tulate ; Ijeneath more palely and, on the venter, more finely and
remotely punctulate, the latter with its middle part and lateral
borders (as fai- as the spiracles) impunctate; at exterior end
of pronotal cicatrical areas, behind interior part of these, at basal
angles of scutellum, and in each pleura with a small cluster of
dark fuscous punctures. Head slightly shorter than its breadth
and than the pronotum in the middle, a little incised at apex
between juga and clypeus, first antennal joint scarcely reaching
apex of head, second a little longer than third which is pale ferru-
ginous above toward the tip (last two joints wanting), rostrum
slightly passing hind coxae. Pronotum 2^ times broader than long
in the middle, lateral margins straight, only behind the apical
angles a little sinuate, lateral angles obtuse, scarcely prominent.
Scutellum with a small elevated impunctate callus at basal angles.
Hemelytra somewhat passing apex of abdomen. Male genital seg-
ment with the apical margin sinuate in the middle and with the-
apical angles slightly callose. Length (excl. membrane), <? 8 ram.

lUamurta, James Range.

A very pale, finely jiunctured species, easily recognisable from-
the others.

N.B. — The genus Kalkadooua. Dist., fi-om Central Australia,
which Distant placed among the true Pentatominae, belongs to the
division Platycoriaria of the subfamily Halyinae. It has the typical
ventral stridulatory vittae of that group and is closely related to-
Oncocoris, Mayr. I saw the type of Kalkadooua centrimaculata,.
Dist., in the British Museum.

Alcaeus heumannsburgi, Dist., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) VI.,
373 (1910) \}iuritha\; Bergr., Ent. News. XXIIL, 23 (1912).i
Crown Point; near Storm Creek; Charlotte Waters; Stevenson R.

6. EUMECOPUS SUPEKBUS, Dist.

Paisley Bluff, Macdonnell Ransre.

1 Bibliographical references are here appended only to the species not included in the "Cata-
?ue des Htniipt^res " of Lethierry and Severin or in Kirkaldy's Catalogue of the Pentatomidae.

Heteropteroiis Hemi/ptera. 21

7. EUMKCOPUS Y-NIGRUM, 11. sp.

Elliptical, ochraceuus, above (excluding head) and on the pleurae
and epipleuiae rather densely but irregularly punctured with brown,
the punctures placed in a network of dark ferruginous tortuous
lines, three small basal spots to scutellum, the apical half of its
postfrenal part, and a spot behind middle of corium impunctate or
almost so, head above with four longitudinal brown or dark ferru-
ginous bands, the inner ones of which are in their apical half
{rarely throughout) longitudinally divided by ochraceous, and be-
neath on each side with three similar bands, the outermost being in
its basal half (between eyes and base of antennae) broader and
partly visible from above, scutellum with a large black Y-shaped
marking reaching the middle of the postfrenal part where it occupies
the whole breadth of the scutellum, the anterior branches of this
figure exteriorly not quite reaching the lateral margins, anteriorly
reaching the basal fourth of the scutellum, connexival segments with
a transverse brown spot at base and apex, their apical angles
ochraceous tipped with brown or entirely brown, membrane
brownish, basal and outer liorders black, the veins whitish grey,
evaporative area of metapleurae greyish brown, abdomen beneath
on each side with a broad purplish brown or dark fuscous band
outwardly reaching a little beyond the spiracles and emitting a
transverse fascia to the lateral margin along the basal and apical
margins of the segments, the disk between the longitudinal bands
sparingly punctured Avith brown and on the sixth segment usually
with a brown median vitta, basal half of male genital segment dark
brown or black, lobes of female genital segment more or less spotted
with fuscous; antennae fuscous or blackish, the two first joints
reddish brown, all or at least the last three joints at base and
second joint at apex yellowish testaceous, rostrum and legs
ochraceous, last joint of the former piceous, some streaks and spots
to femora, more than apical half of tibiae and their whole upper
lateral keels purplish brown, apex of last tarsal joint reddish.
Head almost as long as the pronotum in the middle and as broad as
long, the ochraceous parts impunctate, the dark vittae finely punc-
tured, antennae five-jointed, first joint two-thirds the length of
head and passing apex of head by more than its half, second sub-
equal in length to first, somewhat nodo.sely dilated at base, third
not quite twice the length of second and well separated from it Ijy
a distinct articulation, fourth slightly shorter than third, fifth a
little longer than second, rostrum somewhat passing middle of

22 E. Bergrolh :

third ventral segiuout or (usually) roac-liing base of fourth. Pro-
ruttum with the someAvliat sinuate lateral margins finely serrulated
from apical angle to beyond middle, the short humeral spines
directed outward. Hemelytra passing apex of abdomen. Abdomen
l)eneath In'oadly ]>ut not deeply grooved from its base to apex of
fifth segment; apical margin of male genital segment on each side
with tAvo subconical i>rocesses separated by a deep incision, the
middle of the margin with a short triangular process preceded by
two tiibercles and not reaching the apex of the two acute convergent
appendages wliicli protrude from tlie interior of the segment; last
female ventral segment at middle of apical margin and female
genital lolxjs palely setose. Length (excel, membrane), ^ ? 20 —
22 mm.

Var. : membrane whitish hyaline, its basal border brown.

Bagot's Creek ; Alice Springs ; River Finke near Horse-shoe Bend ;
Stevenson R.; Dalhouse Springs.

A very distinct species to be placed in Stal's group d. The
males of this species are not smaller than the females.

8. EUMECOPUS HORNI, n. Sp.

Elliptical, ochraceous, six percurrent longitudinal punctulate
stripes to upper side of head brownish ferruginous, lateral borders
of pronotum (excluding extreme margins from apex to beyond
middle), a percurrent median pronotal vitta, lateral areas of
scut^llum (except middle part of maigins), a subangular vitta
behind middle of mesocorium, and connexivum black, the lattei*
with a few small sulx-onfluent spots at base and apex of the segments,
the lateral margins and apical angles ochraceous; mend>rane
fuscous, basal and exterior borders black, the veins greyish Avhite ;
pronotum. scutelhua, and corium punctured with dark fuscous,
more thickly and confluently so on pronotum and scutellum, pro-
notal cicatrical areas almost impunctate and emitting an impunctate
streak to the apical margin, scutellum with an oblong callose spot
near basal angles and a smaller basal median spot impunctate, the
apical half of its postfrenal pai't very sparingly almost concolorously
punctulate ; head lx;neath on each side with three fuscous longitu-
dinal bands, the outermost in its basal half broader and partly
visible from above, the two inner ones narrow and composed of
close-set punctures; pleurae and venter punctured with fuscous, the
latter witli the l)road lateral borders (not quite reaching the
spiracles) and three discal longitudinal bands impunctate, a per-

Hcteropterous Hemiptera. 23

current sublateral ventral vitta, an oblong median spot to tlie sixth
segment, and spots to the female genital lobes dark fuscous;
antennae fuscous, irrorations to upper side of first joint and a
rather narrow basal annulation to third joint ochraceous (fourth
joint wanting); rostrum and legs ochraceous, last joint of the
former black, numerous small round spots to femora mostly ar-
ranged in rows, and tibiae, except a median annulation, fuscous
(hind legs wanting). Head one-fourth longer than broad and sub-
equal in length to the pronotum in the middle, clypeus conspicu-
ously surpassing apex of juga, first joint of antennae as long as
antoocular part of head and passing its apex by about half its
length, second joint more tlian twice the length of first, cylindrical,
not at all incrassated in its basal part, third joint above one-
third shorter than second, rostrum reaching middle of fifth ventral
segment, second joint longer than third and fourth taken together.
Pronotum with the lateral margins slightly sinuate in the middle,
serrulate in their anterior half, the short humeral spines directed
outwards. ScutoUum with a foveolate impression in the basal
angles. Hemelytra passing apex of abdomen by about one-third
the length of the membrane. Abdomen beneath deeply grooved
from its base to the apex of the fifth segment. Length (excl. mem-
brane), ? 19 mm.

Alice Springs.

The antennae are incomplete in the type, but from the great
length of the second joint there can be little doubt that they are
four-jointed. The species is related to E. armafvs, Fabr., but is at
once distinguished by the structure of the antennae. It is not
impossible that E. calidns, Stal (nee Walk.) belongs to homi.

9. EuMKcopus EYREi, Dist. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) VI., 378 (1910).

Crown Point ; Illaniurta, James Range ; Finke River near Horse-
shoe Bend ; Stevenson R., Sullivan Creek.

Crown Point ; Illaniurta, James Range ; Finke River near Bend ;
Steven.son River.

This species, Avhich is known to me also from West Australia, is
easily recognised from the good description, but it is not allied tO'
E. vittii'entris, Stal, as Distant says, belonging in fact to another
group of the genus and coming very near E. fiiscescens, StaL
The second antennal joint is somewhat variable in length, l^eing
sometimes, as in Distant's type, little more than one-third the
length of the first joint, but usually at least one-half its length; the

24 E. Beryroth :

fifth joint, which was lacking in the type, is a little shorter than
the fourth and of the same colour. The male genital segment is
similar to that of E. fuscescens.

10. POKCILOMETIS .SPENCKRI, n. sp.

Suboval, ochraceous, four longitudinal stripes to upper side of
head (the exterior ones nari'owing in the anteocular part), an oblong
spot behind middle of corium at apex of rimula, membrane (except
the greyish Avhite veins), a lateral vitta to head under the margin,
a vitta in the anterior half of the propleurae, spiracles, a median
streak to sixth ventral segment, and last joint of rostrum and of
tarsi black, the first two antennal joints ochraceous sprinkled with
small fuscous points, blackish on their outer side (except apex of
second joint), third joint blackish excepting base and apex (last
two joints wanting); above rather thickly and strongly but not
uniformly punctured with .black, the puncturation becoming denser
in seven percurrent stripes on the pronotum (the three median ones
parallel, the outermost placed immediately within the lateral
margin), in the narrow basal part of tlie exocorium, and in an
oblong area before middle of mesocorium close to the cubital vein,
whereas an anteriorly three-branched scutellar vitta (posteriorly
reaching a little beyond the frena), a narrow area interiorly bor-
dering the rimula, a spot l^ehind middle of mesocorium near cubital
vein, and a somewhat waved vitta Ijehind the rimula are but spar-
ingly punctured, a percurrent median stripe to head, two stripes
to vert-ex betAveen the ocelli, a median line on anterior half of pro-
notum, the pronotal lateral and basal margins, a callus at basal
angles of scutellum, anterior half of costal margin, apical margin
and veins of corium, and exterior margin of connexivum impunctate;
beneath less strongly and somewhat less thickly punctured with
black, the puncturation getting thinner in the middle of the venter;
femora and tibiae rather densely dotted with l)lack. Head as long
as broad and one-fourth sho]-ter than the pronotum in the middle,
first antennal joint as long as head and passing apex of head by
about four-fifths its length, second joint somewhat shorter than
first, third as long as first, rostrum reaching a little beyond base of
abdomen. Pronotum with the slightly sinuate lateral margins
bluntly crenulated in their apical third, tlie lateral angles sub-
acutely a little prominent with a small sinuosity behind the angles.
Hemelytra reaching a little beyond abdominal apex. Abdomen
with apical angles of sixth segment shortly and acutely triangularly

Heteropterous Hemiptera. 25

produced backAvard, ventral furroAv very distinct, reaching apex of
fifth segment, but much shallower in fourth and fifth segments.
Length, 5 18.5 mm.

Alice Springs.

In this very distinct species the apical angles of the sixth abdomi-
nal segment are shortly spinously produced as in the genus Eumr-
€opus, but on account of the short head and the only subacutely
prominent, not spinous, humeral angles it must be referred to
Foecilometis, with which it also agrees in its general aspect.

] ] . Ckphaloplatus nubifek, n. sp.
Oval, somewhat convex, about one-half longer than its greatest
width, testaceous, paler beneath, a narrow impression at basal
■angles of scutellum and a spot at basal angles of connexival and
ventral segments black, niiddle of sterna, a curved vitta to pleurae,
spiracles, ventral sutures in the middle, and last rostral joint
piceous, in specimens Avitli Avell pronounced colouring a waved
fuscous transverse line between pronotal humeral angles; membrane
■dull greyish with fuscous veins and spots; moderately thickly Ijut
somewhat irregularly punctured with fuscous, the laminately ex-
panded lateral borders of the prothorax more remotely and coarsely
punctate, connexivum very remotely punctured, a spot Ijehind
middle of corium, a rather narroAv median vitta to venter, and
ventral lateral borders impunctate, pronotum, scutellum, and
■corium Avith clusters of thick-set punctures, four of these clusters
placed in a transverse row before middle of pronotum, four at
basal margin of scutellum, one at scutellar lateral margins before
their middle, and three in the corium placed successively, the hind-
most at the apical margin ; almost the whole front femora, apical
part of middle and hind femora, and upper side of all tibiae
jsprinkled with round fuscous spots. Head as broad as long, a little
incised at apex, lateral margins in front of eyes Avith an angular
prominence directed outAvards, then rounded, juga contiguous in
front of clypeus, rather narroAvly rounded at apex, second antennal
joint a little passing apex of head, Avith an obscure dark annulation
before the tip (last three-joints Avanting). Pronotum in the middle
as long as head, apical angles subacutely produced forAvards, reach-
ing (in the normal position of the head) a little beyond anterior
;margin of eyes, lateral margins scarcely or very minutely crenu-
lated, slightly sinuate behind middle and Avith a small indentation
immediately behind apical angle, lateral angles obtuse, a little
prominent. Scutellum someAvhat granulated (more distinctly so

26 E. Beryrotk :

when seen in protile), laterally distinctly sinuate behind middle,
postfrenal part but slightly narrowing from its base and as broad
as long, ot)m}>aratively broadly rounded at apex. Hemelytra almost
or <inite readnn^^ apfx of abdomen, costal margin of corium
obscurely crenulate in its basal part, membrane rather small, half
the length of corium. Abdomen witli the apical angles of the-
segments bluntly ])r(iminent, nuile genital segment with the apical
margin obtusangularly sinuate, its apical angles slightly prominent.
Length, 3' 1).5 — 10 mm.

Macdonnell Range ; Alice Springs.

Not closely allied to any previously described species. I have
also seen an undetermined specimen of it in the British Museum.

N.B. — In the males of C'ep/ialoplafiia, which were unknown ta
Stal, the sixth ventral segment is rounded at the V^ase, not angular
as in the allied genus Dicfi/ofiis, Dall.

HypoLCUS, n. gen.

Body oval, somewhat depressed. Head about as broad as long
and almost as long as pronotum in the middle, a little convex,
lateral margins subacutely narrowly carinated, rotundately angu-
lar, scarcely or very slightly sinuate behind middle, clypeus parallel
in its basal half, then narrowing toward the tip, juga a little longer
than clypeus, but neither meeting nor convergent in front of it,
subacute at apex, ocelli about three times more distant from each
other than from the eyes which are rather small but prominent,
touching apical margin of pronotum (in the normal position of the
head), narrowly oval when seen obliquely from before, their vertical
diameter being much longer than the horizontal, interocular space-
over four times broader than an eye, antenniferous tubercles small,
not visible fi-om alwve, antennae five-jointed, first joint very short,
little more than twice longer than broad, the three following joints
on the whole subequal in length though somewhat variable in thifr
respect, second not quite reaching apex of head, fifth a little longer
than fourth, the four last joints successively increasing in thick-
ness, bucculae low, percurrent, neither ampliated nor angular at
anterior end, rostrum reaching beyond 'hind coxae, first joint
slightly passing bucculae, second shorter than the last two togethei-,
third shorter than second but longer than fourth. Pronotimi with
the apical margin neither elevated nor levigate, rather deeply
arcuately sinuate behind interocular space of head, truncate behind
eyes, lateral inargins not or very obscurely crenulated, not reflexed
l)ut laminately dilated, gradually more widely so toward the apical

Heteroi^terous Hemipfera. 27

angles which are produced forward in a subtriangular, apically
subtruncate lobe almost reaching or slightly passing the level of tlie
anterior margin of the eyes, lateral angles subrotundate or oV)-
scurely notched, not prominent, postero-lateral and basal margins
straight. Scutellum a little longer than broad and about as long-
as pronotum and head together, with a small levigate callus near
basal angles, lateral margins a little sinuate almost in tlie middle,
frena scarcely passing middle of scutellum, the postfrenal part of
which is a little longer than broad, gradually somewhat narrowing
from, its base to the rounded apex. Hemelytra slightly passing apex
of abdomen, rimula reaching far beyond middle of corium, the^
apical margin of which is straight or very slightly sinuate l^efore
apical angle, membrane with simple veins. Sterna longitudinally
giooved in the middle; metasternal orificia not produced in a fold
or furrow. Abdomen beneath furrowed in the middle, unarmed at
base, apical angles of the segments scarcely prominent. Tibiae
above flattened and margined.

Allied to Luhentius, Stal, from which it differs in the structure-
of the head and pronotum.

12. HvpoLCOs APRicus, n. sp.

Above black or dark fuscous, thickly punctured, tlio dilated
lateral borders of the pronotum, the calli at the basal angles of the-
scutellum, a small basal median spot to it, a semicircular con-
colorously punctate spot occupying its apex, l)ase of exocorium, a
spot behind middle of corium at apex of rimula, several mottlings
to pronotuni. scutellum, and corium, basal and lateral borders to-
abdominal tergum, connexivum from its base to beyond middle
of second segment, and an interiorly rounded median lateral
spot to the reniaining connexival segments ochraceous; beneatk
testaceous, a spot at basal and apical angles of ventral segments,
spiracle*, and an interior apical spot to female genital basal lobes,
fuscous or pitchy black, pectus moderately densely and rather
strongly punctui'ed with fuscous, head and venter more finely and,
especially in the male, thickly punctulate with fuscous, rather
roughly or granularly so on venter owing to the anterior margin of
the small points being elevated, an interiorly rounded lateral spot
(stivaller Init more sharply defined in the male) to ventral segments^
without the fuscous puncturation ; antennae black, first joint and
usually the articulations (very narrowly) of the other joints tes-
taceous; rostrum and legs testaceous, the former darkened at apex,
two usually broad and subconfluent annulations to apical half of

28 E. Berg roth :

femora, a subbasal and l)road ai)ical annulation to tibiae, and tlie
tarsi fuscous, liostruni reaching middle of third ventral segment.
Pronotum with the lateral margins almost straight. Ventral
furrow deep from its base to apex of fourth segment, narrow and
very shallow in the last two segments; male genital segment with a
triangular median impression, apical margin sinuate in the middle.
Length (excl. membrane), <? 8.5—9 mm., ? 9.5 — 10 mm.

Crown Point; Finke River near Horse-shoe Bend; Dalhousie
•Springs. Idracowra.

13. TuKRUBULANA PLANA, Dist. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hi.st. (8) VI., 386
(1910); Bergr., Ent. News XXIII., 25 (1912).

Stevenson River.

In the above C|Uoted paper I have made some remarks ou tli«
characters and systematic position of this insect. It has a super-
ficial resemblance to a miniature Atelocera (near which Distant
placed it), but there is no real relationship between these two genera.

The monotypic genera Luhe/ifitis, Hyjyolcus, and Turrulndana
form a well defined little group not represented outside the Aus-
tralian continent. They may be distinguished as indicated below.

1 (4) Head about as long as broad, not longer tban

pronotum in the middle, anteocular part
moderately narrowing from base to apex,
laterally more or less distinctly imisinuate.
Apical margin of pronotum neither levigate
nor elevated

2 (3) Head rounded at apex owing to juga and cly-

peiis being equal in length ; bucculae rather
high. Lateral margins of pronotum narrowly
depressed throughout, at apex with a short
blunt tooth directed outwards - - Lulentiui, Stal.

3 (2) Head shortly bicuspidate at apex owing to juga

being longer than clypeus ; bucculae low.
Lateral margins of pronotum rather broadly
laminately depressed, gradually more broadly
so toward the apex, which is sulitriangularly
lobately produced forwards to about the level
of anterior margin of eyes - - - Hypolcus, Bergr.

4(1) Head one-half longer than broad and longer
than pronotum in the middle, anteocular part
strongly narrowing from base to apex, later-
ally bisinuate. Apical margin of pronotum
levigate and subelevated behind interocellar
space of head. Lateral margins of pronotum
as in Luhe7itius .... Turrubulana, Dist.

Hetevoptevoiis Hemiptera. 29'

Distant has described an Australian genus Pseudaelia which he
says is allied to Luhentins, but from its characters — especially th&
structure of the rostrum and abdomen — it is evident that it is only
ilistantly related to this genus and cannot be placed in the same-
group.

14. PlEZODORLS RU13R0FASCIA1XS, Fabr.

Alice Springs.

Pktalaspis, n. gen.

Body obovate, convex before middle, the head and the anterior
liart of pronotuni being rather strongly declivous in the same
plane. Head a little broader than long, narrowing toward the
rounded apex, laterally moderately sinuate, clypeus .scarcely longer
than juga, subparallel, eyes rather large but not much projecting,
ocelli four times more distant from each other than from eyes,,
antenniferous tubercles i:)artly visible from above, antennae five-
jointed, first joint not reaching apex of head, bucculae percurrent,.
rostrum somewhat passing hind coxae, first joint as long as buc-
culae, second scarcely longer than third, fourth slightly shorter
than third. Pronotum at apex as broad as head, the area between
the non-elevated apical margin and the cicatrical areas still more
thickly and finely punctulate tlian the remainder of the disk,
lateral margins obtuse, broadly and slightly sinuate, humeral
angles a little prominent, right-angled, postero-lateral margins
sinuate before base of coriimi, basal margin rather deeply sinuate.
Scutellum with straight lateral margins and frena reaching far
beyond its middle, acute at apex but with a
laminate appendage horizontally projecting on each
side from under the apical part ; this appendage
beginning immediately behind the frena, slightly-
narrowed from the base to its subtruncate apex and
extending backwards beyond the true apex of the
pjg 1 scutellum (cf. fig. 1). Hemelytra but little passing-

apex of abdomen, corium with slightly rounded
apical margin, membrane witli numerous simple veins. Metas-
ternum with a robust median ridge raised above the level of the
coxae, sinuate posteriorly for reception of the ventral basal tubercle,
and continued forwards to apex of prosternum, being narrower but
roundedly more raised under the prosternum and obliquely sub-
truncate at apex. Abdomen beneath ((?) roof-shaped, armed at
base with an acute tubercle directed forwards, apical angles of the

:;^0 E. Bergrolh:

segments aeutely a little prominent, euch of the two male genital
segments visible from l)elow. Tibiae cyliudrieal, not sulcate above.

By the remarkable stiucture of the scutellum and otlier characters
•closely allied to Vitdliis, Stal, Init the pronotal humeral angles are
not produced in a spinous process, the sternal keel is much shoi-tei-.
and the scutellar apical appendage is larger and differently shaped.
As in V/te/Iiis this appendage is not visil)le wlien the hen)elytra are
■closed.

15. Pktai.asfis tkscokum, n. sp.

Straw-coloured, finely and lathe)- tliickly almost concoloruusly
punctate, cicatrical areas and a longitudinal median line of pio-
notum, and scutellar apical appendage impunctate, an apical dot
to clavus black, membrane (including veins) vitreous, centre of
mesosternum (except the ridge) orange, apical margin of last dorsal
segment and of last connexival segment above and beneath, and
male internal genital appendages dark sanguineous. Second antcn-
nal joint not quite twice the length of first, third as long as second
and somewhat shorter than fourth (fifth wanting). Sternal keel in
the middle of its prosternal part very thin, translucent and almost
vitreous. Sixth male ventral segment in the middle slightly longer
than the two preceding segments together; first male genital seg-
ment short with subtruncate apical margin, second genital segment
longitudinally bluntly ridged in the middle, on tlie sides witli a
transversely oval impression, apical margin sinuate l>ut in tlie
middle with a short nari'ow parallel process forming a continuation
of the median ridge. Length, <? 9.5 nmi.

Stevenson River.

16 ROEBOURNEA DIVKRSA, Dist.

Tempe Downs, Macdonnell Ranges.

Distant placed this insect in Basicri/pfits, H. Sch., and Van
Duzee, wdio gave a very good description of it under the specific
name ttiniidifron.s', placed it with a reservation in the genus
Phyllocej^hala Lap. It belongs to a very distinct genus described
by Schouteden under the above name. Van Duzee mentions only
one fuscous vitta on either side of tlie venter, l»ut normally there
are two such vittae on each side. In the larvae, ^vhich have four-
jointed antennae, the head and pi'onotum are constructed mucli as
in the imagines, and they are also similarly coloured, but the
pronotum has a very distinct black transverse median spot which is
acutely indented laterally, and the aVidomen has above and beneatli
a prominent black transverse spot at the middle of the lateral

Heler opt er Otis Hemipiera. 31

borders of each segment ; there is also a rounded black spot in tlie
middle of the last four ventral segments, and the disk of the
venter is remotely punctured witli fuscous without tlie papillate-
sculpture of the imarjo.

To the many specimens collected at the above locality is appended
a label to the effect that this species is " living at the base of tlie
stalks and amongst ' Porcui)ine g)'ass ' {Triodut pinujtnx).'"

Fam. COKEIDAE.
17. Mums pitoFANA, Falir.

Sullivan Creek.
Palm Creek.

18. A.MOHIiUS ALTEHNATUS, Dc

19. AULACOSTKRNUM PUNCTIPKS, Stlil.

Illaia, James Range.

20. LePTOCORIS MITELLATUS, n. sp.

Red, pronotum rarely tinged with ochraceous, a large quadrate
median spot on vertex more or less extended forwards over cly})eus
and juga, the pronotal calli, scutellum, a lai-ge transverse spot in
anterior part of pleurae, two ventral patches, one on each side.
extended from base of fourth to near middle of sixth segment and
connected with each other along apical margin of foui-tii and fifth
segments, antennae, rostrum, and legs black, hemelytra fuscous,
clavus and corium more oi- less tinted with reddish and with a
prominent oblicpiely tiansverse red spot occupying apex of endo-
corium and extended a little over interior basal angle of membrane,
bucculae, acetabula, anterior margin of prosternum, sjiiracles. and
(narrowly and more or less distinctly) posterior margin of pleurae
and of ventral segments and lateral margins of abdomen whitish.
Head with the juga slightly shorter than the clypeus and apically
not raised above it, the low and blunt oblique anteoculai- elevations
and the postocular calli with short and rather stiff black hairs,
rostrum somewdiat variable in length, reaching base of second or
third ventral segment. Pronotum thickly but extremely finely
subrugulosely punctulate, darkly pilose at the lateral margins and
sparsely but more longly so on the collar which is but slightly
convex, broader in the middle than at tlie sides, and not i-aised
above the level of the calli, the disk with a median keel lieginning
between the calli and evanescent toward the middle or base, tlie
lateral margins straight or slightly sinuate before middle, sub-

32 E. Bcrgroth:

caiinate, very narrowly if at all reflexed, scai'cely indented at the
ends of the transverse impression posteriorly terminating the collar.
Seutellum indistinctly punctate. Hemelytra somewhat passing apex
of abdomen, corium and clavus very finely alutaceous, scarcely
punctate at all, clothed with a very short and fine decumbent pale
sericeous pubescence, membrane dull. Pleurae impunctate, serice-
ously pubescent. Abdomen beneath with the dispersed puncturation
almost imperceptible except in the two black patches where it is
more distinct, middle of ventral disk rather longly palely pilose;
second male genital segment witli its median apical part almost
vertically ascending, viewed from Ix'liind with a round impression
on each side of the middle, the apical margin unisinuate, the apicai
angles conically produced straight backwards, the three appendages-
prot)-uding from tlie interior of the segment pale testaceous, the
middle one shorter than the others, narrowly triangular, acuminate
at apex, the lateral ones with a small tubercle beneath at their base,
viewed from below parallel from base to middle, whei-e the outer
margin is angularly bent, being oblique in its apical half; seen
from the side the apical half of the lateral appendages is curved
with the convexity upward. Length (excl. membrane), c? 10 mm..
? 10.5— 11.8 mm.

Near Glen Helen. Macdonnell Range; Illamurta, James Range.

Belongs to the same group as L. fimhriaiux. Dall. (the only Aus-
tralian species hitlierto known), l)ut it is little more than half the
size of that species, and the coloration both above and beneath i&
totally different, excepting the head which is similarly coloured.

21. Lkptocoris vulgaris, n. sp.

Brick-red, pronotum (except calli and lateral margins), scutellum^
clavus, corium, and in some specimens also middle of vertex
slightly infuscated, a subapical fascia to prosternum. all acetabula,
posterior part of pleurae, an apirai laterally abbreviated mostly
narrow fascia to the last three or four (rarely all) ventral segments,
antennae, rostrum, and legs (excluding coxae) dark fuscous or
l)lackish, memV^rane fuscous with an olivaceous tint, apical margin
of prosternum and acetabula, and often also extreme posterior
margin of pleurae whitish. Head with the oblique anteocular eleva-
tions rather narrow and well pronounced, juga slightly shorter
than clypeus and apically not raised above it, rostrum variable in
length, reaching base of second or apex of third ventral segment.
Pronotum thickly and finely punctate, shortly palely pilose at the

Heteropteroiis Hemi'ptera. 33

lateral margins and on the collar Avhich is distinctly c. nvex and
raised above the level of the calli, the disk Avith a median keel
running from between the calli backwards and becoming very tine
or evanescent toward the base, the lateral margins almost straight,
narrowly depressed and a little reflexed, distinctly angularly in-
dented at the ends of tlie transverse impression posteriorly termi-
nating the collar. Scutellum scarcely punctate. Hemelytra passing
apex of abdomen, corium and clavus thickly and very finely punc-
tured, their sericeous pubescence rather indistinct owing to its
•extreme shortness, membrane dull. Pleurae very finely rugulose
-and thinly sericeous. Abdomen beneath almost impunctate, rather
shortly and thinly pilose; second male genital segment with its
njedian part obliquely ascending without impressions, apical margin
bisinuate, apical angles subconically produced obliquely backwards,
distinctly divergent, the three appendages protruding from the
interior of the segment pale testaceous, the middle one shaped as \n
L. mitellatus, the lateral ones viewed from beneath parallel, viewid
obliquely from below with a small tubercle near the outer margin
beyond its middle, the space between the tubercle and the apex
curved with the convexity upward. Length (excl. membrane),
(? 8— 9 mm., ? 9— 10 nmi.

Bagot's Creek ; near Glen Helen, Macdonnell Range ; near I)al-
housie Springs. Illaniurta, James Range.

Allied to the preceding species, but readily distinguished, apart
from the smaller size and quite different colouring, by more dis-
tinctly punctured upper side, narrower and more raised anteocular
ridges, more distinctly depressed and reflexed pronotal lateral
margins with their distinct subapical indentation, more raised and
•convex pronotal collar, shorter and paler pilosity on the pronotal
lateral margins and collar, less distinctly sericeous corium, shorter
ventral pilosity, and differently constructed second male genital
segment. It was apparently the commonest of the Heteroptera met
with during the Horn expedition ; very numerous specimens wore
collected, especially near Glen Helen.

Fam. MYODOCHIDAE.
22. Spilostethus pacificus, Boisd.
Ayer's Rock^^on WaJilenhergia gracilis.

23. Spilostrthus mactans, Htal.
Dalhouse Springs. *

34 E. Bcrgroth :

24. Germalu.s sexlinkatus, n. ,sp.

Dull, pair dingy ocliraceous incudiiig ank'iniao. rostrum, am!
leiTH, a (lot on upper side of antenniferous tul)erck's. two dots (one
on a level with the other) on upper side of first anteiinal joint, and
one dot on under side of this joint blaek, a streak between the ex-
t<_rior u}>}ier dot of first antennal joint and tlie tij} of the joint, a small
spot near liumeral angles of pronotum, apieal angle of elavus and
of coriunj. a sjtot at apieal mai-gin of eonnexival segments, and on
tlie alxlominal tergum three narrow vittae to tlie penultimate seg-
iru'iit, a narrow faseia connecting the post^rioi- ends of these vittae,
and a l)road median vitta to the last dorsal and the male genital
segment fuscous, these abdominal markings tolerably well visible
through tlie translucent memljrane, a slightly ol>li(pie longitudinal
line on each side of vertex and six percurrent narrow vittae on pro-
notum i-iisty red, three or four slightly infuscated sublateral spots
to each ventral segment, femora sparsely dotted with black, except
front side of fore femora. Head a little over two times broader than
K>ng and slightly broader than base of pronotum, impunctate, with an
oblique impressed line lietween ocelli and base of ocular peduncle, this
l>edunele directed outwards and a little backwards, its anterior
margin very short, less than one-third the width of an eye, whereas
its posterior margin is much longei- and almost but not cpiite touch-
ing latero-anterior maigin of pronotum, eyes viewed from above
slightly moi-e than twice longer than broad, orelli not fpiite twice
more apart from each otl:er tlian from the near* sr point of the eves,
the distance between the ocelli heing as long as lietween tliem
and the posterior angle of the eyes, antennae a little longei-
than head and pronotum together, second joint twice the length
of first, third one-third shortei- tlian second, fourth subecpial
in length to third, buccula© slightly passing apex of antenni-
ferous tubercles, rostrum reaching middle of intermediate coxae,
first two joints subequal in length, third a little shorter than second
and ecpial to fourth. Pi'onotum one-half broader than its median
length, slightly narrowing from base to apex, sparsely and finely
punctured with ])rown, a transver.se jDostapical fascia not reaching
lateral margins and the basal l)order impunctate, tlie two median
reddish vittae nearer to each other than to the following pair, apical
margin straight in the middle, obliquely truncate bekind the ocular
peduncle of the head, lateral margins almost straight. Scutelhim
as long as broad and one-third shorter than pronotum in the middle,
finely and rathei- thickly punctured with fuscous, but with the usual

Heteropterous Hemiptera. 35

triradiate impuiictate elevation. Breast finely and rather thickly
punctate with blackish on the propleurae, Avith pale brownish on
tiie meso- and nietapleurae. Henielytra (cT) reaching a little beyond
apex of abdomen, coriuni witli tlnee percurrent rows of very small
tliick-set brown punctures, first row in its basal third running near
the costal margin, then gradually somew^hat deviating from it,
second row placed in the middle, third near the claval suture and
continued from its apex along apical margin of corium to apex of
first row, cluvus parallel in its basal third, then a little widening
toward the connuissure which is a little longer than half the length
of the scutellum, with two rows of punctures similar to those of
the corium, one along basal half of outer margin, the other along
the commissure and continued a little way along the inner margin,
basal part of clavus moreover Avith some extremely fine almost
colourless punctures partly forming a row, corium and clavus for
the rest impuiictate. Abdomen impunctate, third, fourth, and fifth
connexival segments partially exposed, extending a little beyond the
co.stal margin of the closed hemelytra ; male genital segn)ent semi-
circular, beneath Avith a small round pit a little before apex.
Length, 3' 4.7 mrn., inch membrane, 5 mm.

Steven.son River.

Allied to G. roseohistrinfini. Kirk, (by its describer Avrongly re-
ferred to the genus Geocoris). but with the head broader as com-
pared to the pronotum, different colouring of the head, scutellum,
and abdomen, etc.

N.B. — Montandon has separated from Gertnolus a species from
Xew Caledonia as belonging to a distinct genus, Neogermahis.
The only difference is that in yeogerinalus the ocular peduncle has
the anterior margin shorter and the posterior margin more ap-
proaching or even contiguous to the latero-anterior margin of the
pronotum, and that the eyes thei'efore are more oblique. The
length and direction of the ocular peduncle are, hoAA-ever, very
inconstant in the genus Gernialiis, and some of its described species
certainly form distinct and gradual transitions from species Avith
longer ocular peduncle directed a little forAvards to such Avith
shorter peduncle directed more or less backwards. In my opinion
generic characters cannot, either in Germalas or in Geocoris, be
taken from the shape and direction of the ocular peduncles. The
more new species are detected, the more numerous the transitions
l)ecome. The same is true of the size of the scutellum. It therefore
seems to me that Neoc/ermaliisi cannot be ranked as even subgeneri-
cally distinct from Germain fi. Montandon holds Ophthalmicus

86 E. Bergroth:

jnemhraneus, Montr., as the type of N eager malus, but I think there
can be no doubt that the insect described by him under tliat name is
quite distinct from Montrouzier's species. Montrouzier says in his
description : " dessus du corps brun-fonce ou meme noir," and the
length of his species is 5.5 mm., \vhercas all species of GevDmlus are
very pale in colour, and the length of the species described as
memhraneus by Montandon is 4^. '5 — 5 nun. There is nothing in
Montrouzier's sliort description indicating that lie had a (rermaln>i
before him, and his species lielougs in all likelihood to the genus
Geocoris. Being a nomen false citatum, Montandon's membranenx
cannot according to the nomenclatural rules be maintained, and I
propose for this species the name (Jermalus montandoni. — Under
the specific name dissidens Montandon has described, as question-
ably belonging to Germalus, a species with black head, pronotum,
and scutellum; but this species differs from Germalus, apart from
the colour, by the structure of the metasternal orificia, which is
always of great systematic importance and never varia])le to any
great extent in the same genus. It clearly lielongs to a distinct
genus which may be briefly characterised thus :

Nesogermahts, n. gen. — Antenniferous tubercles on the outer side
armed with a tooth. Metasternal orificia constructed as in Geocoris,
subrotundate, callosely margined, not produced in a ridge. Other
characters as in Germalus, Stal. — Type : Germalus ! dissidens,
Mont.

25. Stenophyella sabulicola, n. sp.

Whitish testaceous, head with a l>lack lateral spot behind the
eyes, tergum of abdomen with two percurrent black vittae well
visible through the pellucid hemelytra but in the dorsal genital seg-
ment resolved into small subconfluent V)lack points, mesosternum in
the middle with two pale brown vittae and between them with a
narrow impressed percurrent median blackish vitta continued,
though not impressed, througli the metasternum ; thickly and finely
punctured, corium and clavus more coarsely and subseriately punc-
tate, abdomen beneath extremely finely, almost imperceptibly punc-
tulate, the puncturation concolorous with the following exceptions :
a cluster of black points on outer side of antenniferous tubercles
and in the middle of the two brownish mesosternal vittae. a longitu-
dinal band composed *of black points near anterior half of pronotal
lateral margins and somewhat within lateral margins of venter from
its base to apical margin of fifth segment. Head slightly shorter
than pronotum in the middle, and with the eyes but slightly pronii-

Heteropterous Hemrptera. S7

nent beyond pronotal apical angles, vertex three times broader than
an eye, with an impressed longitudinal line on each side extended
from near the ocelli to the level of anterior end of eyes, first two
antennal joints on their outer side studded with very sinall black
granules, rostrum reaching a little beyond front coxae, first joint
not quite reaching anterior margin of eyes, second as long as first,
reaching anterior margin of prosternum. third and fourth together
slightly longer tlian second, of equal length, apical half of fourth
joint black. PrOnotum as broad as long and two-thirds broader at
base than at apex, lateral margins straight, basal margin a little
rounded between its lateral h)bules. Scutellum equilaterally triangu-
lar, with a percurrent narrow smooth median ridge. Orificia short,
curved, callosely margined, apically lobulately subprominent.
Hemelytra reaching somewhat beyond base of female dorsal genital
segment, inner half of mesocorium quite hyaline and impunctate,
only with a row of punctures along the cubital vein, apical margin
of corium straight with a small obtusangular sinuosity near apex of
clavus and a very slight and short sinuosity a little before middle,
clavus with a single row of punctures between the vein and the
suture, which is shorter than apical margin of corium. claval com-
missure slightly shorter than scutellum, veins of membrane straight
and simple. Abdomen in the female with the last dorsal segment
rather deeply arcuately sinuate at apex, in the middle only half
the length of the preceding segment, female dorsal genital segment
more than twice the length of last dorsal segment, produced beyond
the ventral genital segments, tapering toward the apex which is
rather deeply but narrowly cleft, fiftli ventral segment (2) in the
middle sinuate to the very base for reception of the sixth segment.
(Last antennal joint and fore and hind legs wanting in the type).
Length, ? 7.5 mm.

Stevenson River.

Differs from S. macrefa, Horv. (the only other known species of
the genus) by its larger size and by having the eyes narrower and
less prominent, the rostrum (especially its second joint) shorter, the
scutellum medially keeled, the mesocorium hyaline only in its inner
half, the black punctures of the head and pronotum differently dis-
tributed, etc. If the specimen descriVjed by Horvath really be a
male, the apex of the abdomen is bifid in both sexes of this genus.

26. DiEucHES, n. sp.
Bagot's Creek.
A single mutilated specimen, unfit for description.

38 E. Bergrotk:

Fam. REDUVIIDAE.

27. POKCILOBDALLUS FORMOSUS, Stal.

Bagot's Creek ; Tempe DoAvns.

The colour of the upper side of the head is in suiue specimens as
described by Stal, but usually it is black, excluding the part
situated before the antennae, which is red with the clypeus blackish ;
the postocular part has above a yellow median line. The abdomen,
which was lacking in the single type-specimen described nearly GO
years ago, is black with the broad, rather strongly rounded con-
nexivum from its base to the middle of the sixth segment above and
beneath, and a median ventral spot of very variable size red; this
ventral spot sometimes small, placed at base of third segment, some-
times large, reaching from apex of second to near apex of fifth
segment.

28. Havinthus longiceps, Stal.

Finke River near Bend ; Dalhousie Springs. Tdracowra. Illamurta.

This species is extremely variable in colouring and in the develop-
ment of the granulation, and it is hardly possible to describe its
varieties as they are connect/ed by numerous transitional links.

Oncockphalus confusus, Reut.

Bagot's Creek.

Fam. VELIADAE.

30. MiCROVELlA AUSTRALICA, n. sp.

Oblong, black with a cinereous bloom, a transverse apical spot to
pronotum and the margin of its produced posterior part, con-
nexivum (except extreme lateral margin and segmental sutures),
lateral borders of venter, and an apical spot to last ventral segment
luteous, a longitudinal line to pronotum velvet-black, ac^etabula
and legs testaceous, the latter here and there infuscated. Head as
long as broad, rostrum scarcely passing prosternum. dark tes-
taceous, last joint piceous, antennae blackish, first two joints,
except apices, dark testaceous, second joint as long as first, third a
little longer than second, fourth the longest, slender. Pronotum
rugulosely punctate behind the middle, lateral angles obtusely a
little prominent. Hemelytra whitish, all veins and a vitta to the
median discal area fuscous. Wings lacteous. Hind legs distinctly
longer than middle legs; intermediate tibiae shorter than feinora.

Heteropteroiis Hemiptera. 39

posterior tibiae as long as femora and trochanters together. Length,
2 mm.

Pahn Creek.

This is the first Microvelia recorded from Australia.

Fam. NEPIDAE.

31. Laccotrephes tristis, Stal. Oefv. Vet. Ak, Foerh. XL, 241
(1854); Freg. Eugenics resa, Ins. IIL, 266 (1859); Ferrari,
Ann. Hofmus. AVien IIL, 186 (1888).

Bagot's Creek; Alice Springs.

[Proo. Rot. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N.S.), Part I., 1916].

Art. 111. — The Petrology of the Silurian Sediments near
Melbourne.

By W. G. LANGFORD, B.Sc.

Kernot Reseax-ch Scholar in Geology, Melbourne University.

(Oommnnicated by Professor E. W. Skeats, D.Sc.)

1.— Introduction.

Silurian sediments form the base rocks of the city of Melbourne.
Typical outcrops are exposed along the River Yarra from Princes''
Bridge upwards, in Hawthorn and Kew, and also in the northern
and western suburbs. Coburg and Moonee Ponds. Carefully
selected specimens were taken from most of the outcrops. The rocks
are remarkably uniform in megascopic and microscopic characters
over the whole of Melbourne, so that the comparatively small col-
lection of specimens may be taken as representative.

The rocks consist entirely of shales, mudstones and sandstones,,
thinly bedded. The beds average one or two feet in thickness. The
shales and mudstones are loosely compacted but in certain cases are
firm and tough where silicified. The sandstones contain much
aluminous material. In some cases they are partially cemented
into semi-quartzites by secondary silicification. In most cases the
cement consists of fine clayey material, in which case the rock
weathers down to a soft, porous, crumbly sandstone. The quartzite
beds stand out in prominent relief from these. Tliere has been an
extensive replacement of the sandstones by limonite along the
bedding planes.

These sediment.s are steeply folded and fractuied around Mel-
bourne. In general the strike is northerly, but owing to the-
complications of movements, such as sagging and pitching of the
folds, and to the presence of numerous fractures, the strikes vary
greatly from that of the main fold axes.

Some fairly large faults occur. In the bed of the Merri Creek
at Coburg (see " Description of Sections," Rock No. I.) there occurs
a well-developed fault breccia composed of angular fragments of
.sandstone, resembling the neighbouring Silurian sandstones, set in
a matrix of the same material, and now almost entirely replaced
by limonite. Small displacements are very widespread.

Petrology of the Silurian Sediments. 41

2.— Composition of the Sediments.

The sandstones, mudstones and shales are all highly aluminous.
The principal allothigenic minerals identified microscopically are
quartz, more or less fresh felspars, muscovite, and biotite. The
accessories noted are tourmaline, iron oxides (magnetite or
ihnenite), zircon, rutile. and perhaps anatase and sphene. Secon-
dary or authigenic minerals present are sericite. limonite, leucoxene^
quartz, and possibly pyrite, subsequently altered to limonite. Car-
bonates may occur to a small extent but no effervescence with acid
Avas observed with the powdered rocks. Chlorite after biotite is
present in some sections.

(a). Essential Minerals. — The detrital quartz ranges to about 0.5
mm. as a maximum in the sandstones. In some of the sandstones
small well developed quartz veins have been formed by secondarj'-
solution and redeposition.

The quartz is angular in habit. It does not show any crystal
l>oundaries. It frequently shows strain polarisation effects as the
result of pressure. Inclusions of such minerals as apatite are some-
times found.

The felspar is found in two conditions. The greater amount
occurs as turbid grey patches throughout the section of about the
same size as the quartz, and in some cases in nearly as large an
amount. These patches show, in some cases, remains of lamellar
twinning. They consist essentially, as far as can be determined, of
fine aggregates of secondary sericite. The original felspars have
probably been altered by percolating solutions producing secondary
mica. In some cases these sericitic patches have been subsequently
stained by limonite impregnations.

A few unaltered grains of oligoclase occur in most of the sections.
The refractive index, twin lamellation, and such extinction as can
be observed refer it to oligoclase. These again are of the same
order of magnitude as the quartz.

No felspar has l^een identified in the mudstones and shales, though
possibly originally present.

Mica occurs in three forms : — 1, As long ragged clear crystals of
muscovite sometimes nipped in between the neighbouring sand
grains. These are clearly detrital and average about one millimetre
in length. 2, As secondary sericite after felspar, and also through-
out the groundmass constituting most of the clayey matter of the
groundmass. This may be partly allothigenic and partly authigenic
as is certainly the case with that representing felspar remains.

42 v. W. G. Lang ford:

The above minerals are characteristic of every sandstone examined.

3, As biotite. Tliis occurs in several of the sandstones. It is
generally pleochroic from a pale greenish yellow to a darker tint.
In some sections it is nearly as plentiful as the muscovite. It has
■the same relative size. The colour may be partly due to iron-
staining. In some cases it has been altered to chlorite.

(/>). Accessory Minerals. — Tourmaline is the chief accessory. It
is to be found in every sandstone sectioned. It was not identificl
in the shales or mudstones. It occurs as rounded detrital grains
showing marked pleochroism from greenish-brown to colourless.
It sometimes shows good crystal boundaries.

Zircon occurs in most of the sections. It is generally in more or
less rounded grains showing the remains of crystal faces. It is
Always clear and colourless.

Rutile occurs in rounded detrital grains. These are mostly dark
reddish brown, but in one case a dark grey grain was identified.

Black Iron ores occur throughout the rocks in irregular grains,
•either as magnetite or ilmenite.

A certain amount of carbonaceous material may occur in some of
the rocks, but cannot be differentiated from the iron oxides.

Anatase and sphene possibly occur, but their identification was
Slot definite, owing to the very small size of the grains.

(c). Secondary Minerals. — Limonite is the cliief secondary mine-
ral. It replaces quartz and mica and probably also felspars. It
is responsible for the general colour of the sandstones. It is not
«o prominent in the shales. Pale-green chlorite occurs as an altera-
tion product of the biotite. Secondary quartz veins are present in
«ome of the sandstones. Secondary rutile occurs as fine needles in
tsericitic matter, possibly after biotite.

Separation of Minerals with Heavy Liquid.

A heavy liquid separation was undertaken to isolate other mine-
rals which might be represented in small quantity. A promising
sandstone No. 13 (see " Description of Sections ") from Studley Park
was crushed in a mortar and passed through a 120 mesh sieve and
then the fine muddy material was panned off with watej-. This
method of separating the fine material saved any small particles of
iheavy minerals Avhich might be present, but got rid of the fine
quartz and micas.

The washed product was then divided into two portions by an
electromagnet. The demagnetised product was then again separated
into two portions, a heavier and a lighter by means of flotation in

Petrology of the Silurian Sediments. 43

acetylene tetrabroniide S.G. 2.938, following the general method
-described by T. Crook, A.R.C.Sc. (Dublin), F.G.S., in Hatch's
■" Petrology of the Sedimentary Rocks."

The heavy portion was then examined under the microscope in
media of different refractive indices. The following minerals were
thus recognised : — Tourmaline, zircon, rutile, magnetite, sapphire,
topaz, a little biotite and chlorite, some quartz, probably attached
to some of the other minerals during flotation, and perhaps kyanite.

The tourmaline is abundant, and in many cases shows good
•crystal boundaries. It contains many microscopic inclusions of
•other minerals, and of gas bubbles. It is generally yellow brown
to dark brown, but some fragments polarise from a blue green to a
pure green.

Zircon comes next in abundance. The crystals show almost
perfect crystal faces and are in many cases zoned. Faces shown
include prisms and pyramids.

Rutile occurs as dark brown jirisms generally, with pinacoidal
terminations.

Magnetite was also noticed in the demagnetised ( f) product. It
shows characteristic rectangular outlines. It was probably too small in
this case to separate itself efficiently from the sand under magnetic
influence.

Sapphire occurs as deep blue, slightly pleochroic, irregular,
nngular grains, showing low polarisation colours, and is fairly
plentiful.

Topaz occurs as rounded and irregular grains, and in many cases
lias many inclusions, some dark, which are probably iron ores.

A little biotite altering to chlorite was found. In one case the
•chlorite showed a fine spherulitic structure.

A doubtful crystal of kyanite was recognised, but as only one grain
Avas found it is not considered wise to positively assert its presence.

3. — Description of Rock Sections.

^ote. — ^The rock sections are included in the collection of the Geologi-
•cal Department of the University.

(a). Cohurg Specimens. — Rock No. 1 consists of a hard breccia
•composed of angular sandstone fragments set in a matrix of finer
material largely replaced by iron oxides.

Microscopically the rock fragments show quartz, muscovite, and
tourmaline set in a groundmass of quartz and secondary mica. The
rock is clearly a fault breccia. It is to l>e found about 100 yards

44 W. G. Lav g ford:

east of the Xewlands Street West bridge over the xMerii Creek in the
creek bed.

No. 2 is a typical micaceous sandstone. It is a yellowish loosely
compacted rock showing quartz grains and Hakes of muscovite.
Microscopically it shows quartz, niuscovite and tourmaline. This
specimen was obtained from the road section just west of the
cemetery in Elizal^eth Street.

No. 4a is a light yellow mudstone. Microscopically all that can
be recognised are minute fragments of quartz and nmscovite set in
a micaceous clayey groundmass. Spots of reddish-brown mineral
with cubical oiitlines are possibly limonite after pyrite. It was
obtained just to the west of the Newlands Street West bridge over
the Merri Creek.

(b). Moonee Ponds Creek Specimens. — No. 3 is a dark, fine-
grained sandstone, splitting well along the bedding planes. The
split faces are covered with small flakes of muscovite. The rock
shows dark bands. Microscopically the section shows quartz, mus-
covite, biotite, altered plagioclase, oligoclase (fresh), zircon, tour-
maline, rutile, and ilmenite or magnetite, and dark bands of car-
bonaceous material. Some of the quartz grains contain inclusions
of apatite. The tourmaline shows good crystal faces in some cases.
Secondary minerals present are sericite, chlorite after biotite, a
little carbonate, and limonite. The specimen was obtained from a
cliff section on the creek about 100 yards north of the Brunswick
Road bridge.

(c). Hawthorn Specimens. — No. 5 was obtained from a small
point on the left bank of the River Yarra, just below the bend
up stream from the Glen Tea Gardens. It is a dense grey sand-
stone, showing quartz and muscovite. Deposition oi limonite has
taken place along joint planes.

The section shows quartz, muscovite, tourmaline, zircon, fresh
oligoclase and altered plagioclase, magnetite or ilmenite, leucoxene
and green biotite, also possibly sphene. Some carbonaceous matter
is present. Secondary limonite and sericite and clayey interstitial
matter are also present.

{d). Kew Specimens. — i., Victoria Street Bridge Section — Rock
No. 17 from the north side of Victoria Street at the top of the hill
above the bridge is a fine grey sandstone traversed by veins of limo-
nite and secondary quartz. Microscopically the section shows
quartz, muscovite, tourmaline, zircon, and carbonaceous material,
set in a fine groundmass of quartz and sericite. Sericite after
felspar is common. The secoTidary (juartz veins are probably later

Petrology of the Silurian Sediments. 45

than tlie limonite impregnations, as they cut tlirough them in
jjlaces. The quartz veins crossing small cracks may have offered an
obstruction to subsequent iron-bearing solutions.

No. 19 is a light-grey micaceous sandstone showing (juartz, mus-
covite, tourmaline, zircon, biotite, and oligoclase in a hne ground-
mass of quartz and sericite. Secondary minerals present are
limonite, sericite, and chlorite. This rock was obtained about twu
chains below No. 17 on the north side of the cutting.

No. 20 is a yellowish loosely compacted micaceous sandstone
similar to No. 2 from Coburg. It was obtained about half
fi chain below No. 19. It shows quartz, niuscovite, tourmaline,
oligoclase, altered plagioclase, biotite, zircon, rutile. chalcedony
fragments, and possibly anatase. Secondary minerals are limonite,
leucoxene after ilmenite, sericite, and chlorite.

No. 22 is a hard, porous, greyish-white quartzite, showing flakes
of muscovite. Microscopically it shows quartz, muscovite, tourma-
line, altered plagioclase, magnetite or ilmenite, zircon, leucoxene
after ilmenite, and rutile in a groundmass of fine quartz and
sericite. Secondary rutile occurs in very fine needles in cloudy
sericitic patches, possibly altered biotite. It was obtained from
a prominent bed six chains from No. 17 on tlie same side.

ii., Studley Park Specimens. — No. 6 is a hard, compact sand-
stone traversed ])y secondary quartz and linu>nite veins. Tlie
section shows (|uartz — some Avith apatite inclusions — a very little
muscovite, zircon, rutile, tourmaline, magnetite or ilmenite, sphene,
and secondary sericite and limonite. The location of all Studley
Park specimens is shown on the sketch map (see below).

No. 8 is a micaceous mudstone Avith grey and yellowish bands.
Microscopically it shows distinct current bedding. Minerals identi-
fied in the section include quartz, muscovite, and tourmaline, with
sec-ondary sericite and limonite. Some of the limonite is proba])ly
secondary after pyrite judging by its crystal outline.

No. 10 is a Avhite mudstone from the crest of an anticline on the
river path, about a quarter of a mile N.W. of Johnston Street Bridge.
Microscopically it shows quartz, muscovite, biotite, chlorite, sericite,
and limonite. It is fairly even grained, Avith a fcAv larger frag-
ments of quartz here and there.

No. 12 is a yelloAA'ish, hard, dense quartzite Avith secondary quartz
and limonite veins. Microscopically it shoAvs quartz, muscovite.
oligoclase, altered plagioclase, tourmaline — broAvn and grey — zircon,
cherty and sericitic intersticial matter, chlorite and limonite.

16

W. G. Langford :

No. 13 is the rock selected for separation by heavy liquid.
Microscopically the following minerals were identified : — Quartz,
muscovite, tourmaline, oligoclase, altered plagioclase, magnetite,
zircon, rutile, biotite, and secondary sericite and limonite.

No. 15 is a banded grey and yellow shale showing muscovite along
tlie liedding planes. Under the microscope the section shows quartz,

CEOLOCICAL MAP of KEW --

o i /m//e.

Fetroloyy of the SUurian Sediments. 47

luuscovite, and carbonaceous material in a clayey groundniass. It
is very even grained.

(e). South Yarra Specimen. — No. 0 was obtained from the cliff
section on the left bank of the River Yarra just below the Church
Street Bridge. It is a hard, tougli, cherty looking rock. Under
the microscope it shows small angular fragments of quartz, and a
little muscovite, tourmaline, and rutile, in a very tine sericitic^
groundmass. It seems to have suffered considerable pressure.
Secondary limonite is also present throughout the rock.

4. — Metamorphism.

Practically no metamorphism of the rocks has occurred. Al-
though intensely folded and fractured no cleavage is developed. No-
contact metamorphism has taken place.

The series is intruded by two series of dykes, one basaltic and
tlie other of the nature of quartz por2:»hyry. The only alteration
is that due to the percolation of solutions containing iron derived
from the dykes. The sediments are largely impregnated with
limonite at the contacts.

5. — Deposition of the Sediments.

C^hapmani refers the Melbournian sediments to a warm shallow
sea on the evidence of the prevalence of the brachiopod Lingula,
and the almost complete absence of the corals. This view is sup-
ported by the writer. The general fineness in grain suggests that
the sediments were deposited some distance from the shore. Con-
glomerates occurring at Keilor, about 10 miles from Melbourne,
probably i-epresent the nearest part of the shore line sediments of
the Silurian sea.

The admixture of relatively coarse sand with the fine materials,
of the shales suggests that the sediments may have been laid down
under flood conditions or under rapid variations in the strength of
the currents. This view is supported by the relative thinness of the-
beds and the rapid alternation of sandstone and shale.

6.— Origin of the Constituent Minerals.

Two sources are possible for the material of the sediments : —

i. They may have been derived from a pre-Silurian igneous rock ;

or, ii., They may have been derived from a pre-Silurian sediment.

Both sources are also possible.

1. "On the Palaeontology of the Silurian of Victoria." Proceedings of Section C, p. 213,
Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, Melbourne, 1913.

48 W. G. Lainjford:

Jutson^ Ijelioved that the Silurian st'diinents at Wai'raudyte Avere
derived solely from a sedimentary series because no pebbles of
igneous rock were found by him in the Warrandyte conglomerate.

Junner,2 in his paper on the Diamond Creek aiea. concludes that
the sandstones of that district were derived to a " fair extent "
from pre-Silurian igneous rocks. He gives tlie following reasons
for his view : —

1. The abundance of muscovite.

2. The presence of biotite, plagioclase, and chlorite, which is

usually derived from unstable iron magnesium minerals.

3. The occurrence of zircon and lutile crystals in the quartz

grains in the sandstones may indicate an igneous origin
for such quartz.

4. The constant presence of tourmaline suggests such an origin.

5. The absence of metamorphic minerals, etc.. .shows that they

were not derived from metamorphic rocks.

The last does not show, however, whether the Silurian sediments
Avere derived from igneous or sedimentary rocks. Muscovite and
tourmaline, whilst suggesting an originally igneous origin, are
stable minerals and may easily be handed down from one sediment
to another. Similarly, quartz grains containing zircon and rutile
may easily have suffered more than one transportation before
coming to their final resting place.

The presence of biotite, plagioclase and chlorite suggests that the
rocks were derived to some extent direct from pre-Silurian igneous
rocks, especially if the felspar were fairly fresh.

The writer finds felspar to l>e present in two conditions in his
sections; the one much decomposed but showing traces of twin
lamellation, and the other quite clear and fresh. The natural
inference from this fact is that the decomposed material has suf-
fered more handling than the fresh. This would suggest that the
clear material has been directly derived from an igneous source,
possibly granitic, whilst the decomposed material has been derived
from an older sediment. No pre-Silurian granit^es. however, are
known near Melbourne with certainty. The You-Yangs granite
may be pre-Silurian.

The writer inclines to the view that both origins are i)robable for
the rocks of the Melbourne district. This view is strongly supported

1. "The Structure and General Geology of the Warrandyte Gold-field, &e." Proo. Roy.
Soc. Victoria, vol. xxii., pt. II., 1911.

2. "General and Mining Geology of the Diamond Creek Area." Proe. Roy. Soe. Victoii.!,
vol. XXV., pt. II., 1913.

Petrology of the Silurian Sediments. 49

by the fact that the plagioclase occurs in two conditions. The pre-
sence of biotite and chlorite supports the view of an igneous origin
for part of the sediments.

The strain polarisation of some of the quartz may have been
produced, not in situ but in an older sediment. Our known Ordo-
vician rocks have suffered much greater stresses than the Silurian.
All the quartz does not show strain polarisation.

The Ordovician sediments of Victoria have not yet received any
attention petrologically. When they ai-e examined they Avill prob-
ably show the presence of much similar material to that of the
Silurian. An Ordovician quartzite section in the writer's posses-
sion shows zircon and tourmaline.

In conclusion the writer wishes to gratefully acknowledge the
invaluable help and guidance of Professor Skeats through all stages
of the work, and to Dr. Summers for various suggestions.

[Proc. Rot. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N.S)., Pt. I., 1916].

Akt. IV. — Tlie Pideontological Sequence of the Lower Ordoviclan
Mocks in the Castlrmaive District.

Part I.

By \V. J. HARRIS, B.A.

(With Plate I.).
[Read 11th May, 1916].

Victorian economic geology, more particularly in so far as it is
concerned witii the origin and occurrence of auriferous lodes, is so
intimately associated with the folding of palaeozoic strata and the
resulting problems, that any reliable guide to the order of super-
position of the various beds is likely to be useful. The absence of
conglomerates and other well defined bands deprives geologists of
benchmarks, that would be of assistance in working out the folding
of the rocks in localities Avhere good exposures are wanting. Re-
cognition of the part certain favourable beds play in the enrichment
of lodes, more particularly at Ballarat, and to a lesser extent at
Bendigo, Daylesford, and elsewhere, has accentuated the importance
of obtaining a working knowledge of the stratigraphical relations
of the rocks of these localities. In the absence of this knowledge
even expert opinion is liable to err. Mr. E. J. Dunn states that
" the South Eureka rocks appear to loe well up in the Castlemaine
zone . . . Spring Gully apj^eai's to be still higher. . . . The
Fryerstown belt is in the Castlemaine zone."i These three localities
seem on palaeontological evidence to be all Upper Bendigonian, and
hence much more favourable for quartz mining than the above makes
them apiDear. The i-esearches of Dr. T. S. Hall and others have
resulted in the subdivision of the Victorian Lower Ordovician rocks
into four series — Lancefield, Bendigo, Castlemaine and Darriwil, in
ascending order. The relations between the three lower series are
clearly shown in several areas, and are generally known, but, though
the Darriwil series is recognised as somewhat above the Castlemaine
series, its exact stratigraphical position has remained in doubt.
This paper includes, among other efforts, an attempt to co-ordinate
the Castlemaine and Darriwil series.

1 Dunn, E. J., Rec. vol. iii., part ii., Geo). Surr. Victoria.

Ordovlcian Rocks. 51

I. Area.

The area over which these observations extend includes about 100
:square miles. Its approximate boundaries are, on the north and
east the granite massif of Mount Alexander, on the west the Muckle-
iord Creek, and on the south a line drawn from Strangways through
Tarilta, Glenluce, and Fryerstown to tlie Elphinstune Tunnel on
the Melbourne to Echuca railway.

II. Previous Workers.

A. R. C. Selwyni as early, as 1853 made a section of the beds from
the Campaspe to the Loddon along a line passing through Mounts
Alexander and Tarrengower.

The late Dr. T. S. Hall2 in a paper to this Society on the Geology
of Castlemaine (1894) shows that the differences between the grap-
tolites of the various outcrops are due to the stratig'raphical rela-
tion of the beds. From the palaeontological evidence he was able
to demonstrate their succession and outline six zones. He also gives
a general account of the geology of the district. His paper deals
particularly with the area to the south and the east of the town of
€astlemaine and forms the basis for all later palaeontological work
on this area. The general lines of the classification of the graptolite
zones indicated in this paper have since been independently con-
firmed in other districts. The writer during the years 1912-1915
examined all but three or four of the outcrops previously visited
b>y Dr. Hall, and is able to attest the accuracy of the deceased
worker's observations. One who has traversed the rough hills
around Castlemaine can thoroughly appreciate the painstaking and
accurate work which, without the aid of present-day facilities for
travelling, Dr. Hall cari'ied out over twenty years ago. The difficul-
ties in the way have resulted in a scientifically fertile field lying
idle for more than two decades.

Mr. W. Baragwanath3 deals with portion of the area in Memoir 2
of the Geological Survey of Victoria. Axial lines are plotted and
a section given showing the succession of the strata. The section is
evidently based mainly on observed dip. No particular section line
is marked on the map, but the section appears to be along a line
from Forest Creek through Quartz Hill to Gaol Hill. If so, it errs
in not showing a ge-anticline on the Cemetery Reef where the lowest

1 Geology and Mineralogy of the Mt. Alexander Goldfield, Pari. Papers, 1853-4, vol. ii., et
-Q.J.G.S., vol. X.

2 Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. vii. (n.s.), 1894.

3 Castleniaine-Chewton Goldfield. Mem. 2 Geol. Surv. Vic. 5a

52 W. J. Harris :

beds north of Forest Creek occur. These beds are on the Wattle
Gully horizon, and Didymograptus hifidus is found at more than
one place along the line. The beds to the east are only Middle
Castlemainian, while, further east still, on the east side of Forest
Creek, Upper Castlemaine graptolites are found.

Mr. H. Herman,! in a brief description of the lodes of Castle-
maine, gives a section, apparently based on the one just mentioned,
and marks on it three zones — viz., Bendigo, Wattle Gully, and
Castlemaine. The above criticism applies to this section also. From
a palaeontological standpoint botli are in error in showing the cen-
tral beds too high in tlie series.

Besides these papers there are others dealing incidentally with
the district. These, and also Dr. Hall's other papers on grapto-
lites, will be referred to when necessary.

111. Charactepistics of Fossiliferous Rocks.

Graptolites are widely distributed throughout the district and
have been found at more than one hundred localities. They occur
in slates of every colour. The slates of the Oncnr/raptus zone often
bear a distinct resemblance in colour and texture to certain Upper
Ordovician rocks, particularly those exposed along the Saltwater
River near Digger's Rest, but in the state of our knowledge na
importance should be attached to lithological resemblance. With
isolated exceptions graptolites in this district are found only in
slates or fine mudstones whicli as a rule are less common than
sandstones. Limestone of Ordovician age is absent. Quartz grit
ridges and bands of coarse sandstone occur, but, thovigh it may be
possible to do so, no attempt has so far been made to correlate
them. One is therefore compelled to rely entirely on the fine sedi-
ments, often so cleaved that the fossils are difficult to break out.
This will be the more readily understood when it is realised that
the cleavage is rarely parallel to the lamination and often crosses
it at an angle of 30 o or more. It is therefore difficult or impossible
to obtain a good idea of the facies of some outcrops, though if the
beds are Upper Castlemaine Didymorjrajyfjis caduceus may often
be recognised along the broken edge of a slab.

IV. Limitations of Mathematical Stratigraphy.

It is almost unnecessary to say that no method of working out ther
problems of rock folding in an area is more accurate than measure-

1 Economic Geology and Mineral Resources of Victoria. Bull. 34, p. 24, Geol. Surv. Vie.

Ordovician Mocks. b'S

merit and plotting by strike, dip, and pitch, and if it were always
possible to employ this method, palaeontoUigy, as it is used here,
would lose much of its value. Anyone who has worked over a con-
siderable area of country where exposed sections are few, knows
how really limited, under such circumstances, the mathematical
method is, and, where sections do occur, how interdependent the
mathematical factors are. In the constantly varying angle of dip
according to the portion of an anticline or syncline exposed at the
•surface, anything like accuracy is impossil)le and with the long
low curves of pitch one is at a complete loss. Added to these diffi-
culties, there is at Castlemaine the problem of overturned beds
Avhich occur in the east of the area and render valueless observa-
tions of dip obtained in shallow cuttings. These are often vitiated
also by surface drag or warp diagonal to the directions of dip and
strike, which gives a false dip.

V. Stpatigraphical Value of Graptolites.

In the slates of Castlemaine there is sufficient evidence to be
obtained of the life history of many species of graptolites to afford
a fairly complete set of zonal fossils. The evidence is cumulative
and not isolated, and that of tlie many sipecies that together make
up a facies is rarely at fault. From 'a zonal standpoint Dr. HalU
has used the Dichograptidae — Tefragrapfus approxi/nafus (Nich.),
T. friiticosus (J. Hall), and Didymogra2)tus hifidus (J. Hall) — with
conspicuous success in his classification of the Lower Ordovician
rocks of Victoria. Miss EUes^, regarding the rise and fall of a!
genus .and species, observes that " a certain resemblance of tliecal
chawacteristics, number of thecae in a given space, inclination of
ventral and apertural margins to the axis of the stipe, and the
amount of thecal overlap may be regarded as (a) of genetic origin
and therefore (b) of systematic importance; and further, that a
natural group with relatively few stipes Avas evidently developed
from multiramous forms, so that of the usually accepted classifi-
cation the Dichograptidae are highly important chronologically."
There seems no doubt that the gradual progression from multira-
mous to simpler forms is world wide. At Castlemaine Clonograptus
is common in the lower beds, and Tetragrapttu and Goniograptus
are more common in the lower than in the higher beds. Diplograp-
ius occurs infrequently in the middle beds, but 1>ecomes more com-

1 Recent advances of our knowledge of Victorian Graptolites and elsewhere.

2 Graptolite Fauna of the Skiddaw Slates. (J. J.G.S., vol. 54 (1898), p. 529 ff.

54 W. J. Harris :

mon later, while Triyonograptus, Oncograjitus, LosiograpHis, and
Glossograpfus appear still later. The Upper Ordovician and Silu-
rian graptolites are quite distinctive. Only the broadest outline
seems possible at present, and conclusions drawn from observations
on one side of the world may not be applicable to conditions on the
other. For example, Elles, Wood and lluedemann^ all agree in
derivint;; Dicliogvaptiis octohrachidtus from Loganograptus logani^
In Victoria, as Dr. Hall^ has pointed out, the order of occurrence is
reversed, for while B. ocfohrachintiis is found in Upper Bendigo
beds, Loga/iograpfus is Upper Castlemainian. Differences such aa
this in the distribution of genera make one hesitate to generalise.

VI. Dp. Hall's Classification of Castlemaine
Graptolites.

The following classification is that given in Dr. Hall's paper on
the Geology of Castlemaine. ^ The zones are arranged in descend-
ing order as there set out.

1. Zone of Loganogra,ptus logani.

2. Zone of Didi/mograptus cadiiceiis. (Victoria Gully Beds.)

3. Phyllograpf o-cad uceus zone.

4. Burns' Reef beds. (Fln/Uogiaptus ti/pits, with no predo-

minant associates.)

5. Zone of Dldymograptus bifidiis. (Wattle Gully Beds.)

6. Zone of Tefragrapfvs fruficosus.

The facies of eacli zone is not given in detail, though it is briefly
discussed. In anotlier place Dr. Hall* states that " rhi/llograpfui
typus long persists and is survived a short time by P. angustifolius.
Specimens of Diplograpius appear in the higher beds but not appar-
ently in the lower. A species of Clonograptus occurs in the lowei*
beds, but soon disappears. Loganograptus logani puts in an
appearance in the higliest zones, and ranges into the Darriwil
series."

VII. Proposed Revised Classification.

The table recorded below^ shows the classification projjosed. The
beds are arranged in descending order and Dr. Hall's numbering
is retained to I'ender comparison easier. Beds above the Castle-
maine series are prefixed with the letter " A."

1 Graptolites of New York, I. N.Y. Mus. Mem. 7 (1894), table op. p. b^i.

2 Graptolite-bearing Rocks of Victoria. Geol. Mag. (n.s.), Dec. iv., vol. vi. (1890), pp. 442-143

3 Geol. of Castlemaine. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. vii. (n.s.), 1894, p. 88.

4 Graptolite-beariiij; Rocks, op. cit., i>. 443.

5 Vide p. 55.

Ordovician Rocks.

55

3 -S

O Q

a -s

K P - &D O •- 5d Q

^ 5

«

fi

oT

&

^

P^

1

o^

1

g

bo

!>.

o

a ft

I" si

rt be §

p _o g

O H ►-I 3

CO -

g tc

.2 bE

O O

w

ftO

^

rt .„

-iJ

t< c

6D °

cS

O g

be

§ §

8

1 S

s

■^ -2

o

l_l cS

p ;q

c«

I c2 o
pi o

«2 5^

'B
C5

> W

3 S

56

W. J. Harris :

6 ^ H

2" "^

.2 o

^ CO

fM ^ Q O

.= 3 i3

to
-5 O O

O P r- Ph Q

Pi

-^

to

1

>J

3

. p^

1

Q

E-i

tr ^-v

54-1

CW

S '^

5 o

3 a>

01

CO

p

o

o S

li

C4H ^

T3 a

S
P,

s
&<

S
a

-5

g

§1

>!

>J

■^

a>

ft -S

O

fi;

al

S

Q

^

H ji

HO

I 2

a u

■^ P.

g p:

br P^

Ordouician Rocks. 57

Only forms of fairly certain identity are given in this table;
more extended search will probably extend the range of some of the
species. The horizontal Didymograpti present difficulties which
minimise their suitability for use as zonal fossils, though it is f)rob-
able that detailed work with them will lead to instructive results.
Other forms such as T. serra and I'. quadrihracJiiafus appear to
range through all zones. T. nerra is vei'y common in some of
the beds of the Darriwil .series as constituted in this paper,
Goniograjitus is represented in the Middle Castlemaine beds by one
specimen of a new species and only one specimen of TJ. octohra-
chiatus has been found in Victoria Gully beds. Only tliree speci-
mens of Triaettograpfus, T. S. Hall, are known, and only two of
these were found in situ. The futility of using such species in an
account of zonal distribution is obvious, and, with a view to sim-
plicity, it has been thought better to give only the more useful spe-
cies.

VIII. Classifications Compaped.

It is apparent that this scheme of classification supplements the
older one. The following notes on the two classifications will serve
to show resemblances and differences : —

1. Beds of the Darriwil series, as previously constituted, have
for the first time been recorded from the Castlemaine district.

2. The meaning of the term Darriwil has been extended so that
in tlie Darriwil series are now included not only those beds referred
to the Darriwil by Dr. Hall, Init also jireviously unrecognised beds
between these and the Upper Castlemaine (Loga/io-cndiiceiix). zone.
I at first constituted these beds a new series under the name
" Yapeen," but I found later tliat apparently all these beds did
exist in the Darriwil district, and it seemed advisable to retain
that name for the series, thus giving it an extended meaning. This
alteration involved many alterations in the teixt, but was made too
late to enable the whole paper to be recast.

3. The Castlemaine series remains as described by Dr. Hall. The
two zones of the Middle Castlemainian are not always distinguish-
able, and it was at first thought better to unite them. However, as
Dr. Halli after mature consideration separated them (they appear
as one zone in an earlier paper), it was decided to make no change.
The test for distinguishing them, " the comparative rareness of D.
caduceus "2 in the lower bed, is weak and not always applicable.

1 Geol. Ciistlemaine, op. cit.

2 Geol. Castlemaine, p. 70.

58 ir. J. Harris :

Jf,. Bendigo beds lower than any described in the earlier paper
have been recorded South of Fryerstown. In them occur T . fruti-
cosus (4-branched form), and D. latns (T. S. Hull). Dr. Hall
mentions the latter species as probably indicating Lower Bendigo-
nian. This discovery has involved the division of the T. fruficosu-t
zone into two — one characterised by the three-branched form, and the
other by the four-branched. The question arises as to what differences
should te tolerated in any one zone, for between the typical beds
of these zones (placed w^ith the lower zone in this paper), are beds
containing three and four-branched forms. At Tarilta, Bendigo,
and at one outcrop on the Fryers-Chewton Road, the three-branched
form is found with D. hifidus, the zonal fossil of the succeeding
zone. The same merging of zone into zone is present throughout
all the series, and shows that any division of pa-laeontological deve-
lopment into stages must not be too arbitrary. While, therefore, a
number of zones can be distinguished, yet between all of them are
transitional beds which serve to link them. This will be again
referred to in this paper.

IX. Stratigraphical Relations and Typical Sections.

To obtain a definite idea of the gradual change of facies at the
various outcrops it is necessary' to work across the area from east
to west. If it were possible to travel in a straight line west from
the Elphinstone Tunnel this would involve a Avalk of ten miles.
An equally or even more instructive section could be made by start-
ing south of Fryerstown and going east to Limestone Creek — a
distance of some seven miles; but exposures along this line are less
common. In either case the presence of gullies and the concealment
of the bed rock by recent alluvium make it necessary to zig-zag
and to piece together evidence obtained from north and south of
the direct line. The pitch of the numerous small anticlines and
synclines being unknown it is impossible to say what the dip will
be north ior south of any observed outcrop, the whole country hav-
ing, as Dr. HalU has pointed out, a resemblance to a troubled sea,
wave succeeding wave in every direction. The surface "drag" of
rocks on the east or west slopes of hills make siirface indications of
dip almost valueless. To add to the difficulty a dip may change
from easterly to westerly without a syncline or an anticline having
been observed. The sections included in this paper have there-
fore been made diagrammatic. This Avas the more necessary since
west of Castlemaine comparatively few observations of dip can be
made.

1 Geol. Castlemaine, i>. 65.

Ordovician Rocks. 59

(a) The Elphinstone Tunnel — Castlemaine Section.
This section for the first five miles is based mainly on the evi-
dence of the cuttings on the Melbourne-Echuca Railway from the
Elphinstone Tunnel (72 miles) to the 7T-mile post south of the
town of Castlemaine. The section for the next two miles is based
on observations made on the hills south and south-west of Castle-
maine. West of this in a direct line evidence is scanty. The grap-
tolites of the railway cuttings have been described by Dr. HalU.
With the record of his observations I kave rarely found it neces-
sary to disagree, but, thanks to greater facilities for travelling, the
opportunity has presented itself of filling in more detail. The rocks
at the western entrance to the tunnel dip Avest owing to inversion.
Tetragraptus fruticosus is to be found in a small drainage channel
south of the railway, indicating the Upper Bendigonian horizon.
The fine anticline mentioned by Dr. Hall^ is now obscured by sur-
face 'Soil, but calculating its position, I paced west, and was for-
tunate in locating the "repeat " outcrop of T. fruticosus near the
72-mile post. The calculation was afterwards found to have been
unnecessary as the anticline is cleaily shown on the side of the
road to the north of the line. The next observed graptolite beds
occur in the second cutting. Here two bands of fossilifarous slate
occur, and an anticline causes both to be repeated 3 while still an-
other band occurs further west. All are Wattle Gully {D. hifidus}
beds — Lower Castlemainian.

The next outcrop, a few chains east of the 73-mile post (all mile
posts mentioned are those on the railway), has Phyllogroptvs typns
associated with the small form of Bidymograptus caduceus. D. hifi-
dus is not found. The horizon is Middle Castlemainian. Just past the
73-mile post the large form of B. codiicens occurs, and since it
again occurs along the line of strike less than half a mile to the
south and is there associated with Diplograptus sp. and Logano-
graptus logani, I have felt justified in indicating this as Upper
Castlemaine. Three chains further west of the mile post the samer
zone repeats, and about three hundred yards still further west Onco-
graptus upsilon may be found in light-coloured slates Avith a west-
erly dip, and a little further on Trigonograpfus. These beds are
best developed at the 73i-niile railway bridge. Here they are thick
almost horizontal beds of blue slate — probably the corrugated
trough of a geo-syncline. Fossils are common, but a very ta-ouble-
some cleavage — c-ommon in nearly horizontal beds — makes extrac-

1 Geol. Castlemaine, op. cit.

2 Geol. Castlemaine, p. 60.

60 W. J. H<trri.s :

tion difficult, and specimens are poorly preserved. OncograiJtus
upsilon and varieties of Didi/mograj)tus caduceus occur as typical
forms, and Bidymoyraytus v-deflexus sp. nov. and TrigonoyraiJfus
are also found. Cardiogrojitus tnorsus, nov. sp., is absent, which
agrees with the evidence of other localities, and indicates that this
form is characteristic of a higher horizon. Oncocirapfus occurs a
little to the south on the same strike and in the creek bed half-a-mile
to the north, and even north of this.

The next beds present some difficulty. Separated from the Onco-
^rmptus beds by recent deposits, but only 200 yards from them,
typically Middle Castlemaine beds occiir. Vhyllograptiis typiis, J.
Hall, and small forms of Didymograptus caduceus, being found
in fair numbers in a narrow band of dec-oraposed white slate. These
beds also occur to the south, Avhere they are succeeded on the west
by Upper Castlemaine beds in the usual order. Along the raihvay
the next beds are also Upper Castlemaine. As the evidence of other
localities is very strongly against the Middle Castlemaine l>eing
within 600 feet of the Oncograptus beds, these Middle Castlemaine
beds seem difficult to fit in. Faulting is apparently responsible for'
their juxtaposition. More than this statement the evidence does not
warrant, but the common occurrence of slickensided faces and the
experience of miners shows that faulting is common in these rocks.
Between this outcrop and the 74:-mile post Upper Castlemaine l>eds
are found, and they are also well represented at the mile post.
This zone again repeats, and then no fossils are found until Chew-
ton is reached. Further search may reveal some, probably ISIiddle
Castlemaine, as such beds are exposed on the hills to the south and
to the north (at Burns' Reef). Just past the CheAvton Railway Sta-
tion (75 miles) 1). hifidus and P. tyjnis re-appear on the summit
of the ChcAvton ge-anticliuje on the strike of Dr. Hall's original
Wattle Gully beds, Wattle Gully itself crossing the railway line
immediately to the west. Higher beds — Middle Castlemaine — occur
along the same strike at Quartz Hill north of the line, but soutli-
wards all the beds are either of the same horizon (Lower Castle-
maine), or lower, as at Lost Gully (Daphne Reef) and Mount Eureka
(The Monk), where Upper Bendigo beds outcrop. The Wattle Gully
zone outcrops to the north in Cemetery Gully, and even further
north in Dirty Dick's Gully. This is interesting, as the
zone lias seemingly never been previously recorded north of
Forest Creek. At one spot a large variety of J), hifdus, with
branches about 40 mm. in length, is found. The only other Castle-
maine locality where it occurs is in Steele's Gully south of the

Ordovician Rocks. 61

line. This northerly occurrence of Didymograptus bifidus marks
the apex of a ge-anticline not shown in Messrs. Baragwanath or
Herman's section. Several occurrences of D. hifidtis between
Chewton and 76i miles indicate smaller anticlines. Near Aber-
deen Hill, Middle Castlemaine beds are found, and then, after
repetition, an ascending series of Upper Castlemaine between
the Vincent Street bridge and the 7T-mile post. The railway
soon after this ceases to be of value, and the section has been
worked out westward on less complete evidence. The most westerly-
occurrence of Middle Castlemaine beds noted in this locality is near
New Chum Gully, though isolated outcrops may exist further west.
With this exception, all graptolites found between a north and soutlx
line through the 77-mile post and the Harcourt-Campbell's Creek
railway line are Upper Castlemaine.

So far the stratigraphical relations of the members of the Castle-
maine series and some members of the Bendigo and a higher series,
have been traced from the apex of a ge-anticline at the Elphinstone
Tunnel exposing Upper Bendigo beds, through a syncline at 73h
miles, exposing beds containing Oncograpfi/s and higher than the
Castlemaine series, to the main apex of the Chewton ge-anticline
exposing Wattle Gully (Lower Castlemaine) beds. These beds recur
at intervals for about a mile, and then disappear under higher beds
which rest on the western limb of this ge-anticline.

(h) Wafe?- Race Section.

Parallel to the whole length of the previous section and mostly
within the same compass there is an almost complete section along
the water race to the south. It is supplemented in part by outcrops
along the ridge of hills between the race and the railway section
already traversed in detail and by beds exposed south of the rac&
on either side of the Chewton-FryerstoAvn Road.

Leaving the railway half way lietween tlie 72 and 73 mile
posts, Didi/mor/i'a2)fus bifidus is first found, and after an
unfossiliferous stretch, several Upper Castlemaine outcrops the
first of which, as before mentioned, can be correlated with an
outcrop on the railway. The beds then pass through Middle
Castlemaine to Lower Castlemaine, several D. bifidus outcrops
occurring between White Horse Gully and the Chewton-Fryers-
town Road. From this road to the Monk the race is unfossil-
iferous, but at the Monk a small outcrop of the Bendigo series
occurs, the beds on either side being still Lower Castlemaine. Be-
tween the Monk and the offtake of the South Campbell's Creek race

<32 W. J. Harris:

five uutenips yield JJ. bifidiis, some also yielding a luiinber of un-
desci-ibed specimens. Another unfossiliferous stretcli follows, but is
in turn followed by the most prolific area in the district. In the
area between Scott's Gully and New Chum Gully the outcrops are
so numerous that they cannot Avell be shown on a map of small scale.
The general succession from ^liddle to Upper Castlemaine is clear.

Sections Compared and Additional Data.

There are, then, in more or less detail, four lines of section
along Avhich the succession of beds from Upper Bendigo to Upper
Castlemaine may be traced.

(a) That along the railway from Elphinstone Tunnel to

Castlemaine, showing an ascent from Upper Bendigo to
Upper Castlemaine and beyond, then a descent to Lower
Castlemaine and a second ascent to Upper Castlemaine.

(b) That along the water race to the south, where the succes-

sion is the same, though more detailed.

(c) That along the hills between these two lines showing

Middle and Upper Castlemaine beds.

(d) That east and west of the Chewton-Fryerstowu Eoad,

where the succession from the Upper Bendigo to Middle
Castlemaine is well shown.

A fifth line along the South Campbell's Creek water race and
hills from the Monk via Sebastopol Hill to Campbell's Creek shows
an ascending series from Lower Castlemaine to Upper Castlemaine.
From south of Fryerstown to the Limestone Creek the succession is
from Lower or Middle Bendigo upwards, but an area Ijetween
Guildford and Tarilta has not lieen examined. In addition a
somewhat incomplete record is seen north of Forest Creek, and here
the succession is the same. About the Vaughan-Tarilta " trap "
area ,(Ba 80 and 81)1 the beds pass from Upper Bendigo or transi-
tional Wattle Gully (T. fruficosiis and D. hifidus), to Middle
Castlemaine as one goes west. The lowest beds in the district are
those south of Fryerstown.

The evidence of all these sections is corroborative and supple-
mentary, and, as they are parallel and contiguous, also cumula-
tive. Few places offer more opportunity for checking one's work,
and it is untlunkable that beds with a distinctive- and foreign facies
could exist l>etween the Middle and LTpper Castlemaine iDeds as dis-
tinguished by Dr. Hall and amplified here. The repetition of Mid-
dle and Upper Castlemaine beds to the east and west of Victoria

' 1 G.S. Vic, IS., 15S.VV.

Ordoviciaii RocLs. 63

Gully especially leaves no room for douljt as to the succession of
these beds.

X. Dappiwii Series.

(As before stated. Dr. Hall's term Darriwil has been extended to
include new beds.)

The stratigraphical position of the series, which has as its asso-
ciated fossils Trii/o/iof/rnpfus, sp., Didymograpius caduceus (Salter),
IJ. v-deflerKs^ sp. nov., Oncograpfu.'^, spp., Glossot/rapfus, sp.,
DijjlograptiiJ^ giiomonicus, sp. nov., and other forms as yet
iindescribed. is on the negative evidence afforded by tlie work
of others and myself, above the Castlemaine series. The sound-
ness of Dr. Hall's subdivision of the Castlemaine series, con-
firmed, as it is, by the work of Mr. T. S. Harfi at Daylesford
and by my oAvn at Castlemaine, permits of no other conclu-
sion. With the exception of the outcrops mentioned (at 73^
miles), Oncograptiis has not been found east of Castlemaine. To
the west of the town the 0/icograptus facies prevails, beds with
Oncograptus or its associated forms, being numerous and wide-
spread. One of the most easterly outcrops is in a cutting on the
Woodbrook Road near the north-west of the mvmicipality of Castle-
maine. The material taken from the cutting is very much dec-om-
posed and cleavage is troublesome. Oncograptus iipsilo/i, T. S.
Hall, is common, D. caduceus in most of its varieties is exceedingly
common, and T. serra, Brong, is connnon. Trignnograptus is not
uncommon, while Dijdograptus sp., and Didymograptus v-deflexus,
sp. nov., are found. PhyllograjJtus does not seem to occur. Dij)lo-
graptus gnomonicus, sjJ. nov., may be present, but it is so delicate
that even if it be present it is not likely to be found in the material
available. Along the same line of strike the nearest beds are 1|
miles to the south, and are Upper Castlemaine. About 400 yards
west of this Woodbrook Road locality another outcrop occurs in
which Phyllograpfus is common, and is there, as in some other parts
of the district, and also at Steiglitz, associated with Oncograptus.
Ha,lf-a-mile south of this second Oncograptus locality, and appar-
ently on the same line of strike, fossils are to be found on the road
east of the Sanitary Depot. A small excavation was made here
and exposed beds that yielded D. caduceus, Oncograptus vpsilon
and Trigonograptus all in profusion. Further excavation would
probably yield a larger variety. The species of Trigonograptus
occurring in these beds is apparently not T. wilhinsoni, T. S.

1 Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria (ii.s.), vol. xx. (1907), quoted by Hall, T. S., A.A.A^S. (1909), p. 319.

64 11^ J. Harris :

Hall, but T. ensiformis, J. Hall. I doubt if I have ever found
T. Wilkinson i. A specimen of PJiyUoyraptus was found in a frag-
ment of rock, but not in situ. West of this locality similar beds
are found, but not being well exposed, their graptolites cannot be
given in detail, though Oncograjitus, D. cadaceus, Dijdograptus
gnomonicus, sp. nov., Didymograpttis v-deflexus, sp. nov., and
one specimen of Glossograjytiis may be recorded.

To the south is the Military Rifle Range. On it uppermost
Castlemaine beds may be seen with characteristic forms, including
D. caduceus and Loganograpt'KS logani. In the.se beds an occasional
Oncograptus may be found, but it is extremely rare. About 400'
yards to the west of the Range there is a cutting on the Maldon
line exposing thick beds of blue slate badly cleaved. D. caduceus
and Oncogra2itus iijjsilon were obtained here, and a few yards
to the south, on a small race, D. caduceus, D. forci2:)iformis, and
Goniograptus speciosus, T. S. Hall. Still going west and a little
south, the next l>eds, 300 yards further, on McKenzie Hill, yield a
collection of forms difficult to specify; the beds are typically Upper
Castlemaine. A rare Trigondgraptvs or Oncograptus may be found,
but by far the most common form is B. caduceu's, and its varieties.
This is the bed taken as typical of the Logano-caduceus (upper-
most Castlem.aine) zone, but though Loganograptus logani is com-
mon here, it is rare at other outcrops in the district.

The only other places where Oncograptus has been found in close
relation to a recognised zone are near Yapeen and south of Guild-
ford, and at both these places the nearest beds are Upper Castle-
maine. West of these outcrops other forms are found and will be
described, but Lower and Middle Castlemaine forms are conspicu-
ously absent.

The field relations of the Darriwil beds near Yapeen and at
Guildford and Woodbrook seem to indicate a high horizon for
them. Along the line of strike in every case where fossils have been
found they have been Upper Castlemaine. Occasional Oncograptus
forms are found in Upper Castlemaine beds, and, as will be shown,
there is a gradual progression from Upper Castlemaine through the
Oncograptus beds to the original Darriwil zone.

(b) Nature of Fades.

A consideration of the Oncograptus facies involves the question
of the subdivision of the beds of the series. The Bendigo and
Castlemaine succession has long been known, but, while the grap-
tolites of these two series are widely distributed, our knowledge of

Ordovi.cian Rocks. 65

DaiTiwil forms has been limited to those from one or two outcrops in
the Darriwil district. As well preserved specimens are rare, the
Darriv.il forms are more difhcult to identify specifically than those
of lower liorizons. While it was known that the Darriwil series was
characterised by species of ^^ Tetragraptus, Didymograjjtus, Logano-
graptus, Diplograjitus, C'lhnocograptus, Glossograptus, Trigono-
grapfus, Lmiograjjfus, and others not determined,"! its exact rela-
tionship to lower beds had remained obscure and fossils found in
other localities had thrown little light on the point. The presence of
P. ti/2nts,J. Hall, with LogcmograjJtus and large Z). caduceus at Steig-
litz was puzzling2, and an assemblage of Newham forms " suggested
the presence of lx)th Darriwil and Castlemaine series. "■5 The
country to the west of Castlemaine had never l;een critically exam-
ined, and it was known to contain much that was new to the grap-
tolite succession. Difficult forms found by officers of the Geological
Survey half a century a.go were still undescribed, and the chance
of clearing away certain anomalies was deemed possible. It took
time to acquaint oneself with these new forms, but having done ,so
their order of development soon appeared. It soon became appar-
ent that the beds could not be called Upper Castlemaine without
altering the meaning of the term, nor for the same reason could
they be called Darriwil, without widening the meaning of the term.
The beds spread over an area of more than thirty square miles at
Castlemaine, probably over a greater area at Macedon and Wood-
end, and south of Steiglitz, and occur also at Ingliston, Melton, and
probably at other localities, and three zones seem to be recognisable.

In the Darriwil district all zones seem to be represented, the Upper
or typically DarriAvil, on Sutherland's Creek (W.L.S. 1, \ S.),
and the lower or Oncograptus zone at Steiglitz.

In view of this all the beds, as already described, have been in-
cluded in an extended series, for which the term Darriwil has been
retained, and of which the previously known Darriwil beds form,
as already stated, the upper zone. If, therefore, in earlier work
" Darriwil " is read as " Upper Darriwil," no confusion Avill arise.

The vertical distance between the Middle and Upper Darriwil
zones should be capable of measurement at Guildford, and they
merge into one another through transitional beds.

No zone above that of Tetragraptiis fnifico-ms has such a distinc-
tive and characteristic association of species as these Darriwil

1 Hall, T. S., Australian Graptolites. Fed. Hbk. of .\ust., B.A.A.S. (1914), p. 291.

2 Ibid., Reports on Graptolites, II. Rec. Geol. Siirv. Vio., vol. iii., part .3 (1914), p. 290.

3 Skeats, E. AV., and Summers, H. S., Geol. and Petr. AFacedon District. Bull. Geol. Surv. Vic.
24 (1912), p. 41. Quoted from Hall, T. S., Geol. Surv. Vict. Pro?. Rept., IX. (1898), p. 126.

6

ee W. J. Harris:

bed8. Trigojiof/rnjitus, Dulymogroptus v-deflexus, sp. nov., and
varieties of Didymograptus caduceus, range through all the series.
Oncor/rajifvs iipsilon, T. S. Hall, and Dijilogropfiis, spp. indet.,
characterise the lower beds, Cardior/rnpfus morsiis, gen. et sp. nov.,
the middle beds, and Di plograpfus ijnonioiiioi.^, sp. nov., rano-es
througli the Middle and Upper beds. Sfrop/ioi/rapf iis fric/io/unnes,
Rued., also occurs. While it is inipractical)le in this part of the
paper to discuss details of structure, a few points which will be dealt
with more fully in the second part may be briefly indicated.

(a) The close resemblance of the thecae of D. caduceus, Oiico-
graptus, and Cardingrapfus'^ indicating a probable line of develop-
ment.

(1)) The progressive development in form of rhabdosome from D.
caduceus to the Dicranograptid structure of Oncograptvs and the
biserial (?) Cardiograptus. Diplograjifus gnomonicus may represent
further development in the direction of simplification, for, Avliile
I have provisionally included it in the genus Diplogrojitus, it8
affinities with that genus are doubtful (Plate I., figs. 5 and 6). It may
be of interest to note its close resemblance to a form figured by
Ruedemann^ a.s PhyllograjJtus anna, J. Hall. While these figures
are given as of a phylogenetic, or senile, form of Phyllograptus,
they differ from a typical specimen of that genus in (1) the presence
of only two stipes. (Unless tlie draAvings are misleading, tlie stipes
normally shown as dark ridges along the medial plane, are absent,
but a virgula is shown instead). (2) The more rapid alteration of the
angle of inclination of the thecae. This will be seen by contrasting
figs. 28 and 30 with others on the same plate. Except for the some-
what greater width the two figures bear a striking likeness to D.
gnomonicus, which is certainly not a Phyllograptus. Another case of
resemblance which may be more than a coincidence is presented by
juvenile forms of» Oncograpfus and GardiograptKS, which recall the
form described by Ruedemann* as D. caduceiis, Salter, var. iiaiius
(Plate I., fig. 9). Did the tendency, wliich in America ceased at
this mutation, continue further and lead to the development
of Oncograptus and Cardiograptus 1 It would appear not unlikely,
for the horizon on which these forms are foynd seems to be that of
JJiplograjJtns deidatus in North America.

1 Since this paper was written Mr. R. A. Keble has intimated that after a close examination
of Cardiograptus he has recognised a third branch which was prolialily at right angles to those on
the plane of the laminae. Such a habit infers a phyllograptid structure which was hinted at by the
Ute Dr. Hall in a verbal communication to the writer.

2 Grap. N.Y., I., pp. 715-716, plate 1,5, figs. 28 and 80.
Ibid., p. 698, fig. 90.

3 Grap. N.Y., p. 698, fig. 90.

Ordoviclan Rucks.

(c) Stratigraphical Horizon.

Such being the forms present little doubt would have arisen as
to the stratigraphical position of the beds but for the presence of
Phyllor/rajAus and Goniograptus which in this district were thought
to have disappeared in the Middle Castlemainei beds. In New
Zealand, however, Phyilograptus is recorded in association with
typical Upper Castlemaine (zone 1) fornis2. The discontinuity of
its range is therefore not so great as appears at first. (See Note 2
infra.) A similar anomaly with Fhyllograptiin is recorded by
Ruedemann^, who in a table showing the range of different species
records P. august if alius for Beds 1, 2, 3, and 6 of the Deep Hill
Series, while he omits it from Beds 4 and 5. No possible arrange-
ment of the beds will make all genera range continuously, and it
must be left to later work to supply an adequate explanation. The
polyphylogenetic origin of Goniograpius may be held to lessen the
importance to be attached to its occurrence. To place the Victoria
Gully Beds above the Darriwil Beds — which would be necessary to
provide a continuous range for Phyilograptus — would break the
continuity of the range for several other genera — for example,
Loganograptus, Tri gonograptus, Oncograptus, and Glossograptns.
The fauna of the original or Upper Darriwil beds seems good evi-
dence that these forms have been correctly placed, unless we are to
suppose that these Darriwil beds are themselves Middle Castlemaine,
■a theory which 1 do not think sufficiently Avell supported to need
combating. The presence of at least three genera of the Diplograp-
tidae indicates a high horizon.

(d) The Evidence from Bidymogrnptus caduceus (Salter).

The evidence to l)e derived from the study of the development
•of Didymograpfus caduceus seems to point to a high position for-

1 Geol. Castlemaine, op. cit.

2 Bell, J. M., Parapara Subdivision, N.Z. Geol. Surv. (n.s.), Bull., No. 3.

The forms recorded are said to be from one horizon, Tetragraptus, Didymoiiraptas,
LoganorjraptMf, Climdcograptut and Pht/Uograptusi oocurrin<? on the same slab.

Fitfures are given of the following species— the comments in parentheses are mine.
Rattyitex (obscure fragments which may or may not belong to that genus).
Dldi/inngrapttix fxtensuii (several figures representing two or more species of horizontal

Diiipmograptng ).
Tetragraptus quadrllirachiatus (T. Serra).
Loganograp'iig nctobrachiatus Cnon L. Logaiii vel D. oclohracfnatus. An identical form

is found in Upper Castlemaine beds here).
Phi/Uugraptus typus.
Diplograptus sp.

Didymograptus caduceus (typically Upper Castlemainian (zone 1) form).
Climacograptus (doubtful identification i.

3 Grap. N.Y., I., p. 506. (Bed 4 is omitted from the table throughout).

68 W. J. Harris;

the Darriwil beds. Dr. HalU states that in the Bendigo beds " D.
caduceiis is rare and small, and it is interesting to notice as wq
pass up through a long succession of rocks above these of Bendigo
that it increases in relative numbers and at the same time attains
a much larger size till it reaches its maximum near the horizon of
the uppermost Castlemaine beds, where it crowds the rocks to almost
entire exclusion of other forms. It then enters on the period of
its decline, and is but sparingly represented by stunted forms at
Darriwil, and perhaps ranges into the Upper Ordovician." Later
Dr. Hall2 expresses his doubt as to the occurrence of D. caduceus
with T. fruticosvs, and I have not found them together. With D.
bifidu-s, D. caduceus is rare and small. In the Middle Castleinaine
beds it is fairly common but small. In the Victoria Gully beds it-
is very numerous, and the specimens are larger than those of the
lower loeds. Here the rhabdosome is of horse-shoe shape, the stipes
are of even width throughout, and a long nema is often present.
In the McKenzie's Hill beds D. caduceus is even more common than
in the Victoria Gully beds, where Dr. Hall-^ estimated it to comprise
So per cent, of the fauna. In typical specimens from this upper
zone the stipes diverge at the angle of about 330^, and the branches
widen as they diverge and then narrow somewhat towards their dis-
tal extremities. The rhabdosome is now more like the letter V than
U. In the beds west of McKenzie's Hill B. caduceus varies greatly,
though it seems as if the maximum of variation is in the McKenzie's
Hill teds. The stipes are longer than ever, but not so wide. Stipes
measuring over 60 mm. in length are not at all uncommon. The
forms of the two zones contrast in the same way as the tall thin-
branched trees of a forest do with the sturdy, wide-spreading trees
of the more open country. The contrast is not so great between
the higher beds of the McKenzie Hill zone and the lowest Oncograp-
tus beds. Measurements of twelve specimens on one slalj from an
outcrop near the Muckleford Railway Station, showed an angle of
divergence varying from 315° to 335°, the average being
325°. Several of the specimens have stipes more than 60
mm. in length. D. caduceus, Salter var., inanuhriattis,
T. S. Hall, and D. forci piformis. Rued., botli late deriva-
tives of D. caduceus, are somewhat rare in the McKenzie's
Hill beds, and more abundant in the western beds, being more com-
mon at some outcrops than at others. As Dr. HalH noted, the thecal

1 Grap. Rocks of Vict., p. 443.

2 Recent Advances of our Knowledjfe of Victorian Graptolites. A.A..4..S. (1900), p. 310.

3 Geol. Castleniaitie, p. 71.

4 Victorian Graptolites, Part IV. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, xxvii. (n.s.), part i., 1914, p. 109.

Ordoviclaa Rods. 69

■characteristics uf Oncof/rapfus show its relation to J), cadiiceus, and
it seems probable that Oncograptus and Cardiograi>tus, like D. for-
cipiformis and ]). caduceus var. manubriatvs, are also late deriva-
tives of D. caduceus, and had a very limited range. Here, then,
is the life history of TJidymograptus caduceus. Originating when
D. hifidus was flourishing in the Wattle Gully stage, oi'' perhaps
earlier, it outlived that form, and became fairly conunon in the
Middle Castlemaine, as yet showing little if any increase in size.
By the time the Victoria Gully stage was reached it had become
by far the commonest species, and with favourable conditions
reached its zenith in the McKenzie's Hill Ijeds. The conmion fate
•of all genera and species now overtook it. It deployed in various
directions giving i-ise to O/icor/rapfiis, D. forci2f/fortni-^. Car-
■diograptus, etc. It will be the purpose of the second part of
this paper to attempt to show the phylogeny of these and other
genera. If the Darriwil beds are placed anywheie l)ut aVxive the
Castlemaine beds the development of D. caduceus Ixjcomes unintel-
ligible.

(e) Transitional Beds.

Victorian graptolite zones are all based on the rise and fall of
species. T. fruficosus, D. hifidus, and D. caduceus originated in
that order, lived in association, and one by one disappeared, afford-
ing a basis for the subdivision of the rocks in which their remains
are found. Dr. HalU lias shown how 2\ aj^prorimatus, Nich.. oc-
•curring with Lancefield forms at Inglewood and Clarendon, and
Avith Bendigo forms at Bendigo and in the Mornington Peninsula,
indicates the highest beds of the Lancefield, or the lowest beds of
the Bendigo series.

Now, Oncograjjfus upsilon and Trigonograpfus occur similarly
at Castlemaine. At McKenzie's Hill the majority of the forms are
so characteristic of the Upper Castlemaine of Dr. Hall that I have
'taken them as typical of that zone — more typical even than McCoy's
Barker Street beds, where D. caduceus is, on the whole, not so well
developed. Yet at McKenzie's Hill Oncograpfus and Trigonograp-
tiis are occasionally found, indicating the close proximity of the
McKenzie's Hill beds to the Lower Darriwil series. At the Military
Rifle Range Oncograptus is also found, though here again it is
extremely rare, and the beds are typically Upper Castlemaine. The
Rifle Range beds, as shown above, are found to be sxicceeded
along their line of strike by Oncograptus beds, which, if one pre-

1 Recent Advances Vic. Graps., p. 319.

70 W. J. H<tvrls:

sunies the northerly pitch found elsewhere near Castleniaiiie, is Avhat
might l>e expected if the Lower Darriwil beds overlay immediately the'
Upper Castlemaine. In the same way, as D. hifidus succeeds T^
fruticosLis, Cardiograptus morsus, gen. et. sp. nov., is, at some-
localities, found with Oncogrnptus vpsilon. Then Oncograptus up-
silon disappears, and at Guildford beds containing Cardiograptus
morsus, also contain Diplograptus, cf. aiigustifolius, and this latter
form is connuon with Upper Darriwil forms in a neighbouring
bed. This is also true of other undescribed forms.

{f) Siibdivisions.

The manner in which the Tapper Castlemaine beds merge into
beds in which OnwgrajJtus occurs has already been discussed. At
each of the four outcrops mentioned, in w-hich the nearest beds arte
Upper Castlemaine, Oncograptus u'psilon occurs, and Cardiograp-
tus morsus does not. If it were at all common in these bed's suffi-
cient exploration has been done at least at two of them to reveal
it. Cardiograptus morsus has never been found in Upper Castle-
maine beds. These facts seem to indicate that Oncograptiis upsilon
is representative of the lowest zone of the series. At Macedon, where
the Lower Darriwil Ijeds are well developed. Cardiograptus morsuf
appears to be absent, at any rate from some beds, if not from all.

At Castlemaine localities furtlier west than those above mentioned
0. upsilon and Cardiograptus morsus are found in association, both
forms being common. At Guildford 0. upsilo?i has not been found,
though Cardiograptus morsus is common. This would suggest that
C. morsus came in later than 0. upsilon and outlived it, which is
supported by the fact that on the Guildford-StrangAvays Railway
the Cardiograjifus beds occur both east and west of typically Upper
Darriwil beds. These Cardiograptus beds contain at least one spe-
cies, 1). cf. angnstifolius, otherwise restricted to the neighboi^ring
Darriwil. The Upper Darriwil beds at Guildford contain Logano-
graptus, Diplograptus cf. angustifolius, D. caduceus (varieties),
Diplograptus gnomonicus, sp. nov., Trigonograptus, Lasiograptus,.
Glossograptus, and Didymograptus v-deflexus, sp. ijov. No genus
found at the typical Upper Darriwil locality (W.L.S. 1, \ S., 19
S.W.) is wanting here, except Climacograptus, and even at Darriwil
Climacograptus does not appear to be common, as an examination
of slabs in the National Museum, Melbourne, failed to reveal any
specimen of the genus. At Darriwil, also (W.L.S. 2 and W.L.S. 3)
Cardiograptus morsus is found, but not near enough to W.L.S. 1
to render exact correlation possible. It is instructive to find that

Ordovi.ciaii R'icl-s. 71

there it also occurs apparently without 0. iipsilon, though the latter
occurs without it further north, near Steiglitz, as already noted.

(cj) The Series in, other Locdlities.

Most of the localities from which, as far as the writer knows,
Darriwil graptolites have been obtained, have already been men-
tioned. They may be sunmiarised as under : —

(1) Between Castlemaine and Muckleford Creek, and south-

west of Guildford. (Lower, Middle, and Upper).

(2) At Woodend (eight miles S.W. of Woodend) and Mace-

don. (Lower.) (They are well represented north of
Old Gisborne township, and along the railway south of
Macedon R.S.), and at Newham (Upper?).

(3) Near Ingliston. and perhaps at Coimadai and Melton
(Lower).

(4) At Steiglitz (Lower).

(5) South of Steiglitz (W.L.S. 2 and W.L.S. 3, i S., 19

S.W.), parish of Coole Bharguk (Middle), and at Darri-
wil (W.L.S. 1) (Upper).

XI. Summary of Conclusions.

The proposed revised classification is the outcome of a critical
examination of a number of sections and localities in which the
stratigraphical relations of the beds are those given in the stra-
tigraphical table.

This stratigraphical table shows : —

(a) An agreement in general with Dr. Hall's subdivision of the
Castlemaine series.

(b) .\ new series above tlie Castlemaine series and between it and
including the Darriwil beds of Dr. Hall. This is described as the
Darriwil series.

(c) A subdivision of this extended Darriwil series into three
zones based on the risie and fall and the association of certain de-
scribed species and new species (to be described in Part IL of this
paper).

(d) A record of the Upper DarriAvil series at Guildford.

The stratigraphical position, nature of facies, the evidence sup-
plied by D. caduceus, and a list of localities where the Darriwil
series is known to occur in other parts of the State of Victoria, have
been given in more or less detail.

The country examined to obtain the evidence necessary to erect
this new series comprises that already examined by Dr. Hall and a

72 -W. J. Harris:

considerable area outside it. The first section given in this paper
differs in certain important respects from those of ISIessrs. Burag-
wanath and Herman, and the extent of favourable auriferous beds
— those in the vicinity of the Chewton ge-anticline appear to be
more auriferous than others — is increased.

Bendigonian beds some distance down in the series are shown
to occur near FryerstoAvn, and the succession on every side of the
"dome" clearly indicates the pitch.

A map showing the general arrangement of the beds and more
than 150 localities visited is given.

Acknowledgments.
In conclusion, I wish to express my indebtedness to all who have
assisted me. To the late Dr. T. S. Hall in particular I owe much
for placing at my disposal literature and specimens in his posses-
sion and for an always kindly interest in my work. His death has
deprived the scientific world of its greatest authority on Australian
graptolites. Mr. F. Chapman, A.L.S., Palaeontologist of the
National Museum of Victoria, has assisted me by elucidating the
cryptic symbols on the old Geological Sui-vey plans and V)y permit-
ting me to examine more closely than would otherwise have been
possible specimens collected by officers of the Survey now in the
possession of the Miiseum. From ^Ir. H. _Herman, Director of Geo-
logical Survey, and officers of the Mines Department of Victoria, 1
have received valuable assistance. The re-drawing of plans, etc.,
has been carried out b}' the latter in a manner far superior to any-
thing I could have done personally. Mr. R. A. Keble, of the Mines
Department, in particular, has been in touch with my work since
its beginning, and, besides making many valuable suggestions, has
been kind enough to read through the manuscript and assist in
moulding it to a publishable form. Dr. Rudolf Ruedemann very
kindly forwarded me, through the Smithsonian Institute, his mono-
graph on the " Graptolites of New York," a work of the value of
which it is unnecesary for me to speak. It is impossible in any
list such as this to do justice in detail to all who have assisted, so
I conclude by thanking collectively all who have helped me. For
the accuracy of observations and conclusions contained in this
paper and not a.scril>ed to others I must hold myself personally
responsible.

Bibliography.
1. Aplin, C. D. H., and Ulrich, Geo.— Quarter Sheet, 15N.E. Geol.
Survey, Victoria.

Ordovician Rocks. 73

2. Baragwanath, W. — The Castlemaine-CheAvton Goldfield, Memoir

No. 2, Geol. Survey, Victoria.

3. Bell, J. M. — Parapara subdivision, Karamea, Nelson, Bull. No.

3 (N.S.), Geol. Survey, N.Z.

4. Dunn, E. J. — The South Eureka Mine, FryerstOAvn, near Castle-

maine. Rec. Vol. III., Pai't 2, Geol. Survey, Vict.

5. Elles, Gertrude L., and Wood, Ethel M. R.— British Graptolites,

Part 1, Dichograptidae, Palaenntographical Soc, London,

Vol LVI., 1902.
€. Elles, G. L.— Graptolite Fauna of the Skiddaw Slates, Q.J.

Geol. Soc, 1898.
7. Hall, T. S. — The Geology of Castlemaine, with a subdivision

of part of the lower Silurian rocks of Victoria, etc. Proc.

Roy. Soc. Vict., Vol. VII. (N.S.), 1894 (with map).
S. Hall, T. S. — Victorian Graptolites, Part IV., some new or

little knoAvn species. Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., Vol. XXVII.

(N.S.), 1914, p. 1.
^. Hall, T. S. — Recent advances of our knowledge of Victorian

Graptolites, Australasian Assn. for the Adv. of Sc, Bris-
bane, 1909, Vol. XII., p., 318.

10. Herman, H. — Economic Geology and Mineral Resources of

Victoria, Bull. No. 34, Geol. Survey, Vict., p. 24.

11. McCoy, Sir Fredk. — Prodromus of the Palaeontology of Vic-

toria, Dec. II., Geol. Survey, Vict.

12. Ruedemann, R. — Graptolites of New York, Memoir 7, New

York State Museum.

13. Selwyn, A. R. C. — Geology and Mineralogy of the Mount

Alexander Goldfield, Pari, papers, 1853-4, Vol. 11, et.
Q.J.G.S., Vol. X.

14. Skeats, E. W., and Summers, H. S. — Geology and Petrology of

Macedon District, Bull. No. 24, Geol. Survey, Vict.

15. Wilkinson, C. S., and Murray, R. A. F.— Quarter Sheet. 19

S.W., Geol. Survey, Vict.

16. Hall. T. S.— Graptolites of Coimadai District. Proc. R.S.,

Vict.. Vol. X. (N.S.), part 2, 1898.

17. Hall, T. S. — Graptolite-bearing Rocks of Victoria. Geol. Mag.,

N.S., Decade IV., Vol. VI., pp. 438-451, 1899.

18. Hall. T. S.— Reports on Graptolites. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict.,

Vol. I., parts 1, 3 and 4; Vol. II., parts 1, 2 and 4; Vol.
III., part 2.

19. Hall, T. S.— Age of the Rocks at Marong and Dunolly. Rec.

Geol. Surv. Vict., Vol. III., part 2.

74 W. J. Harris : Ordovician Rocks.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
(New species figured by W. J. Harris and R. A. Keble).

Fig. L — Cardiograptus morsus, gen. et sp. nov. narrow form. x #,

Chinamen's Creek, Q.S. 15 N.W., Note 6.
2. — C. morsus. Another specimen showing typical shape of rhab-

dosome. x |. Same locality.
3. — C. morsus. Another specimen, sliglitly enlarged. Same

locality.
4. — C. morsus. A juvenile form showing sicula ; lines somewhat

hardened to portray structure. x 3. Same locality.
5. — Diplograptus gnomonicus, sp. nov. Typical preservation

facies, the reversal of the direction of the thecal walls is

indistinctly shown. x 2. Same locality.
6. — D. gnomonicus (mag). Figure shows varying inclination of

thecae. x 6. Same locality.
7. — Oncograptus biangulatus, sp. nov. Proxin)al end of rhab-

dosome. x |. Same locality.
8. — O. biangulatus. Typical rhabdosome. x #. Same locality.
9. — 0. biangulatus. Juvenile form. x 2. Same locality.

Proc. R.S. Victofia, 191G. Plate I.

A'J/<- &■ A'A.X Oe/.

[Proc. Rot. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N.S)., Pt. I., 1916].

Akt. V. — New or Little-known Victorian Fossils in the
National Museum.

Part XIX. — The Yeringian Gasteropod Fauna.

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., &c.
(Palaeontologist to the National Museum, Melbourne).

(With Plates II.-VI.).

[Read 13th July, 1916].

Introductory.

Of late years a considerable number of Silurian gasteropods have
been added to the collection of the Melbourne National Museum,
chiefly through the assiduous work of collectors whose names are
mentioned in the body of the text, and who have permitted the
Museum to benefit by their discoveries. Amongst the more notable
genera of Silurian gasteropods herein described are : — HelcionojJsis.
I'emnodiscus, Carinaropsis, Cyrtostropha, Crospedostonw, Orthony-
chia, Diaphorostoma and Eercynella, all of which appear to be new
to the Southern Hemisphere.

Coelocanlus is here used to replace Niso (Vetotuba); the murchi-
sonian affinities of the Cave Hill specimens being clearly shown in
the Museum examples. The wide area of distribution for this
genus in palaeozoic times is thereby extended into the Australian
region. A new genus, Liomjjhalus, is herein suggested for smooth
euomphalid shells with biconcave surfaces and partially open whorls.

A noteworthy feature of the Yeringian fauna is the comparative
abundance of gasteropoda in contrast with their rarity in the
Melbournian. The complete list of Yeringian gasteropods comprises
36 species, whilst there are only six species known up to the present
time in the Melbournian. This gives a deeper Avater aspect to the
Yeringian sea as a whole, and is concomitant with the data derived
from the lithological structure and general stratigraphy of the two
groups of beds in question.

So large a proportion of the Victorian Yeringian gasteropods is
here described for the first time, comprising sixteen new species, and
a variety, that it seemed advisable to make this paper a complete
record of all the Yeringian species, so far as the material is
sufficiently well preserved for descriptive purposes-

76

Frederick Chapman

LIST OF YERINGIAN GASTEROPOD FAUNA.

Ill

Helciono'psie nycteis, Cressw. sp. - L

Helcionopsis elegantulwn, sp. nov. - L
Temnodiscus pharetroides, sp. nov.

Trematonotus pritchardi, Cressw. - L
BelUrophon fasciatus, Lindstrom
Bellerophon aff. fastigiatus, Lind-

.stroni

Billeroplion cresswelli, Eth. fil. - L

Bellerophon pisum, sp. nov. - L

Carinaropsls victorlae, sp. nov. - M
Pleurotoinaria maccoyi, sp. nov.
Mourlonia duni, Eth. fil.

Mourlonia subaeq^iilatera, sp. nov. - L

Phanerotrema australis, Eth. fil. - L

Coelocanlus brazieri, Eth. fil. sp. - L

Coelocauhis apicalis, sp. nov. - L

Cyrtostropha lilydalensis, sp. nov. - L

Ooniostropha pritchardi, Eth. fil. - L

C?!/cot?o»ii« etheridgei, Cressw. sp. - L
Euomphalus centrifugalis, sp. nov.

Euomphalus nortlii, Eth. fil. sp. - L

Liomphalus mistralis, sp. nov. - L

Straparollns debilis, sp. nov. - M

Omphalotrochus globosum, Schlo- - L

theim sp.

Scalaetrochns antiquus,Cvessyr.s'p. - X

Scalaetrochus lindstroemi, Eth. fil. sp. - L

Craspedostoma Jiiyda/ensis, Cressw. sp. L

Cyclonema lilydalensis, Eth. fil. - L

Cyclonema australis, Eth. fil. - L

Loxo7iema sinuosa, Sow. .sp., var. - L

aust rails, nov.
Orthonychia brevis, sp. nov.
Platyceras minuttim, sp. nov.

Platyceras cornutum, Hisinger
Platyceras erectum, J. Hall sp.
Biaphorosfoma retrorugatum, sp. nov. - M
Diaphorostoma incisum, sp. nov.
Hercynella victoriae, sp. nov.

- Thomson R.

Marble Cr.

L M

Deep Creek
(Thorn. R.)

Kilmore D.

Thomson R.

Victorian Fossiis, Part XIX. 77

DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES.

Fain. ACMAEIDAE.

Genus Helcionopsis, Ulrich and Scofield.
Helcionojysis nycteis, Cresswell sp. (Plate II., Fig. 1).

Tryhlidium. iiycteis, Cresswell, 1893. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria,,
vol V. (N.S.), p. 41, pi. IX., fig. 4.

Capidus nycteis, Cresswell sp., Chapman, 1913. Rep. Austr.
Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. XIV.. p. 227;

Description. — Shell sul>ovate, strongly convex along the back,
broadening and expanding towards the sides. Form resembling a
strongly-arched Crepidida. Apex slightly overhanging the pre-
apertural area. Side view plano-convex, highest at the middle
point between the apex and ventral edge. End view semi-ovate,
W'ith a slight cant towards one side. Lines of growth marked by
numerous raised concentric ridges, the interspaces relieved by radial
striae. Lines of growth in middle of shell about .5 mm. apart.

Dimensions. — Holotype. Length, 31 mm. ; greatest width, 20'
mm. ; height, from back of shell to ventral edge, 15 mm.

Observations. — This shell was originally referred to Tryhlidium
by Mr. Cresswell on account of its resemblance to some Gotland
forms described by Lindstrom. The Gotland specimens ai-e more
depressed, with the exception of one species, referred doubtfully to-
Tryhlidium,^ and which appears to l>elong to Helcionopsis, and some-
what related to the above species.

The present writer referred this species to Capidus in 1913, on
account of the asymmetrical apex, but in the light of the structure
shown in the next species described, the relationship appears to he-
with Helcionopsis.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone. Cave Hill,,
Lilydale. Holotype presented by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A.

Helcionopsis elegaiduhim, sp. nov. (Plate II., Figs. 2, 3; Plate VI.,
Fig. 49).

Description. — Shell sub-ovate, one and a-half times as long as.
broad; apex acuminate but not prominent; sides gently rounded,
back highly arched near apex and depressed convex near ventral
border. Growth-lines lamellate and situated about 1.5 mm. apart
in the middle of the shell; interspaces marked with numerous radial

1 (I) Tryhlidium radiatum,UndstT6m. Kongrl. Svenska Vet.-Akarl. Handl., Bd. xix., No. 6,.
1884, p. 58, pi. xviii.,figs. 1, 2.

78 Frederick Chapman :

riblets, which extend over the edge of the lamellae where well
preserved.

Dimensions. — Length, 20 mm. Approximate width when com-
plete, 15.5 nan. Greatest height from ventrum to dorsum, 10 mm.

Observations. — This distinct species is easily separated from the
earlier named Victorian form, //. nycteis, in the more spacious
■concentric ornament, its lamellate character, and in the more
•evenly rounded dorsum.

H. elegantulum is closely allied to //. em/«e?«s, Barrande sp.l
from the Lower Devonian (Etage F), Konieprus, Bohemia. It
■differs from that species in having a more narrowly ovate and
liigher shell, and agrees in the lamellate and radial ornament.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone, Cave Hill,
Lilydale. Holotype presented by Mr. J. S. Green.

Fam. Cyrtolitidae.

Genus Temnodlscus, Kokt^n, 1896.

Teinnodiscus pharet7-oides, .sp. nov. (Plate., XL, Figs. 4, 5; Plate VI.,
Figs. 50, 51).

Description. — The Victorian specimen is in the form of a cast.
It shows the compressed initial coil with rapidly widening body-
whorl. The latter is expanded on the inner side. The slit-band is
keel-shaped and prominent, and the surface of the shell is
•ornamented with concentric rugae.

Dimensions. — Diameter, 8 mm.; width of last whorl, 6.5 mm.;
-width of mouth, 8 mm.

Ohservatiojis. — In form this species resembles Lindstrom's
'" Cyrtolites'' pharetra,"^ of the Silurian of Gotland, with the
-exception that the Victorian species is wider across the mouth at
the inner part of the body whorl, its keel is sharper and more
:salient, and the concentric ornament more rugose.

Another somewhat allied species is Perner's Temnodiscus ferri-
gena,^ fi'om which the Victorian species differ in the greater
umbilical diameter and the more discoidal outline. The ornament
in the Bohemian species consists of finely striate growth-lines, as

1 Perner, in Barrande's S.vst. Sil. Boht'me, vol. iv., tome i., 19C3, p. 37; tome ii., 1907, pi. civ.,
fisrs. 13-15 and fig. 10 in text.

2 Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. xix., No. 6, 1884, p. 8:^, pi. vi., fi'jfs. 39-51.

NoTK.— Some of Lindstrlim's species referred to Ci/rtn[ites: properly belong to Oxi/discus, as
pointed out by Koken— Bull. Acad. Imp. Sei. St. Petersb., ser. v., vol. vii., 1897.

3. In Barrande's Syst. Sil. Boiieme. vol. iv., tome i., 1903, p. 78, fig. 51 in text; tome ii,, 1907.
pi. c-xiv., figs. 5, a.

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 79

contrasted with the more rugose character of those in T. pJmre-
troides.

Occurrence. — Sihirian (Yeringian). In ochreous mudstone,
Loyola, near Mansfield. Collected and presented by Mr. G. Sweet,
F.G.S.

Fani. BUCANIIDAE.

Genus Trematonotus, J. Hall,

Trematonotus i)ritchardi, Cresswell.

Tremanotus pritcliardi, Cresswell, 1893. Pro. Roy. Soc. Victoria,
vol. V. (N.S.), p. 42, pi. VIII., fig. 1.

Trematonotus pritchardi, Cresswell, Chapman, 1913. Rep. Austr.
Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol XIV., p. 227.

Observations. — This species shows some marked resemblances to
the Gotland form, T. lo/iffifudinalis, Lindstrom.l The Victorian
species has a more regularly planorbid spiral shell, Avhich is not
anteriorly elongated as in T. longitudinalis. The interior of the
aperture is almost smooth in T . pritchardi , whilst the longitudinal
spiral lines are undulose, producing with tlie concentric lines of
growth a decided fenestration. A medium-sized example from the
Thomson River, Gippsland, lias the perforations in the slit-band
rather larger than in the Lilydale specimens, and the spiral lines
are decidedly more flexuous.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone, Cave Hill,
Lilydale. Collected by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A. Thomson
River, Gippsland, 3^ miles N.W. of Mt. Lookout; presented by
Mr. G. T. Lovat.

Fam. Bellerophontidae.
Genu.s Bellerophon, Montfort.

Bellerophon Jasciattis, Lindstrom. (Plate II., Fig. 6 ; Plate VI.,
Fig. 52).

Belleropho7i fasciatus, Lindstrom, 1884. Kongl. Svenska Vet.-
Akad. Handl., Bd. XIX., No. 6, p. 75, pi. VI., figs. 13, 14.

Observations. — The Victorian specimen agrees Avith Lindstrom's
form in having a compressed shell which is hardly umbilicate, and
an inconspicuous and blunt keel ; the growth lines are gently
sinuous.

1 Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xix., No. 6, 1884. p. 86, pi. iii., figs. 39, 40 ; pi. iv.,
figs. 1-7.

80 Frederick Cluqnnan :

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In l>rown mudstone, junc-
tion of the Woori-Yallock and the Yarra. Coll. of the Geol. Surv>
of Vict. (B23.)

£elleropho7i aff. fastigiatus, Lindstroni. (Plate II., Figs. 7, 8).

Bdlerophon fastigiatus, Lindstroni, 1884. Kongl. Svenska Vet.-
Akad, Handl., Bd. XIX., No. 6, p. 76, pi. VI., figs. 1-10.

Observations. — A complete cast of *a subspherical Bellerophon
occurs in the Yeringian mudstone of Kilmore. In the moderate
compression of the dorsum, the faint keel and conspicuous and fairly-
narrow umbilicus, it is very close to Lindstrom's species from the
Silurian of Gotland. Probably better preserved specimens will
show it to be a new species allied to the northern one.

Dimensions. — Greater diameter, 13.5 mm. ; shortest diameter,
11 mm. Width of aperture near base of Avhorl, 9.5 mm.; height of
aperture, 5 mm.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). Kilmore. Collected and
presented by Mr. G. Sweet, F.G.S.

Bellerophon cresstvelli, Etlieridge fil. (Plate II., Fig. 12; Plate VI.,
Fig. 53).

Bellerojihon cresswelli, Etheridge, jnr., 1891. Kec. Aust. Mus.,
vol. I., No. 7, p. 130, pi. XIX., figs. 6-8.

Observations. — This species has already been compared with B,
squamosus, Lindstrom,! by Mr. Etheridge in his original descrip-
tion, Avhere he states that the shell is not fenestrate as in the
Gotland species. It is worth noting, however, that a well preserved
specimen in the National Museum shows a faint but definite lattice
structure of wavy striae across the growth-lines. The form of the
earlier portion of the shell is so distinctly globular that this feature
alone separates it from B. squamosus.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone, Cave Hill,
Lilydale. Collected by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A., and others.

Bellerophon pisjan, sp. nov. (Plate II., Figs. 9-11).

Descrijotion. — Shell almost globular, umbilical depression small,,
moderately deep. Aperture low, sub-crescentic, about four times-
as broad as high. Growth-lines making a widely open V in the
band area. Sinus band distinct, narrow, slightly raised from the
surface. Surface of shell marked with interrupted radial striae,
seen distinctly between the lines of growth.

1 Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. xix., No. 6, 1S84, p. 78, pi. v., figrs. 17-24.

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 81

Dimejisions. — Height, 11.25 mm. Width, 10 mm.

Observations. — Lindstrom has figured a small Bellerox)hon (B.
pilula) from Gotland,^ which is even of smaller dimensions than the
Victorian, and which is of the same globular shape. Lindstroni's
species differs in the minute but clearly fenestrate ornament which
in ours is apparently evanescent on the growth-lines, and also in
the weaker sinus band.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone. Cave Hill,
Lilydale. Collected by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A.

Genus Capinapopsis, J. Hall.

Ca7'inaropsis victoriae, sp. nov. (Plate II., Figs. 13, 14).

Description. — Shell patelloid, ovate, transversely elongate. Spire
prominent, narrowly rounded, depressed on the shoulders and
rapidly widening and expanding to the depressed subcircular body
cavity. Dorsum moderately convex, and depressed towards the
ventral and lateral margins. Surface relieved witli shallow sulcate
growth-folds and numerous radial folds or shallow riblets. Inner
surface shows a thick, broad, umbonal platform, beneath which
is a shallow groove corresponding to the carina on the external
surface.

Dimeiisions. — Holotype. — Diameter from spire to ventral margin..
18.25 mm. Extreme width, 22.75 mm.

Paratype. — Diameter from spire to ventral margin, circ. 21 mm.
Extreme width, 24 mm.

Observations. — The present species is nearly related to Garina-
rojisis ithagenia, Clark,^ a fossil of the Ithaca fauna, of Upper
Devonian age. The only differences existing between these forms
are the more salient spire, the depressed and more obliquely sloping
shoulders, and the more irregular growth-lines in the Victorian
species.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In olive-brown mudstone.
Ruddock's Quarry, near Lilydale. Holotype coll. R. H. Annear.
Paratype presented by Mr. J. S. Green.

Fam. Plkurotomariidae.

Genus Pleurotomapia, Sowerby.

Pleurotomaria maccoyi, sp. nov. (Plate II., Figs. 15-17).

Description. — Shell trochoid, moderately high, the width and
height being nearly equal. Apical angle 80 deg. Whorls about six

1 Tom. supra cit., p. 80, pi. vi., figs. 29, 30.

2 New York State Mus., 57th Ann. Rep., Mem. 6, 1904, p. 323 (footnote), pi. xvi., figs. 18-20.

82 Frederick Chapman :

in number, subaugulate and rounded, more convex Ijeluw than
above. Slit band prominent, projecting beyond the contour of the
whorls, and bounded above and below by a raised border ; surface
gently concave, with four crescentie growth-lines in a millimetre.
Base moderately convex; umbilicus open. Mouth, subovate. Surface
of whorls traversed by close and fine growth-lines, curving back-
Avards to the band above, with a sigmoidal forward and backward
curve below. Fine cross-lines between growth-lines visible in a
strong light.

Dimensiom. — Height about 27 mm. Width at base about .30 mm.
Height of body whorl, 18 mm. Width of slit-band, 1 mm. Most
of the specimens are more or less distorted, but being fairly
numerous, an accurate average idea may be fornied of the dimen-
sions.

Observations. — This striking species is not far removed from
McCoy's P. crenukita, from the Upper Ludlow, of Brigsteei-, Kendal,
Westmoreland.^ It differs in the larger numl^er of whorls, in their
more depressed contour and in the less deeply incised suture ; more-
over, the band in P. maccoyi is not concave as in the English
species.

Another closely related form is Lindstrom's P. chiustrafa,- from
the Wenlockian, of Gotland, which resembles the Victorian species
in proportionate height and width, in the number of whorls and
in the general ornament, with the specific difference that the growth-
lines on the whorls of P. rnaccoyi have a distinctly sigmoidal sweep,
whereas in P. claustrata they are more gently curved. The latter
form also has a more excavated slit-band.

The above described examples of P. rnaccoyi were selected many,
years ago by McCoy from a collection of Survey fossils, and placed in
the Museum under the name of Pleuroiomaria, but without further
reference. The species is now identified Avith his name in honour
of his classical work on the gasteropods of the British palaeozoic
system.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). Moderately common in olive-
brown and blue mudstone, from the junction of the Woori-Yallock
and Yarra, Upper Yarra district. G.S.V. (B2.3).

Genus Mourlonia, de Koninck.
Mourlonia duni, Etheridge fil.

Mourlonia duni, Etheridge, jnr., 1898. Rec. Austr. Mus., vol.
III., No. 4, p. 73, pi. XV., fig. 5; pi. XVI., fig. 2.

1 Brit Pal. Foss., 1855, pt. ii., p. 291, pi. i., k, fi^. 45.

2 KoiiKl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. xix., No. 6, 1884, p. 97, pi. vii., fi','s. 31-36.

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 83

Observations. — This shell was described by Etheridge from the
Wellington Caves, New South Wales, and recorded as of Siluro-
Devonian age.

The species is not uncommon in the Yeringian series of Victoria.
As far back as 1902 I identified it in the Museum collection. Owing
to the overlapping of the locality numbers used on the early
Victorian Geological Survey specimens, this species was erroneously
recorded in my list of Silurian Fossils of Victoria, ^ as from
■"Anderson's Creek," but which should read "Police Paddock,
Kilmore," a locality that has yielded a number of Yeringian species.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In bi-own, sandy mudstune,
Police Paddock, Kilmore, G.S.V. Bb 22. Also a form with flatter
whorls, but evidently belonging to the same species; in similar
rock, Eraser's or No. 3 Creek, Springfield, G.S.V. Bb 25.

Mourlonia suhaequilatera^ sp. nov. (Plate III., Figs. 18, 19).

Descripfio?}. — Shell heliciform. Whorls six or seven, convex,
sutures distinct. Slit-band slightly above the median line, narrow,
bordered by prominent threads above and below. Whorls oi-na-
m.ented with strong, raised costae. above arcuate and inclined
forward to the mouth, and vertically arcuate below. Area between
costae finely striate, at right angles to them. Spire low, with
pointed apex. Base in the holotype encrusted, but with indication
of a wide umbilicus.

Dime?isions. — Greatest breadth of shell about 26 mm. Height,
from base to apex, 15.5 mm.

Ob ser vat io7is.— The above species appears to belong to de
Koninck's genus Mourlonia, which is a conical or discoidal pleuro-
tomarid with distinct umbilicus. A closely allied species i's Mour-
lonia aequilatera, Wahlenberg sp.,- a well-distributed Upper Silu-
rian fossil in Europe. The Australian species differs in having the
slit-band superior to the median line, and in the costae being more
pronounced and intercancellate.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone. Cave Hill,
Lilydale. Collected by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A.

Genus Phanepotrema, Fischer.
Phanerotrema australis, R. Etheridge fil. (Plate III., fig. 25).
Phanerofrema australis, R. Etheridge, jnr., 1891. Rec. Austr.
'Mus., vol I., No. 7, p. 128, pi. XIX., figs. 4, 5.

1 See " Plearotomaria ( .Moiirlonia) duni, Eth. fil." Rep. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Melbourne
Mtg., 1913, vol. xiv.. p. 218.

2 Helicites aequilatera, Wahlenberg. Petrifacta Svecana Telluris, 1818, p. 73. Pleuroto-
■tnaria aeqiiUatera, Wahl. sp. Lindstrbm, Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. xix., No. 6. 1SS4,
(P. Ill, pi. ix., figs. 20-29.

7a

84 Frederick Clia'pman :

Observations. — This large and handsome form of the pleuroto-
marid group l>ears close relationship with both Phanerotrema
halteata, Phillips sp.,^ from the Wenlock series, and P. labrosa, J.-
Hall sp.,'' from the Lower Helderberg series. By the discovery of a.
fine, nearly complete specimen of P. rnisfralis in the Cave Hill
limestone by Dr. E. Brooke Nicholls, it is possil>le to add some notes
of interest to the original diagnosis of the less complete specimen
described and figured by Mr. Etheridge.

Dimensio7is. — Height from base of columella to apex of whorls,
92 mm. ; greatest width of shell, 90 mm. Height of penultimate
whorl, 13 mm. Height of last whorl, 68 mm. Approximate width
of ajjerture, 55 mm. ; approximate length, 66 mm. Distance of slit-
band from base of shell, 50 mm. Distance of slit-band from last
suture, at mouth, 37 mm. Width of slit-band at mouth, 6.5 mm.

Comjmrisons. — Body wliorl — Depressed and even slightly con-
cave as in P. labrosa. In P. balteata it is gently convex. Spire —
Moderately well developed as in P. balteata. Sutures — Deeply
channelled as in P. balteata.

The Australian species appears to exceed in size any other of
this grouiD, and as remarked by Mr. Etheridge, is a more obliquely
elongated shell.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In friable limestone,^ Cave
Hill, Lilydale. Presented by Dr. E. Brooke Nicholls.

Fam. MURCHISONIIDAE

Genus Coelocaulus, Oehleit.

Amongst Silurian Murchisoiiiidae there occurs a peculiar generic
type of shell characterised by its turrited form, with flat whorls,
especially in the earlier stages, and a conspicuous, persistent
umbilicus. This type of shell is widely distributed, occurring in
various Silurian faunas of Europe, North America and Australia.
The slit-band is often obscure in shells of this type where the later
whorls are not preserved, but in specimens where the last two whorls
are found, the latter are subangularly convex with an infra-median
slit-band, and show a relationship to the genus Hormotoma, Salter,
as emended and typified by Mrs. Longstaff (Miss Jane Donald),* in
the species //. cingulata, Hisinger^

1 (Pleurotomnria hnlteatn). Mem. Geol. Surv. Gt. Brit., vol. ii., pt. i., 184S, p. 358, pi. xv.,
figs, 1, 2.

2 (Pleurotomaria labrosa). Pal. N. York, vol. ill., 1859, p. 339, pi. Ixvi., fl^'s. 1-5.

3 This matrix is a calcareous sand composed of granules largely of algal origin, together with
fragments of crinoids.

4 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. Iv., 1899, p. 257.

5 Turritella cinijnlata, Lethaea Svecica, 1837, p. 39, pi. xii., fig. C.

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 85

Although rehxted to Ilormotoma by the form of the hxter whorls
•and the position of the slit-band, the open and persistent umbilicus
is a very distinct feature in the shells under notice. Consequently
forms of this type of Devonian age were generically separated as
Coelocaulus by Oehlert in I888.1 In 1897 Ulrich^ referred the
Onondaga (Silurian) species, Mtirchisonia logani, to the same
genus.

Coelidium was more recently suggested as a genus name to
replace Coelocaulus by Clarke and Ruedemann,^ but has not been
adopted, even in America, apparently on insufficient grounds of
pre-occupation.

The Australian Silurian and Devonian faunas both contain
rejDresentatives of this interesting genus. In 1877 de Koninck
described a Devonian species from the Yass district in New South
Wales under the name of 1 Niso darwinii,* a form which undoubtedly
species congeneric with de Koninck's, from the Silurian of Cave
belongs to this genus. In 1890 Mr. R. Etheridge, jnr.,-'^ described a
Hill, Lilydale, Victoria, to which he gave the name Niso (Vetotuba)
hrazieri, at the same time remarking on the close correspondence
between de Koninck's and his species.

Whilst examining some senile forms of the Lilydale specimens of
this type, and in particular one found by Mr. J. S. Green, I noticed
the presence of a sinus-band in the later whorls which confirmed a
determination as Murchisonia made many years ago by McCoy on a
Museum specimen presented by Dr. G. B. Pritchard.

Referring in this place to other occurrences of Coelocaulus, we
may note Lindstrom's Silurian example — "Murchisonia" com-
jjressa^ from the Silurian of Gotland, which has a similar wide and
•open umbilicus extending apparently to the apex.

The Upper Silurian of Petropaulowsk in the Russian Oural
appears to contain examples of this genus, represented by " Ceri-
thium" helmerseni, de Verneuil,'' judging from the form of the
shell with its compressed whorls ; but the figure does not indicate an
umbilicated base, nor does the description throw light on this point.

1 Bull. Soc. d'Etudes Scientiflques d'An<j:ei's, p. 20.

2 Geol. Surv. Minnesota. Palaeontoloj^y, 1897, vol. iii., pt. 2, p. 1019.

3 " Guelph Fauna in the State of New York." University State of N. York, 57th Ann. Rep.,
vol. iii., Mem. 5, 1903, pp. 65 and C7.

4 Mem. Soc. Roy. Sci. Liege, 2nd ser., vol. ii., 1876-7. See also Mem. Geol Surv. N. S. Wales,
Pal. No. 6, 1898, p. 101, pi. iv., fig. 11.

5 Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. i., No. 3, 1890, p. 63, pi. viii., figs. 4, 5 ; pi. ix., fiys. 2, 3. See also
Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Pal. No. 6, 1898, p. 101 (footnote).

6 Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. xix.. No. 6, 1884, p. 129, pi. xii., fig. 18.

7 Geol. de la Russie D'Europe. Murchison, Verneuil and Keyserling, 1845, vol. ii., p. 342,
pi. xxii., fig. 4.

86 FrecUrick Chipvian :

In the Lower Devonian of the Karnic Alps, in beds adjacent to Silurian
rocks, a Murchisonia-like shell has lieen descrited and figured b}--
Frech,^ referred to Miirchisonia davyi, Barrois, and compared with.
Lindstrom's M. compressa previously cited. The Lower Devonian
fauna of Bohemia is also fairly rich in examples of Coelocaulus. In
Bassler's " Bibliographic Index of American Ordovician and Silu-
rian Fossils "- there are no less than twelve American species listed,
seven of which are of Upper Silurian (Niagaran) age, three of
Ordovician age, and two of Lower Devonian.

Coelocaulus brazieri, Etheridge fil. (Plate III., Figs. 20-22).
jyiso (Vetotuhn) brazieri, R. Etheridge. jnr., 1890. Rec. Aust..
Mus., vol. I., No. 3. p. 62, pi. VIII., figs. 4, 5; pi. IX., figs. 2, 3.
Cresswell, 1894. Proc. R. Soo. Vict., vol VI. (N.S.), p. 158.
Chapman, 1907. Rec. Geol. Surv. Vict., vol. II., pt. I., pp. 11, 17.
Description , emended. — Shell turriculate, elongate-conical, slowly
tapering to a blunt apex. Apical angle from 25 deg. to 30 deg.
Sides gently convexly curved. Whorls about 12 in full-grown
examples; surface convex to nearly flat. Sutures fairly Avell
impressed. Slit-band slightly below median line, feebly concave,
bounded by raised threads above and below. Traces of spiral
threads on the rest of tlie whorl. Umbilical cavity open from the
base to the apex, sides undulating owing to the convex impinge-
ment of the Avhorls on the inner surface. Seen in section the whorls^
are quadrately globose, and secondary thickening has occurred in
some examples, which tend to flatten the external surface of the
shell by filling up the suture lines. Length of the largest example
about 70 mm., or more when complete.

Observations. — We have already pointed out the relationship of
the above and other i-elated forms to Mitrvlti^onia under the generic
heading of Goeloc<ndus. It is interesting to find another species of
the same gi'oup in Australia, in the Devonian of Yass, viz., C.
darwinii; thus showing that this peculiar type of .shell had as
extensive a range as many another Silurian or Devonian genus, and
helping to link up the faunas of the two formations.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone, Cave Hill,.
Lilydale. From the collection of the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A.
Also presented by Mr. J. S. Green and Dr. G. B. Pritchard. In
beds of similar age from Marble Creek, Gippsland (Geol. Surv. Vict.
— determined by the author).

1 Zeitschr. d. deutschen geol. Gesellsch., vol. xhi., pt. iii., 1894, p, 45S, pi. x.xxii., figs. ia-d.

2 United States National Museum, Bull. No. 92, 19Xib, p. 249.

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 87

Coelocaidus fipicalif, sp. nov. (Plate III., Figs. 23, 24).

Description. — Shell soinewliat like C . hircieri, but spire more acute
and with a more numerous apical series of whorls. Apical angle
about 25 deg. Whorls depressed convex to flat, short and numerous
near the apex, numl:>ering altogether about 20. Sutures well
marked, but not widely channelled. Slit-band median or slightly
below the median line, depressed in earlier convolutions, prominent
in later ones and bordered by raised threads alwve and below.
Umbilical axis open to apex. Cast of perforation more regularly
cylindrical than in ('. hrazieri.

Dimensions. — A smaller shell than G. hrazieri, measuring in the
type specimen 40 mm. in length and 16.5 mm. at the base (so far
as preserved).

Oh.^erv'itinns. — The above species appears to occupy a middle
position between Coelocauliis hrazieri and C . daruinii. From
several examples of the latter species collected by Mr. A. J. Shearsby,
one is able to note some interesting points of comparison. It is
smaller and more slender in the apical half of the shell than either
of the Victorian Silurian species; whilst in the numerous whorls
and the cylindrical form of the hollow columella it agrees with
C. apirrilis. The examples of 0. darwinii from the Shearsby col-
lection cam.e from the Middle Devonian of Yass (Portion 208, Par.
Waroo), New South Wales. De Koninck gives the Yass district as
the locality, and refers it to the Devonian, whilst Mr. Etheridge
refers it to " the Upper Silurian, probably Wenlock, beds of Yass."l

Genus Cyrtostropha, Donald.
Cyrtostropha lilydalensis, sp. nov. (Plate IV., Figs. 26-28).

Description. — Spire of moderate length, turriculate; consisting
of eight whorls, including the protoconch. Sides of whorls convex
with the sutures deeply incised. Sinus band median. Growth-
lines moderately oblique above and curving backward to the band,
and forward below; lines conspicuous on the sinus-band. Band
bordered Avith strong raised lines above and below. Rest of whorl
relieved with about three threadlike or slightly nodulose lirae above
and l)elow the band. Aperture longer than broad, columellar
margin slightly produced. Umbilicus closed.

Dimensions. — Length of holotype (incomplete at base), 31 mm. ;
width at base about 12 mm. Length of body whorl about 14 mm.

1 Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. i., No. 3, 1890, p. 6.3.

88 Frederick Ckapman :

Width of sinus band on body whorl, 1.25 mm. Length of body
whorl of a large specimen about 18 mm.

Observafiotis. — The nearest form to the present species appears
to be Sowerby's " Pleurotoma " coralli,^ which Miss Donald has
placed in the genus Cyrtostropha.^ The British species ranges from
the Llandovery to the Ludlow series. The present species differs
from the British in the more numerous lirae and their slightly
nodulose character. Mr. Etheridge has remarked on a species of
Murchiso7iia (sp. ind.)' from Lilydale, which from the details given
seems to belong to the above form, except for there being no
mention of spiral lirae.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone. Cave Hill
Lilydale. Collected by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A.

Genus Goniostropha, Oehlert.
Goniostropha jn-itchardi, Etheridge til. (Plate IV., Fig. 29).

Goniostropha pritchardi, Etheridge, jnr., 1898. Rec. Aust.
Mus., vol. III., No. 4, p. 71, pi. XV., figs. 1-4.

Observations. — Some examples of the above species are found in
the present collection. They are distinguished from Cyrtostropha
lilydalensis by the shorter habit and more angulate whorls; the
lirate ornament in both forms is very similar, but the sinus band
in C. lilydalensis is not so deeply excavate.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone, Cave Hill,
Lilydale. Collected by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A.

Genus Gyrodoma, R. Etheridge, jnr.
Gyrodoma etheridyei, Cresswell sp.

Eunema etheridgei, Cresswell. 1893. Proc. R. Soc. Vict., vol.
V. (N.S.), p. 41, pi. VIII., fig. 2.

Gyrodoma etheridgei, Cresswell sp., R. Etheridge, jnr., 1898.
Rec. Aust. Mus., vol. III., No. 4, p. 72, pi. XVI., fig. 1.

Observations. — Mr. Etheridge has referred, in the paper above
cited, to the question raised by Mr. Cresswell's depiction of the
type specimen as having a double band. An examination of the
type, which is in the National Museum collection, shows the band
to be single, rather depressed, and marked along the middle with
a raised spiral thread; hence the slight mistake in the details of

1 J. C. Sowerby. Sil. Syst., 1839, p. 612, pi. v., fig. 26.

2 Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, vol. Iviii., 1902, p. 322, pi. vii., figs. 5, 6.

3 Rec. Auttr. Mu8., vol. i., No. 7, 1891, p. 129.

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 89

the figure. In the earlier whorls of other specimens the band is
distinctly depressed and bounded above and below with a raised
thread. The longest example, but imperfect, of this fine species
in our collection measures 70 mm.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone. Cave Hill,
Lilydale. Collected by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A., who pre-
sented the type specimen.

Fam. EUOMPHALIDAB.

Genus Euomphalus, Sowerby.

Euomphalus centrifugalis, sp. nov. (Plate IV., Figs. 30, 31 ;
Plate VI., Figs. 54, 55).

Description. — Shell compressed, planorbiform. Outline discoidal,
but tending to irregular growth; sometimes almost subovate in out-
line. Superior face gently convex and sloping to the periphery on
the last whorl, the inner series excavate; inferior face flat on the
periphery and concave towards the centre. Spire visible on both
.sides and evolute. Aperture compressed, pyriform. Surface of
whorls marked by numerous strong, sharply deflected growth-lines.

Dimensions. — Holotype. Greatest diameter, 14 mm. ; at right
angles, 10.5 mm. Width of last whorl, 4 mm. Approximate thick-
jiess of shell, 2.25 mm.

Observations. — This species bears some resemblance to E. declivis,
Remeles,! of the Lower Silurian limestone obtained from the
•diluvium deposit of North Germany; especially in the sinuate and
oblique character of the growth-lines. In that species, however, the
whorls are not so deeply concave, and the body whorl tends to
laecome an open spiral.

In general appearance Lindstrom's Oriostoma dispar may be
mentioned, 2 which, by the way, is probably a true Euomphalus
•species. In this form, however, the outer whorl is not so highly
■convex on the inner side nor so steeply sloping to the periphery.
Lindstrom's shell, being a Gotland species, comes from a bed of
.similar age as the above.

E. centrifugalis appears to be a thin-shelled ancestor of the
Euomphalus catillus type,^ a compressed and striate species well
known as a Carboniferous limestone fossil.

1 Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol, Gesellsch, vol. xl., 1888, p. 669, pi. xxviii., fig. 3.

2 Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. xix., No. 6, 1S84, p. 173, pi. xxi., figs. 11-14.

3 Min. Conch., toI. 1, 1814, p. 98., pi. xlv., figs. 3, i. Phillips' Geol. Yorkshire, vol. ii., 1836,
•pi. xiii., figs. 1, 2.

90 Frederick Chapman :

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). Apparently fairly common.
• in the newer Silurian. Holotype, in mudstone from KiUara, near
Seville, Upper Yarra district; presented by Mr. J. S. Green.
Paratype, from brown mudstone, Loyola, near Mansfield; presented
by Mr. G. Sweet, F.G.S.

EuompJialiis northi , Etheridge fil. sp.

Oriostoma northi, II. Etheridge, jnr., 1890. Rec. Aust. Mus.,
vol. I., No. 3, p. 64, pi. IX., figs. 6, 7.

Exiomphalus northi, Eth., fil. sp.. Chapman, 1913. Rep. Aust.
Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. XIV., p. 227.

Observations. — The nearly equilateral spiral form of the shell
and the concave external face of the umbilicus show the relation-
ship of the above species to be Avith Euowphalus.

The operculum in Oriostoma has a convex or conical exterior,,
whilst in Euomjyhaliis northi it is concave.

Examples in the brephic to neanic stages exhibit a smoother shell
than the adult form.

Occurrence. — Silurina (Yeringian). Numerous specimens in lime-
stone, Cave Hill, Lilydale. One fine example with the operculum in
situ, was presented by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A. *

Genus Liomphalus, gen. nov.

Definition. — Shell discoidal, widely umbilicate and biconcave;,
whorls smooth and sometimes obscurely keeled along the back.
Earlier whorls consisting of a thin shelled series, followed by two or
more stout whorls, either closely adpressed or free in the later
portion. Early part of series divided into chambers as in Etiom-
phalus and Strajiarollus (S. dionysii, Montf.). Aperture elliptical
or angularly ovate. Type, Liomphalus australis. The genus
includes Euomphalus disjiinctus, J. Hall, E . (StraparoUus) clyme-
nioides, J. Hall. E. triquetrus, Lindstrom, and E. gotlandicus,
Lindstrom.

This generic type may be distinguished from Enomphalus,
Sowerby (sensu stricto) in having smooth, rounded or uniangulate
whorls ; and from StraparoUus, Montfort, in having a concave-
spire; whilst from Lytospira, Koken, it differs in the more closely
coiled shell, and in the absence of a scaly ornament.

Name derived from leios, smooth, and omphalos, an umbilicus.

Liomphalus australis, sp. nov. (Plate IV., Figs., 32, 33).
Description. — Shell moderately large, discoid, compressed. Spire-
somewhat concave, umbilical suiface rather deeply concave, consist-

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 91

ing of two or three whorls rapidly widening on the last turn,
with free surfaces. Exterior smooth. Aperture suboval to sub-
rhomboidal, the angulation when present, situated on or above the
median line of the periphery. From the penultimate whorl inwards
the shell is divided by deeply concave partitions, the concavity
outwards. In some cases the septa are numerous, simulating a
cephalopod, but distinguished by the absence of siphuncular
openings.

Dimensions. — Greatest diameter of type specimen about 65 mm.,
when complete. Width of last whorl at 30 mm. from aperture, 16
mm. Length of aperture, 24 mm. Greatest thickness of shell,
13 mm.

Observations. — This species was formerly identified by myself
with Euomphalus disjuncfus, J. Hall,l to which species it bears a
close resemblance, and it was listed under that name in my paper
" On the Palaeontology of the Silurian of Victoria. "2 Upon a
closer examination of a fair number of sj^ecimens it was seen that
the Australian examples were distinct from those of Hall's species
from the Upper Pentamerus limestone of New York State, in having
a more truly euomphaloid sectional outline to the aperture, which
in ours is more ungulate, and in the closer coiling of the outer-
whorls.

In Lindstrom's Euomplialus triqiiefnis,^ which I would refer to
Liomphalus, the outer whorl widens very rapidly, and the aperture
becomes everted on the margin, whilst the last quarter turn of the
whorl is remarkably free.

In E. gotlandicus, Lindstrom,'' the shell is closely coiled, and
whorls are inflated, with subcircular aperture. The spire in this
form is also depressed, otherwise it would naturally fall into the
genus Straparollus.

Another member of tliis genus is Euomphalus (Straparollus) cly-
mtniodes, J. Hall,^ from the Devonian of the United States and
Canada (Schoharie Grit, New York, and Upper Helderberg limestone,
near Cayuga, Ontario). This is a smaller shell than usual, the largest
being about two inches in diameter. It has about four or five
whorls as in the Australian species, but, unlike it, has them more
evenly increasing in diameter, whilst the volutions are not free.
The mouth is subovate.

1 Pal. New York, vol. ii., pt. i., 1859, p. 340, pi. Ixv., fig. 8; pi. Ixvii., %s. 4a, 6.

•2 Rep. Austr. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Melbourne Mtj,'., 1913, vol. xiv., p. 227.

3 Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. xix., No. 6, 1884, p. 140, pi. xiii., figs. 32-35.

4 Op. cit., p. 139, pi. xiii., figs. 19-31.

5 Pal. New York, vol. v., pt. ii., 1873, p. 62, pi. xvi., fig. 15; pi. Ixx., flars. 1-5.

:92 Frederick Chapman :

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone, Cave Hill,
Lilydale. Chiefly from the collection of the Rev. A. W. Cresswell,
M.A.

Genus Straparollus, Moutfort.

Straparollus debilis, sp. nov. (Plate IV., Fig. 34 ; Plate VI.,

Fig. 56).

Description. — Shell depressed, subcircular. Whorls about five,
rounded, coiled in an irregular spiral and increasing slowly in
"width. Surface relieved with fine threadlike lines of growth, which
are only slightly curved. Aperture subcircular.

Dimensions. — Greatest diameter, about 15 mm. ; measurement at
right angles about 14 mm. Height of shell, 4.25 mm.

Observations. — This species has a somewhat vermiform appeal'-
ance from its weakly and irregularly coiled shell. Its nearest
•■specific analogues seem to be S. ruclis, J. Hall sp.,^ and S. hecale,
■J. Hall sp.,' the former from the Middle Devonian (Hamilton group)
of West Bloomfield, New York, the latter from the Upper Devonian
•(Chemung group) of Rockville, New York. S. rudis is a larger
shell and increases rather rapidly in its later whorls, whilst
S. hecale is more regularly discoidal in outline. S. annulatus,
Phillips sp.,^ from the Devonian of Newton, Devonshire, is another
related form, distinguished by its discoidal outline and prominent
growth-lines.

De Koninck has figured a related form to the above from the
Silurian at Rock Flat Creek, east side of Maneero, New South
Wales, under the name of Euomjjhalus solar ioides.'^ This species
differs in having an ornament of transverse tubercles instead of
striae as in the Victorian species.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In brown mudstone. Rud-
dock's Quarry, near Lilydale. Collected by F. Chapman.

Fam. TURBINIDAE.

Genus Omphalotrochus, Meek.
Omphalotrochus globosum, Schlotheim sp. (Plate IV., Figs. 35, 36).
Trochilites globosus, Schlotheim, 1820. Petrefactenkunde, p. 162
Euomphahis funatus, Sowerby, 1823, Min. Conch., vol. V., p. 71,
pi. 450, figs. 1, 2. Id., 1839, Silurian System, p. 626, pi. XII..

1 Eaomphalus (Straparollus) rudis, J. Hall. Tom. supra cit., p. 68, pi. xvi., figfs. 6, 7.

2 KuomphaUis (Slraparolluis) heealf, J. Hall. Ibid., p. 59, pi. xvi., figs. 10-14.

3 Euomphalus annulatus, Phillips. Pal. Foss. Cornwall, Devon and W. Somerset, 1841, p. 138,
pi. Ix., fig. 172.

i Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Pal. No. 6, 1898, p. 30, pi. i., fig. 5.

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 93^

fig. 20. Salter, 1867, Siluria, Ed. 4, p. 531, pi. XXV., fig. 3.

Oriostoma glohosum, Schl. sp., Lindstrom, 1884. Kongl. Svenska
Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. XIX., No. 6, p. 160, pi. XVII., figs. 24, 25,
29-31; pi. XVIII., fig. 24; pi. XX., fig. 16.

Observations. — The representatives in Victoria of this widely
distributed species are rare and small. They are clearly referable
to the above form on account of the depressed spire, vetitricose
whorls and expanding mouth. The ornament, as in the European
species, consists of numerous spiral keels, about ten on the body
whorl, with an intermediate and finer line. The interspaces are
crossed by fine and coarse lines rather closely set and slightly
curved.

Dimensions. — Greatest diameter of plesiotype, 11 mm.; height,
9 mm. Width of aperture, 7 mm.

Occtirrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone. Cave Hill,
Lilydale. Collected by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A. Also a fine
example presented by Mr. J. S. Green.

Fani. Trochidae.
Genus Scalaetrochus, Etheridge, jnr.

Scalaetrochus antiquus, Cresswell sp.

Stomatia aiitiqua, Cresswell, 1893. Proc. R. Soc. Vict., voL
V. (N.S.)., pp. 41, 43, pi. VIII., fig. 3.

Trochus (Scalaetrochus) antiquus, Cressw. sp.. Chapman, 1913..
Rep. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. XIV., p. 229.

Observations. — Some of the Victorian examples of Scalaetrochus
appear to indicate the presence of a narrow umbilicus, l and there-
fore show affinity to Omjohalotrochus.

The above species was founded on a fragmentary shell, which is-
closely comparable with Etheridge' s Trochus {Scalaetrochus) lind--
stroeini.'^ It differs in the slightly convex surface of the volutions,
whereas in Etheridge's species they are either flat or concave.

A specimen figured by Lindstrom from the Silurian of Gotland^-
as Trochus gotlandicus shows some affinity with the above, and also'
with Sc. lindstroemi, but it is non-perf orate.

De Koninck's Euom/phalns {Omj^halotrochvs) clarkei'^ is closely
related to .S'. antiqutis, and differs only in the stronger and more-
irregular growth of the shell.

1 Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. i., No. 3, 1890, p. 66.

2 Ibid., p. 66, pi. viii., figs. 1, 2.

3 Konsl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. .xiv., No. 6, 1884, p. 146, pi. xiv., figs. 1-11.

4 Mem. Geol. Surv. N. S. Wales, Pal. No. 6, 1898, p. 32, pi. i., fig. 7.

94 Frederick Chapman :

Occurrence. — Silurian ( Verin<i;ian). In limestone. Cave Hill,
Lilydale. In brown niudstone. junction of the Woori-Yalloc-k and
Yarra; Geol. S. Vict. B23.

Scnlaefrochus lindsiroeini, Etheridge fil. sp.

Trod/ us (Scalaefrochus) lirulKfroemi, K. Etheridge, jnr., 1890
Rec. Aust. Mus., vol. I., No. 3, p. 66, pi. VIII., figs. 1. 2. Chap-
man, 1913. Rep. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. XIV., p. 228.

Observations. — The high spiral and angulate sutural margins
serve to separate this form from .S". antiquum. It is fairly common
in the Lilydale limestone, but lias not yet occurred elsewhere,
although an indeterminate form of the genus has been noted by me
from Yeringian beds at Marble Creek, Gippsland.i

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone, Cave Hill,
Lilydale.

Fam. TllOCHONEMATlDAK.

Genus Cyclonema, J. Hall.
Cyclonema lilydalensis, Etheridge til. (Plate V., Fig. 38).

Cyclonema lilydalensis, Etheridge, jnr., 1891. Rec. Aust. Mus.,
vol. I., No. 7, p. 128, pi. XIX , fig. 3.

Observations.— In the collection of the National Museum there is
a fair number of quite small specimens of Cyclonema. As it had
been suggested that these probably represent a new species, it is
worth putting on record my conclusions regarding them. These
small forms consist of about five whorls. The sides of the volutions
are rounded, but as a rule the whorls are rather depressed, though
occasionally the spire is fairly high, as in C. australis."^ The
ornament is exactly similar to that in full-grown specimens of
C. lilydalensis, and when the number of whorls is taken into
■consideration, there being from four to six in the small sliells, and
■eight in the fully developed ones, it Avill be seen that there is no
ground for their separation. Further than this, a series of
Cyclonema in the Dennant collection shows all gradations fi'om the
immature to the adult condition. The increase in size of the
later whorls is very rapid, the height of a six-whorled shell being
14 mm., and an eight-whorled shell, 42 mm. Mr. Etheridge, in
giving the number of whorls as six in C. australis, states that
<C. lilydalensis has a much larger number.

1 Reo. Geol. Surv. yict., vol. ii., pt. i., 1907, pp. 11, 17.

2 Kec. Austr. Mus., vol. i., No. 3, 1S90, p. t>3, pi. ix., figs. 4, 5.

Victorian Fossils, Fart XIX. 95

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeriiigian). Cave Hill, Lilvdale. Young
forms in Rev. A. W. Cresswell collection.

Cifclonema australis, Etheridge fil.

(l.)Cyclonema australis, R. Etheridge, jnr., 1890. Rec. Aust.
Mus., vol. I., No. 3, p. 63, pi. IX., fig. 45.

Gifclojiema australis. Idem, 1891, ibid., vol. I., No. 7, p. 127,
pi. XIX., figs. 1, 2. Chapman, 1913. Rep. Aust. Assoc. Adv. Sci.,
vol. XIV., p. 227.

Observations. — This species is separable from C. lilydalensis by
the stronger liration of the shell-surface, and the more distinct and
thread-like ornament crossing the interspaces between the spiral
ribs.

Occurrence. — Sihirian (Yeringian). In limestone, Cave Hill, Lily-
dale. Rarer than the preceding species.

Fam. Delphinulidae.

Gentis C rasped OStom a, Lindstrom.

Craspedostomn Wydalensis, Cresswell sp. (Plate IV., Fig. 37).

Naticopsis lili/dalensis, Cresswell, 1893, Proc. R. Soc. Vict., vol.
V. (N.S.), p. 44 (name only), pi. IX., fig. 7.

Cras2)edostoma lihjdalensis, Cressw. sp.. Chapman, 1913. Rep.
Aust. Adv. Sci., vol. XIV., p. 227.

Description of Type. — Shell naticoid, with a short, rather
■depressed spire of about three whorls and a large Ijody whorl.
Whorls inflated and ornamented Avith an obscure open cancellated
structure consisting of flattened spiral and longitudinal ribs. Base
umbilicated. In a supplementary specimen a part of the columellar
area of the everted lip is preserved, which shows relationship to the
above genus.

Dimensions. — Compiled from both examples, and approximate
only. Width at base. 27 mm. Height of complete shell, circ,
■22 mm.

Observations. — The present species approaches very closely Lind-
strom's Wenlockian form, C. elegantidum,'^ in which, hoAvever. the
ribs are thinner and more conspicuous. In the comparative smooth-
ness of the whorls it shows some relationship also to C . filistriatum,
Lindstrom. 2 The genus appears to be restricted to beds of the
Upper Silurian epoch.

1 Kongl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Bd. xix., No. 6, 1884, p. 183, pi. ii., fig. 58 ; pi. xxi., fi;js.
^20•29.

2 Ibid., p. ISa, pi. xxi., figs. 35-38.

96 Frederick Chapman :

Occur7'e?ice. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone, Cave Hill^
Lilydale. Collected by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell. M.A.

Fam. Pyramidellidae.

Genus Loxonema, Phillips.

Loxonema sinuosa, Sowerby sp., var. australis, nov. (Plate V.,
Fig. 39).

? Terehra sinuosa, Sowerby, 1839. Silurian System, p. 619, pL
VIII., fig. 15.

Loxonema sinuosa, Sow. sp., Phillips, 1841. Pal. Foss. Cornwall^
p. 99, pi. XXXVIIL, fig. 182. Salter, 1859, Siluria, 3rd ed., pL
XXIV., fig. 3.

Ohservaiions. — The present specimen is fragmentary, only por-
tions of two whorls being preserved. The form of the shell and the
ornament is, however, so well indicated as to leave little doubt of
its very close affinity to Sowerby's species. The folds are straight
and sharply ridged, and the sinuosity well marked, whilst there is
a tendency to form a faint nodose shelf near the basal part of the
whorl. This latter constitutes a varietal feature.

L. sinuosa has been recorded in Great Britain from the Upper
Llandovery beds, the Lower Ludlows and the Aymestry Limestone.
Prof. Phillips also recorded it from the PetherAvin Group of Corn-
wall, referred by Jukes-Browne to the Famennian or Upper
Devonian.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In limestone, Cave Hill^
Lilydale. Presented by Mr. J. S. Green.

Fam. Capulidae.

Genus OPthonychia, Barrande,

Orthonychia brevis, sp. nov. (Plate V., Fig. 40).

Descrijjtion. — Shell conical, slightly curved, less than a quarter
of a volution in 12 mm. Convex side of shell evenly rounded, inner
surface elliptically convex. Apex compressed and sulcated on the
inner side. Lines of growth faintly marked.

Dimensions. — Length of shell about 38 mm. Width of aperture-
when complete, about 20 mm.

Observations. — A described species which affords a close compari-
son with the above is 0. subrectum, J. Hall sp.i This shell, however,

1 Platyceias (Orthonychia) subrectum, J. Hall. Pal. New York, vol. v., pt. 2, 1S79, p. i., pi. i.„.
fiffs. 1, 2.

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 97

is longer and more apically arcuate. It was found in the Upper
Helderberg (Lower Devonian) of New York State.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In dai'k limestone, Loyola,
near Mansfield. Collected and presented by Mr. G. Sweet, F.G.S.

Genus Platyceras, Conrad.

Platyceras minutiim, sp. nov. (Plate V., Fig. 41 ; Plate VI.,

Figs. 57, 58).

Description. — Shell minute, consisting of a coiled series of about
three whorls. Body whorl rapidly widening. Shell depressed
above, gently convex below. Back compressed but rounded. Sur-
face of whorls ornamented with distinct, somewhat salient folds,
curving sharply backwards, the interspaces with striated growth-
lines. Aperture subangulate, ovoid.

Di7nensions. — Greatest diameter of holotype, 4.25 mm. Thick-
ness of paratype, 1.5 mm.

Observations. — This extremely small species resembles the initial
portion of a variety of Platyceras cornntxim, Hisinger sp.,i a
common Upper Silurian species in Europe. In the holotype the
superior face shows the spire to be slightly sunken and evolute. In
the paratype, on the inferior face, the spire is involute.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In dark blue limestone.
Deep Creek, a tributary of the Thomson River, Gippsland. Col-
lected and presented by the Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A.

Platyceras cornutum, Hisinger. (Plate V., Fig. 42).

Observations. — It is practically impossible to specifically separate
the many variations of this Silurian type of Platyceras, a form
which, by the way, also probably extends into the Devonian. It is
known from Great Britain, Scandinavia, Germany and the United
States. The synonymy is large, and for this Lindstrom's paper on
the Silurian Gasteropoda and Pteropoda of Gotland may be con-
sulted. 2

The Victorian specimens are of the typical, intermediate form,
which is a neritoid shell having a depressed spire. The aperture
is broadly ovate, and the groAvth-lines on the shell well-marked,
appearing as irregular concentric folds.

1 Pileopsia cornuta. Lethaea Suecica, 1837, p. 41, pi. xii., fig. 11. Platyceras cornutum, His.
ap. Lindstrbm, Sil. Gaster. and Pter. of Gotland. Kongl. Sveiiska Vet.-Akad. Haiidl., Bd. xix.,
No. 6, 1884, p. 63, pi. ii., flgs. 29-51 ; pi. iii, figs. 6-9, 19-26. 8

2 Tom. supra cit.. p. 63.

98 Frederick Chapman :

Dimensions. — Two specimens from Loyola measure in greatest
length, from outer border of spiral to ventral edge, 46.5 mm. and
30 mm. respectively.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In dark limestone, Loyola,
near Mansfield. Collected and presented by Mr. G. Sweet, F.G.S.
A small example (cast) in ochreous mudstone. Loyola, near Mans-
field; G.' Sweet collection.

Platyceras erectum, J. Hall sp. (Plate V., Fig, 43).

Platyctras erect mn, Hall, 1879. Pal. New York, vol V., pt. II.,
p. 5, pi. II., figs. 4-11.

Observations. — The present specimen is a cast in mudstone of a
depressed ovate Platyceras, partially erect in character and with
an open spire. The nearest allied species appears to be J. Hall's
Platyceras. erectum, found in the Lower Devonian of New York
State.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In yellow mudstone. Parish
of ^Vallen, Sect. 44; Geol. Surv. Vict. Bb 15.

Genus Diaphorostoma, Fischer ( = Platyostoina, Conrad, non Klein).
Biaphorostoina retrorugatum, sp. nov. (Plate V., Figs. 44, 45).

Descrijifion. — Based on a cast of the thin shell. Consisting of
four rapidly increasing compressed whorls, forming a somewhat
ovoid outline. Spire slightly elevated. Body whorl large. Base
narrowly umbilicate. Aperture apparently suborbicular to ovate.
Shell surface traversed by well-marked irregular folds or corruga-
tions which curve obliquely backwards.

Dimensions. — Approximate length of shell when complete, 35 mm.
. Greatest width, 26.5 mm. Height, 21 mm.

Observations. — This shell appears to be quite distinct from any
figured species hitherto known, but approaches Diaphorostoma
lineatum, J. Hall sp.i in general form. That species occurs in the
Upper Helderberg limestone of New York, and in tlie Hamilton
Group of the western part of the State.

The Victorian species is distinguished from Platyceras by the
large and open body whorl.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). A cast in yellow mudstone.
Ruddock's Quarry, near Lilydale. Collected by Mr. R. H. Annear.

1 PlatyoMoma lineatum, J. Hall. Pal. New York, vol. v., pt. ii., 1S79, p. tl, pi

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 99

Diaphorostoma incisum, sp. nov. (Plate V., Fig. 46 ; Plate VI.,
Fig. 59).

Description. — Shell dejiressed, helicoid; spire moderately de-
pressed, rapidly widening to body whorl, of four volutions. Penul-
timate whorl one-third the diameter of the body whorl. Surface
of shell gently convex, marked with numerous closely set, incised
growth-lines, which are sometimes undulate and crossed by sparse,
radiating folds. Aperture large^ subovate.

Ditnensions. — Extreme width, circ. 40 mm. Height, 18 nun.

Observations — In general character the above species approaches
D. lineatum, J. Hall sp., the fossil cited in the comparison of £>. retro-
7'ugatum, but in that species the body whorl does not increase so
rapidly in width, and the shell is higher. • The concentric orna-
ment also, whilst agreeing in its incised character, is not crossed
by so regular a system of radial lines.

Whidborne's " Capidiis ? invicftis '''^ from the Middle Devonian
of Devonshire, is almost identical in form- with the Victorian
species, but the apical spire is smaller or more closely coiled.

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In dark limestone, Thomson
River, Gippsland. Collected by tlie Dept. of Mines, Victoria. No.
.91F.

Fam. ? SiPHONARIIDAE,

Genus Hercynella, Kayser, 1878.
Hercynella victoriae, sp. nov. (Plate V., Figs. 47, 48).

Description. — Shell patelliform, depressed conical, with a sharp
apex. Slopes of shell alternately convexly and concavely folded;
one side, on the longer axis, is pinched up to form a subangulate
ridge extending to the apex. Concentiic lines of groAvth appearing
as low folds. Surface of shell radiately marked with close, low
riblets, strengthening as they appi'oach the ventral margin.

Dijnensions. — Greatest length of holotype, 53 mm. Greatest
width, 35 mm. Approximate length, complete, 55 mm. ; width,
39 mm. Height 13.5 mm.

Observations. — This interesting species resembles H. radians,
Barrande sp.2 in the radial ornament, but is more elongate-ovate
in* outline, and the vellication or pinching up of the dorsum is more

1 Pal. Soc. Mon., vol. xliv., 1S91. Mon. Dev. Fauna S. of England, p. 204, pi. xix., figs. 1-2-14.

2 Barrande's Syst. Sil. Boheme. Perner, vol. iv., tome i., 1903, pi. .xliii., figs. -20, 21 ; pi. xlviii.,
figs. 16-24. Tome ii., 1907, pi. cxxi., figs. 15-18.

Sa

100 Frederick Chapman:

marked than in the Bohemian species. //. radians is found in the-
Lower Devonian (Stage F of Barrande).

Occurrence. — Silurian (Yeringian). In olive-grey mudstone.
Junction of the Woori-Yallock and the Yarra. Collected by the
Geol. Surv. Vict. B23.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
N.B. — All the photogi'aphic figures are enlarged one-sixth over
natural size. For exact dimensions, see text.

Platk it. '

Fig. 1. — Helcionojisis nycteis, Cresswell sp. Side view of holo-
tyi^e. Cave Hill, Lilydale.
,, 2. — Helcionopsis elegantuliim, sp. nov. Dorsal view of holo-
type. Cave Hill, Lilydale.
3. — //. elegantulum, sp. nov. Side view of holotype.
4. — Temmodisciis pharetroides, sp. nov. Lateral view of holo-
type. Loyola, near Mansfield.
5. — T. pharetroides, sp. nov. Back view of holotype.
6. — Bdlerophon fasciatus, Lindstrom. Side view. Junction

of Woori-Yallock and Yarra.
7. — Bellerophon aff. fasiigiaftis, Lindstrom. Umbilical aspect.

Kilmore.
8. — B. aff. fasiigiatus, Lindstrom. Oral aspect of same

specimen.
9. — BelltropJion 2J?«i/77?, sp. nov. Umbilical aspect of holo-
type. Cave Hill, Lilydale.
10. — B. pisiim, sp. nov. . Oral aspect of holotype.
11. — B. pisvm. Dorsal view of holotype.
12. — Bellerojihon cresswelli, Etheridge fil. Side view of a.

senile specimen. Cave Hill, Lilydale.
13. — Garinaropsis vicforiae, sp. nov. Interior of shell of para-
type, showing umbonal platform. Ruddock's, near
Lilydale.
14. — C vicforiae, sp. nov. Exterior of shell, holotype. Rud-
dock's, near Lilydale.
15. — Pleurotomaria niaccoi/i, sp. nov. Holotype, lateral

aspect. Junction of Woori-Yallock and Yarra.
16. — P. ivaccoyi, sp. nov. Paratype. Shell showing slit-band.

Junction of Woori-Yallock and Yarra.
17. — P. maccoi/i, sp. nov. Paratype, showing base of shelL
Junction of Woori-Yallock and Yarra.

Proc. E.S. Victoria, 1916. Plate II.

Victorian Yeringian Gasteropods.

Proc. E.S. Victori:., 1916. Plate III.

Victorian Yeringian Gasteropods.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1916. Plate IV.

Victorian Yeringian Gasteropods.

Proe. B.S. Vietcria, 1910. Plate V.

F.C., Photo.

Victorian Yeringian Gasteropods.

Proc. "R.S. Victoria, 1916. Plate VI.

F.C. ad nat. del.

Victorian Yeringian Gasteropods.

Victorian Fossils, Part XIX. 101

Plate III.

Fig. 18. — Mourlonia suhaequilatera, sp. nov. Apical view of holo-

type, Cave Hill, Lilydale.
,, 19. — M. suhaequilatera, sp. nov. Side view of holotype.
,, 20. — Coelocaulus brazieri, Etheridge fil. sp. Basal part of a

senile shell, showing slit-band. Cave Hill, Lilydale.
,, 21. — C. brazieri, Eth. fil. sp. A typical specimen. Cave Hill,

Lilydale.
,, 22. — C. brazieri, Eth. fil. sp. Shell sliced through umbilical

axis, showing large, persistent canal. Cave Hill,

Lilydale.
,, 23. — Coelocaulus apicalis, sp. nov. Holotype, showing short

conical habit. Cave Hill, Lilydale.
,, 24. — C. apicalis, sp. nov. Plesiotype, showing cast of axial

canal. Cave Hill, Lilydale.
,, 25. — Phanerofrema australis, Etheridge fil. A well preserved

specimen, showing large slit-band and ornament on

body whorl. Cave Hill, Lilydale.

Plate IV.

Fig. 26. — A group of Cyrtostropha Uhjdalensis, sp. nov. Cave Hill,

Lilydale.
,, 27. — Cyrtostropha lilydalensis, sp. nov. Paratype, Cave Hill,

Lilydale.
,, 28. — C. lilydalensis, sp. nov. Holotype. Cave Hill, Lilydale.
,, 29. — A group of Goniostropha pritchardi, Etheridge fil. Cave

Hill, Lilydale.
-,, 30. — Euomphalus centrifugalis, sp. nov. Paratype. Killara,

near Seville.
,, 31. — E. centrifugalis, sp. nov. Holotype. Loyola, near

Mansfield.
,, 32. — Liomphalus australis, gen. et sp. nov. Holotype. Cave

Hill, Lilydale.
,, 33. — L. australis, sp. nov. Median section, showing the open

whorls and concamerated shell. Cave Hill, Lilydale.
,, 34. — Straparollus debilis, sp. nov. Holotype. Ruddock's,

near Lilydale.
,, 35. — Omphalotrochus glohosum, Schlotheim sp. Cast of shell.

Cave Hill, Lilydale.
36. — 0. globosum, Schl. sp. A well-preserved shell. Cave

Hill, Lilvdale.

102 Frederick CJtapvian-

Fig. 37. — Uraspedostoma lilydaltnsis, Ciesswell sp. Umbilical
aspect of plesiotype. Cave Hill, Lilydale.

Plate V.

Fig. 38. — Cyclonema lilyddlenais, Etheridge fil. A group of young
shells. Cave Hill, Lilydale

39. — Loxoinnia siniiosa, Sowerby, var. australis, var. nov..
Whorl of shell showing varietal character of ornament.
Cave Hill, Lilydale.

40. — 0rf/i07i>/chia hrevis, sp. nov. Lateral aspect of holotype.
Loyola, near Mansfield.

41. — Flaftjceras mhnttmn, sp. nov. Paratype. Deep Creek,
Thomson River, Gippsland.

42. — Platyceras cornuftim, Hisinger. Loyola, near Mans-
field.'

43. — Plafi/ceras erect urn, J. Hall sp. Kilmore.

44. — Diaphorosfoma retrorugatum, sp. nov. Apical aspect of
holotype. Ruddock's, near Lilydale.

45. — B. retrorugatuw, sp. nov. Umbilical aspect of holotype.

46. — Diaphorosfonut iucisiim, sp. nov. Apical aspect of holo-
type. Tliomson River, Gippsland.

47. — Hercynella ricforiae, sp. nov. Apical aspect of holotype.
Junction of Woori-Yallock and Yarra.

48. — //. ricforiae, sp. nov. Lateral view of a crushed speci-
men. Paratype, showing radial ornament. Junction
of Woori-Yallock and Yaria.

Plate VL

Fig. 49. — Helcionopsis eleganfvlum, sp. nov. Enlarged ornament

from median dorsal area. x 10.
^^ 50. — Temnodiscus pharetroides, sp. nov. Holotype enlarged.

Lateral aspect. x 4.
,, 5L — T. pharetroides, sp. nov. Holotype enlarged. Dorsal

aspect. X 4.
,, 52. — Bellerophon fasciatiis, Lindstrom. Plesiotype, showing

growth-lines. x 3.
,, 53. — Bellerophon cresswelli, Eth. fil. Portion of surface of

senile example, below aperture; showing character

of decussate ornament, som.ewhat restored. x 2.
,, 54. — Euomphalus centrifugalis, sp. nov. Holotype enlarged.

Lateral aspect. x 2.

Victorian Fossils, Fart XIX. 103

Fig. 55. — E. cenfriftiffolis, sp. nov. Holotype enlarged. Peri-
pheral aspect. X 2.

,, 56. — Stra/xirolhts dehilis, sp. nov. Holotype enlarged.
Lateral aspect, x 2.

,, 57. — Platyceras minutum, sp. nov. Holotype enlarged.
Lateral (apical) aspect. x 4.

,, 58. — P. mi'iufinn, sp. nov. Paratype enlarged. Peripheral
aspec't. X 4.

,, 59. — Diajjhoi-ostoma incisnm, sp. nov. Holotype. Magnified
view of ornament on bodv whorl, x 3.

CORRIGENDUM.
In part XVIII., of this series, vol. XX VIII., pt. I, 1915, p. 158,
line 2 from bottom, for 1834, read 1843.

[Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N.S.), Pt. I., 1916].

Art. VI. — Description of a Neiu Genus and two New Species
of Victorian Marine Mollusca.

BY

J. H. GATLIFF

AND

C. J. GABRIEL.

(With Plate VII.).
[Read 13th July, 1916].

Larinopsis, nov. gen.

Shell fragile, turbinate, umbilicate, whorls rapidly increasing in
size; peristome continuous, slightly reflexed. With an olivaceous
epidermis. Operculum horny, annular, with nucleus intramar-
ginal. The animal is viviparous and marine.

Type of genus : Larina ? turbinata, Gatliff and Gabriel. i
The shell was provisionally described as a Larina, a genus erected
for the reception of a Moreton Bay (Queensland) form. L. strangei,
A. Adams. We asked the question iiespecting the specimen of the
northern type species, obtained in McKenzie River -r'^ Was it
obtained at a portion of the river beyond tidal influence?" Mr.
C. Hedley states^ that " The McKenzie flows not into the sea, but
into the Fitzroy more than a hundred miles from marine influence,"
and further adds : " Though destructive criticism of this classifica-
tion is easy, constructive work of correctly placing the Victorian
shell is hard," and suggests the placing of it in the genus Pellili-
torina of Pfeffer, which in our opinion possesses quite different
characters. He also states: "Somewhat similar features; are
presented by the Antarctic genera Iveoconcha, Smith, and
Trichoncha, Smith." These similar features we fail to perceive,
and have therefore erected a new genus for our shell. ■

Marginella problematica, sp. nov. (PI. VII., Fig. 1).

Shell minute, solid, pyriform, white, semi-transparent, spire
completely hidden. Aperture running almost the Avhole length of

1 Gatliff and Gabriel. Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xxii. (n.s.), 1903, p. 35, pi. 13, figs. 1-6.
■2 Hedley. Rec. Austr. Mus., vol. viii., 1912, p. 138.

Pine K.S. Victoria, 11I16. Plate VII.

Victorian Marine Mollusca. 105

the shell, much curved, with greater width at anterior extremity.
Outer lip somewhat thickened, smooth internally, and projecting
beyond a slightly flattened summit. Corresponding with the outer
lip, the labium is pronouncedly convex, bearing numerous plica-
tions, which extend almost the entire length of the aperture, becom-
ing faint posteriorly. The anterior plait is conspicuous and well
separated from the remainder.

Dimensions of Type. — Length, 3.50; breadth, 2.50 mm.

Locality. — Dredged Western Port, 8 to 10 fathoms.

Obs. — This strong little species resembles at least two of our
Southern Australian forms, M. halli, Pritchard and Gatliff, and
M. inaequidens, May. From the former it is separable by its
flattened summit and more triangular shape, and from the latter
by its less cylindrical contour, its greater solidity, and in the
disposition of the plications, which are stronger in the new species.

Type in Mr. C. J. Gabriel's collection.

Lepton frenchiensis, sp. nov. (PI. VIT., Figs. 3 and 4),

Shell thin, creamy white, semi-transparent, quadrately oval, sub-
equilateral. Umboes fairly prominent, projecting slightly beyond
the dorsal margin, which is arched. Ventral margin almost
straight, while a decided roundness is seen anteriorly and pos-
teriorly. The surface of shell is irregularly, finely, concentrically
striated. The valve is sufficiently transparent to discern from the
exterior the pallial line, and adductor scars. Hinge normal.

Dimensions of Type. — Anterior-posterior diameter, 3; dorsal-
ventral diameter, 2.25 mm.

liocality. — Dredged Western Port, 8 to 10 fathoms.

Obs. — A single valve is selected as type, joined valves not having
been taken. The species bears some resemblance to L. australe,
Angas, firstly, in contour, and, secondly, in lacking the charac-
teristic shagreen sculpture of the genus. The greater depth propor-
tionately, in having more rounded beaks, and the lesser dimensions
being the chief points of difference.

Type in Mr. C. J. Gabriel's collection.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1. — ^larginella problematica, sp. nov.
,, 2. — Eulima immaculata, Pritchard and Gatliff.
,, 3, 4. — Lepton frenchiensis, sp. nov.
The figures are variously magnified.

[Proc. Eoy. Soc. Victokia. 29 (N.S.), Pt. I., 1916J.

Art. VII. — Additions to and. Alterations in the Catalogue of
tJie Marine Shells of Victoria.

J. H. GATLIFF

C. J. GABRIEL.

[Read 13th July, 191(j].

In this paper we have added 28 more species to the catalogue,
including two new genera, Verticordia and Poroleda. The total
number catalogued is now 1080.

Th§ paper includes seven species of the genus Marginella. The
Marginellidae of Victoria and Tasmania have hitherto proved a
difficult group, but through the close attention bestowed on them
by Mr. W. L. May, of Tasmania, man}^ of the difficulties, presented
from time to time, have been satisfactorily elucidated. Our work
on the group has Ijeen greatly facilitated by the gift of numerous
typical examples of Mr,. May's Tasmanian species. Favoured with
this assistance we have been able to critically compare our Victorian
forms, and, consequently, augment the list as above.. With a
record of 38 species, the genus Marginella is well represented in the
waters of Victoria.

TURRICULA RETROCURVATA, VerCO.

1909. Mitra retrocurvata, Verco. T.R.S., S.A., voL
XXXIII., p. 338, pi. 21, f. 4, 5.
Hab. — In about 40 fathoms, off Ninety Mile Beach.
Obs. — Size of type : Length, 16.5; breadth, 6.25 mm. Quadripli-
cate.

TuRRicuLA ACROMiALis, Hedley.

1915. Mitra acromialis, Hedley. P.L.S., N.S.W., vol.
XXXIX. for 1914, p. 730, pi. 84, f. 85.
Hab. — Same as preceding species.
Obs. — Size of type : Length, 9.5; breadth, 4 mm. Quadriplicate.

Additions to Catalogue of Shells. 107

TURRICULA PUMILIO, May.

1915. Vexillum pumilio. May. P.R.S., Tas., p. 85,
pi. 1, f. 5.
Hab. — Same as preceding species.
Obs. — Size of type: Length, 4.3; breadth, 2 mm. Triplicate.

Marginella angasi, Brazier.

1870. Marginella angasi. Brazier. Jour, de Conch.,
vol. XVIII., p. 304, and vol. XIX., 1871, p. 324,
pi. 12, f. 3.
1875. Granula angasi, Brazier. Jousseaume, Rev. et

Mag. Zool., p. 84.
1883. Marginella angasi, Brazier. Tryon. Man. Conch.,

vol. v., p. 45, pi. 12, f. 67.
1908. Marginella angasi. Brazier. May, P.R.S., Tas..

p. 53.
1915. Marginella angasi. Brazier. Hedley, P.L.S.,
N.S.W., vol. XXXIX. for 1914. p. 726, pi. 82,
f. 66.
Hab. — Portsea, Port Phillij); Western Port; dredged off Wilson's

Promontory, and off Ninety Mile Beacth.
Obs. — Size of type: Length, 1.75; breadth, 1 mm. May remarks
(loc. cit.) : " If I have rightly identified the species, then M. halli.
Frit, and Gat., is a synonym." His identification is wrong; M.
angasi has a slightly elevated spix-e, in M. halli the spire is totally
immersed.

Marginella stilla, Hedley.

1903. Marginella stilla, Hedley. Mem. Aust. Mus.,
vol. IV., p. 367, f. 90 (in text).
Hab. — In about 40 fathoms, off Ninety Mile Beach.
Obs. — Size of type: Length, 5; breadth, 2.5 mm. Quadriplicate,
lip finely denticulate within.

Marginella subauriculata, May.

1915. Marginella subauriculata. May. P.R.S., Tas., p.
86, pi. 2, f. 7.
Hab. — Western Port ; and dredged off Wilson's Promontory.
Obs. — Size of type: Length, 1.5; breadth, 1.2 mm. Columella
with six plaits.

108 Gatliff and Gabriel:

MaROINELLA FRKYCINETI, May.

1915. Marginella freycineti, May, Id., f. 9.
Hab.— Dredged off Rhyll, Western Port.
Obs. — Size of type: Length, 2; breadth, 1.2 mm. Triplicate.

Marginella caducocincta, May.

1915. Marginella caducocincta. May. Id., p. 88, pi.
2, f. 11.
Hab. — Dredged off Wilson's Promontory.
Obs. — Size of type : Length, 3; breadth. 2 mm. Quadriplicate.

Marginella inconspicua, Sowerby.

1846. Marginella incon.spicua, Sowerby. Thes. Conch.,
vol. I., p. 387, pi. 75, f. 80.

1915. ]\Iarginella inconspicua, Sowerby. Hedley,
P.L.S., N.S.W., vol. XXXIX., p. 726, pi. 82,
f. 64.

Hab. — Dredged off Gabo Island.

Obs. — Size: Length, 5.5; breadth, 3 mm.

Marginella problematica, Gatliff and Gabriel.

1916. Marginella problematica, Gatliff and Gabriel.
Antea page 104.

Hab. — Dredged Western Port, in 8 to 10 fathoms.

Daphnella microscopica, May.

1915. Taranis microscopica. May. P.R.S., Tas., p.
84, pi. 1, f. 2.
Hab. — Dredged off Wilson's Promontory.

Obs. — Size of type: Length, 1.3; breadth, 0.7 mm. Closely
resembling D. excavata, Gatliff.

Cassis achatina, Lamarck, var stadialis, Hedley.

1903. Cassidea turgida, Hedley, not of Reeve. Mem.
Aust. Mus., vol. IV., p. 340, pi. 36, f. 1.

1914. Cassidea stadialis, Hedley. Zool., Common-
wealth trawler " Endeavour," vol. II., pt. 2,
p. 72, pi. 10, f. 4.
Hab. — Dredged in Bass Straits.

Additions to Catalogue of Shells. 109

Obs. — Size attaining to: Length, 100; breadth, 70 mm. Hedley
(loc. cit.) states : " Some might regard it as a form of 0. pyrum^
Lamarck." We consider it to be a large, inflated variety of
C. achatina, Lamarck.

EuLiMA IMMACULATA, Pritchard and Gatliff. (PI. VII., Fig. 2).

1900. Stylifer immaculata, Pritchard and Gatliff.
P.R.S., Vic, vol. XIII. (N.S.), p. 137, pi. 21, f. 2.

Hab. — Type from Shoreham, Western Port; St. Kilda, and
Frankston, Port Phillip; Torquay.

Obs. — Size of type: Length, 3; breadth, 1.5 mm. It was the
only specimen obtained at that time, since then we have got others
from the localities above indicated, and after critically examining
them we have decided to class it as a Eulima. We give another
figure of it.

Odostomia occultidens, May.

1915. Odostomia occultidens. May. P.R.S., Tas., p.
90, pi. 4, f. 19.
Hab. — Portsea, Port Phillip; and dredged of Rhyll, Western
Port.

Obs. — Size of type: Length, 1.5; breadth, 1 mm. "A very
variable species in some particulars."

Cerithiopsis dannevigi, Hedley.

1911. Cerithiopsis dannevigi, Hedley. Zool., Common-
wealth trawler "Endeavour," pt. I., p. 109, pi.
19, f. 26, 27.
Hab. — San Remo, Western Port ; and off Ninety Mile Beach in.
about 40 fathoms.

Obs. — Size of type: Length, 5.5; breadth, 1 mm.

RiSSOA OBELISCUS, May.

1915. Rissoa obeliscus. May. P.R.S., Tas.,. p. 92, pi.
5, f. 24.
Hab. — Same as preceding species.

Obs. — Size of type: Length, 2.2; breadth, 1 mm. "Smooth and
polished."

RlSSOA SIMILLIMA, May.

1915. Rissoa simillima. May. Id., p. 93, pi. 5, f. 26.
Hab. — Same as preceding species.
Obs. — Size of type: Length, 1.8; breadth, 1.3 mm.

110 Gatliff and Gabriel:

RiSSOA AURANTIOCINCTA, May.

1915. Amphithalamus aurantiocinctus, May. Id., p.
96, pi. 6, f. 33.
Hab. — Dredged off Wilson's Promontory.

Obs. — Size of type : Length, 2.5; breadth, 1.4 mm. A smooth shell
of five •whorls, with two orange bands on the body whorl.

AcANTHOCHlTKS LACHRYMOsus, May and Torr.

1912. Acanthochites lachrymosus, May and Torr.
P.R.S., Tas., p. 36. pi. 1, f. 1-4.
Hab. — Torquay.

Obs. — Size of type: Length, 33; breadth, 12 mm. (dried speci-
men).

Chiton exoptandus, Bednall.

1897. Chiton exoptandus. Bednall. P. Mai. S.. Lond.,

vol. II., p. 152, pi. 12, f. 7.
1912. Chiton exoptandus, Bednall, Torr. T.R.S., S.A.,
vol. XXXVI., p. 153.
Hab.-T-Dredged off Newhaven, Phillip Island, Western Port.
Obs. — Size: Length, 27; breadth, 14 mm. A beautiful Chiton,
its principal coloration being red.

Teredo navalis, Linn.

1767. Teredo navalis, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1267.
1915. Teredo navalis, Linn. Gatliff and Gabriel,
P.R.S.,Vic., Vol. XXVIII. (N.S.), pt. 1. p. 117,
pi. XIII., f. 10.
Hab. — Lakes Entrance.

Obs. — This spec-ies was discussed by the authors (Joe. cit.), wherein
will be found a list of references.

Teredo pedicillatus, Quatrefages.

1849. Teredo pedicillatus, Quatrefages. Ann. Nat.

Sci., Ser. 3, Zool., vol. II., p. 26, pi. 1, f. 2.
1915. Teredo pedicillatus. Quatrefages. Gatliff and
Gabriel, P.R.S., Vic, vol. XXVIII. (N.S.). pt. 1,
p. 121, pi. XIII.. f. 13.
Hab. — Lakes Entrance; Portsea Piei' ; Brighton boatslip.
Obs. — The previous observations apply also to this species.

Additions to Catalogue of Shells. Ill

Tekedo uruguiehi, Delle Chiaje.

1792. Teredo norvagicus, Spengler. Skriv. Nat. Selsk.,

vol. II., p. 102, pi. 2, f. 4-6, B (not binomial).
1828. Teredo bruguieri, Delle Chiaje. Memorie., vol.

IV., pp. 28 and 32, pi. 54, f. 9-12.
1894. Teredo edax, Hedley. P.L.S., N.S.W., vol. IX.,

pp. 501-505, pi. 32, f. 1-5.
1903. Nausitora edax, Hedley. Pritchard and Gatliff,

P.R.S., Vic, vol. XVI. (N.S.), p. 98.
1915. Teredo bruguieri, Delle Chiaje. Gatliff and
Gabriel, P.R.S., Vic, vol. XXVIII. (N.S.), p.
118, pi. XIII., f. 12.
Hab. — Western Port; Lakes Entrance; Portsea Pier; Brighton

boat-slip.
Obs. — In their catalogue, Pritchard and Gatliff recorded this
species under the appellation of Nausitora edax, Hedley. This is
manifestly a synonym of the common European form.

Teredo fragilis, Tate.

1889. Teredo fragilis, Tate. T.R.S., S.A., vol. XL,
p. 60, pi. XL, f. 13a, b, c

1915. Teredo fragilis, Tate. Gatliff and Gabriel,
P.R.S., Vic, vol. XXVIII. (N.S.), p. 122, pi.
XIIL, f. 14.

Hab. — Brighton boat-slip, and Portsea Pier, Port Phillip.

Obs. — With this addition, five species constitute the representa-
tion of the Teredidae in the waters of Victoria. In a communication
(these Proceedings, vol. XXVIII. , 1915, p. 115, pis. XII.-XIIL, figs.
1-4, 6-14), the Teredidae of Victoria were dealt with by the present
authors, Avhen it was conclusively shown that T. fragilis, Tate,
liad erroneously suffered the degradation of a synonym. That such
a misunderstanding had occurred is clear from the remarks, and in
the figure of the type pallet accompanying it. This is the smallest
Victorian form, its nearest ally being T. pedicillatus, Quat. The
timber from the first locality was a Eucalypt, in which were
associated both forms. The pallets of these species possess distinc-
tive features, which are readily discernible in the figures of above
references.

Lepton frenchiensis, Gatliff and Gabriel.

1916. Lepton frenchiensis, Gatliff and Gabriel. Antea
page 105.

112 Gatlijf and Gabriel:

Neolepton novacambrica, Hedley.

1915. Neolepton novacambrica, Hedley. P.L.S.,
N.S.W., for 1914, vol. XXXIX., p. 701, pi. 79,
f. 29-32.
Hab. — Off Ninety Mile Beach, in about 40 fathoms; and oS
Wilson's Promontory.

Obs. — Size of type : Height, 2; length, 2.2; depth of single valve,
0.6 mm.

ROCHEFORTIA ANOMALA, Angas.

1877. Mysella anomala, Angas. P.Z.S., Lend., p. 176,
pi. 26, f. 22.

1878. Mysella anomala, Angas. Id., p. 870.

1901. Rochefortia anomala, Angas. Teite and May,
P.L.S., N.S.W., vol. XXVI., p. 433.

Hab. — Dredged in eight fathoms. Point Cook, Port Phillip.

Verticordia tasmanica, May.

1915. Verticordia tasmanica. May. P.R S., Tas., p.
99, pi. 8, f. 41.
Hab. — Off Wilson's Promontory.
Obs. — Size of type: Height, 4; width, 4.5 mm.

Carditella vincentknsis, Verco.

1908. Carditella vincentensis, Verco. T.R.S., S.A., vol.
XXXIL, p. 354, pi. 16, f. 20, 21.
Hab. — Off Ninety Mile Beach, in about 40 fathoms.
Obs. — Size of type : Antero-posterior diameter, 3 ; umbo-ventral,
2.85 mm.

PoROLEDA spathula, Hedley.

1902. Leda ensicula, Hedley, non Angas. Mem. Aust.
Mus., vol. IV., p. 293, f. 41, in text.

1915. Poroleda spathula, Hedley. P.L.S., N.S.W., voL

XXXIX., for 1914, p. 696, pi. 78, f. 17, 18.

Hab. — Off Ninety Mile Beach, in about 40 fathoms.

Obs. — Size of type: Length, 14; height, 4.5 mm. Tat^ and May

correctly stated that Leda lefroyi, Beddome was a synonym of L.

ensicula, Angas. Hedley obtained a new species (P. spathula, loc.

cit.) off Port Kembla, wrongly identified it as being L. ensicula,

Angas, and distributed it as such, and stated in the reference first

Additions to Catalogue of Shells. 113

above cited that Tate and May had been mistaken in their identi-
fication ; he now admits his error.

MODIOLARIA RADIANS, Suter.

1908. Dacrydium radians, Suter. T.N.Z.I., vol. XL.,

p. .355, pi. 27, f. 11.
1913. Dacrydium radians, Suter. Man. N.Z. Moll.,

p. 872, pi. 51, f. 19a.
1912. Modiolaria rhyllensis, Gatliff and Gabriel.
P.R.S., Vic, vol. XXV. (N.S.), p. 167, pi. 9, f.
9, 10.
Hab. — Dredged living, off Rhyll, Western Port, in about six
fathoms.

Obs. — From a specimen kindly sent to us by Mr. Suter, we are
led to the conclusion that M. rhyllensis is the same as his species,
but we jjrefer to class it as a Modiolaria.

END OF VOLUME XXIX., PART I.

[Published October, 1916.]

[Peoc. Rot. Soc. Victoria 29 (N.S.), Part I[., 1916].
Aiir. VIII. — Oscillatory Adjustments in the Animal Body.

By W. A. OSBORNE, M.B., D.Sc.
(Professor of Physiology in Melbourne University),

[Eead 22nd September, 1916.]

Ostwald has pointed out that if any system be self-adjusting the
equilibrium attained must necessarily be oscillatory. As an illustra-
tion of this, he cites the thermostat, where the regulator shuts off
the heat supply when a certain standard temperature has been ex-
ceeded. The result of this withdrawal is a fall of temperature below
the desired level; to be succeeded by a rise and so forth. The better
the regulating mechanism the smaller are the oscillations, and the
best device is that in which the amplitude of the variation is re-
duced to a negligible quantity. As Ostwald points out, this
principle can be extended to human affairs; in politics, for instance,
there is always the tendency for opinion to oscillate between radical
and conservative positions; in the realm of the aesthetic standards
of taste move to and fro between the florid and the austere. I pur-
pose to apply this principle to some aspects of animal physiology,
for in the animal body we find numerous adjustments which are
relatively constant, and which maintain constancy by self-regulating
mechanisms. Amongst the many physiological landmarks in evolu-
tion the transformation of a variable into an invariable (tempera-
ture, osmotic pressure, etc.) has been conspicuous, but we are com-
pelled to assume that, however close to a fixed standard the adjust-
ment is made, if a self-regulating mechanism is at work a state of
oscillatory equilibrium has been established. A number of instances
may now be discussed.

I. Respiration. — We owe to Haldane^ and his school the discovery
of the chemical regulation of pulmonary ventilation. If metabolism is
not too active as it is in violent exercise there is a remarkable con-
stancy shown in the COg tension of the alveolar air. This means a
similar constancy in the tension of COj in the arterial blood, and
the standard attained is just that which is adequate to excite the
respiratory centre in the medulla oblongata. It does not affect the
argument if we hold that CO 3 is the specific excitant, or whether it
is the hydrogen ion which is causative. Now, in health, the oscil-
lations above and below the mean of quiet respiration are so
damped that they escape recognition (though it is just possible that

I The Regulation of the Lung Ventilation, J. Physiol., vol. 32, p. 225, 19C4.

116 W. A. Osbovne:

yawning may find a partial explanation here), but in disease, as
Haldane pointed out later, the oscillations may become large and
obvious, producing the Cheyne-Stokes breathing, which is so strik-
ing a clinical sign. Here we find conformity to the rule that an
inadequate or deranged regulator will be made manifest by an
increase in the amplitude of the oscillation.

II. Body Temperature. — A great advance in evolution was the
rise of the homoiothermal bird and niannnal. In poikilothermal
creatures metabolism is a function of the air temperature, and comes
almost to a standstill in the winter of certain climates. A poikilo-
thermal man could not make definite plans or enter into definite
contracts for the performance of work except in tlie tropics as the
ability to labour would rise and fall as the air was warm or cold.
Now the temperature of a bird or mammal is not absolutely con-
stant. Vigorous muscular movement, as is well known, may, even
in an English winter, drive the temperature up to fever pitch;
normality is resumed quickly if the air is cold, slowly if the air is
hot and humid. The temperature chart of a healthy human being

■ is by no m.eans a straight line. Even when metabolism is kept fairly
constant, as when the subject of the experiment remains fasting in
bed, a marked diurnal oscillation is apparent, which may have an
amplitude of as much as O.SoC.^ Whetlier this oscillation is that
due to self-regulation or is more properly a periodicity effect, is,
however, not very clear. Much more likely to be the oscillations
in question are those small irregular waves displayed when thermo-
electric records are graphically taken. Again, we find that a de-
ranged m.echanism will produce an exaggerated amplitude of
rhythm. In convalescence from an illness, particularly an illness
accompanied by fever, exertion that would not in health affect the
adjustment, is sufficient to provoke a decided elevation of tempera-
ture, and lead to copious sweating, which, in its turn, can very
easily produce subnormality when the exercise ceases.

III. The Muscular System. — It will be evident that if the posi-
tion assumed by a limb is one extreme of movement, if, for instance,
extension be carried as far as the ligaments on the flexor side will
allow, the fixation here is mechanical, and no oscillation need he
expected. In reflex postural contraction it is also probable that
an arhythmical fixation is present for the tension may here be
purely elastic, the contractile substance being fixed by a hook
mechanism (Grutzner)2, or through gel formation (Sherrington) 3.

1 See article Die Wiiniiei'.kononiie des Kiirpers, by I!. Ti^'evstedt in Nagel's HaiKlbuch.

2 See Bayliss, Principles of General Physiolosf.v, 1915, p. 534.

3 Postural Activity of Muscle and Nerve. Brain, 1915, vol. 37, p. 191.

Oscllldtory AJjiistineiih. 117

But when a limb assumes a special directive position through volun-
tary muscular action there is no rigid attachment, and the con-
stancy of the direction must of necessity he adjusted by the pro-
prioceptive system reinforced by vision or touch, or occasionally
by the proprioceptive system alone. Here it is impossible that oscil-
lation could be avoided, and oscillation is assuredly found. More-
over the better the mechanisms involved — the steadier the nerves in
popular parlance — the smaller and more uniform are the oscilla-
tions. This is well displayed in rifle shooting, particularly when
the barrel is unsupported. A good shot is aware of the tremor but
he is able to keep it regular and of small dimensions. Similarly
in all skilled actions, and skill will always mean precision of spatial
and temjjoral relations, a high degree of efficiency is only possible
if the oscillations arising from the adjusting mechanism remain
small. Equilibrists and wire-walkers are definitely aware of the
oscillatory effect, and consciously resort to fine rhythmic movement
to keep the centre of gravity not statically above the small base of
support but moving to and fro on either side. Excitement, self-
consciousness, lack of experience, strain, fatigue, etc., may in the
healthy body produce an extensive increase in the range of oscilla-
tion, whilst that exaggeration due to alcoholism, cerebellar disease,
senility, neurasthenia, etc., is well known. A small amount of
swaying of the upright body when the eyes are shut has often been
observed in health, but a marked oscillatory movement has a high
diagnostic value. The position of the eyeball is maintained by
muscular contraction, guided by macular vision and the proprio-
ceptive information sent up from the eyes muscles. But when a
static object is regarded steadily the visual axis is not immobile;
there is a slight range of tremor. That this delicate oscillation
plays some part in art, especially pointilistic art, has been suggested
by H. G. Keller and J. J. R. Macleod^. Again, it is possible that
in nystagmus Ave may find thu pathological amplification of a normal
rhythm^. That a voluntary fixation of a limb (using the term
limb in its widest sense) must of necessity Ije oscillatory is not
usually assumed in physiological literature, yet a little considera-
tion will show that this must exist. In dealing, therefore, with the
rhythm of neural discharge from the central nervous system to the
muscles, two possible causes must be borne in mind. There may be
an intrinsic periodicity in the nerve cell or nerve cell complex — i.e.,
rhythmic discharge of each nerve cell or rhythm due to sequence of

1 Po]nilav Sfieiioe .Monthly. November, 191 :!.

■2 This has been stated precisely by Coppez. Archives li'OphthahnoIogie, vol. 3:i, p. .545.

2a

118 W. A. Osborne: Oscillatory Adjustments.

one nerve cell discharging after the other. This is the causative
factor usually assumed. But the rhythm due to absence of mechani-
cal fixation and absolutely necessitated by the adjustments based
on sensory impressions is left out of count.

IV. The Blood Constants. — The blood of the higher animals dis-
plays remarkable constancy in a number of its characters. Deter-
minations of hydrogen ion concentration have shown that the range
of reaction, despite almost gross variations in the reaction of food
and of metabolites, is exceedingly small. Here the kidney and lungs
are the organs entrusted with the standardisation, or, at least, with
tlie fine adjustment of the standardisation. There is similarly a
constancy with respect to osmotic pressure, metallic balance and
water content, and again the kidney is the regulating organ. If
an oscillation in any of these properties were sought for it v.-ould
be in the blood from the renal vein, but one might well expect the
oscillations to be so small and so damped that they would escape
detection. Yet it is surely possible that pathological conditions
might exist which would magnify such oscillations and make them
detectable and of import to the functioning of the tissues of the
body generally.

Arteriolar vaso-constriction is a local variable adjusted to the
varying action of gravity on each part of the body and to the
varying call for blood from the organs as they are severally excited.
Yet there is a mean blood pressure and self-regulating devices, such
as the depressor nerve or the direct action of high pressure on the
medulla, have been proved to exist. Though once more the oscilla-
tions produced may be too small and too damped to be made mani-
fest, it is again possible to assume that they may be greatly exag-
gerated in pathological states.

What determines the total quantity of blood in the body, the con-
centration of plasma proteins, and the number of formed elements,
physiology as yet has not determined, but if self-regulating
mechanisms are at work, the same argument applies.

The above are a few only of the self-adjusting processes in the
body. There are many others not touched upon. One has only to
think of the reflex excitation of the lachrymal gland, which is so
finely adjusted that lx)th dryness and excessive moisture of the
cornea are avoided, of the secretion of mucous surfaces, of the
growth of the skin pari-passu with frictional loss and such like, to
lealise that self-adjustment is the rule and not the exception. And
in all self-adjusting systems, we may venture to state, rhythm, if
not apparent, is latent, and can be brought into prominence by
pathological changes.

[pRoc. Roy. Soc. Victoria 29 (N.S.), Part II., 1916J.
Ai;T. IX. — The Wet-Bulh and Kata Thermometers.

By W. a. OSBORNE, M.B., D.Sc.

(Professor of Physiology iu Melbourne University).

[Read 22nd September, 1916.]

The ordinary thermometer which records the temperature of its
immediate environment, is, as is now well known, an unreliable
guide to those air conditions that influence the animal body. " It
affords no measure of the rate of cooling of the human body, and is,
therefore, a very indifferent instrument for indicating atmospheric
conditions which are comfortable and healthy to man."l Of the three
air factors for which the body has to make adjustments in order to
keep thermostatic — namely, the temperature, water content and
velocity, the thermometer records one only. The great superiority
of the wet-bulb reading over the dry-bulb reading consists in this
that the wet-bulb does respond to all these three variables. Though
Harrington pointed out the importance of wet-bulb records, naming
their indications " sensible temperatures," and actually mapped
out the United States of America in wet-bulb isotherms for the
month of July ,2 yet it is to Haldane^ that we are chiefly indebted
for pointing out the importance of this instrument. Haldane made
some interesting recommendations concerning wet-bulb standards
of temperature in mines and factories. He also pointed out that
there is for the human being a critical wet-bulb temperature where
the conditions are such that the body, even at rest, cannot lose its
heat quick enough, and cumulative fever results. This has been
confirmed by other investigators, and I may add that I have had
opportunity to put the matter to the test with results that agree
with Haldane's conclusions. The first great extension of the use
of the wet-bulb in climatology occurred here in Australia when the
Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology, under Mr. H. A. Hunt, pub-
lished maps giving wet-bulb isotherms in Australia for each month
of the year 1910. After this a systematised series of wet-bulb ob-
servations was undertaken giving records of temperature in homes,
offices, etc., as well as outside shade in Northern Territory, and the
tropical parts of Queensland. I have had access to these records

1 Leonard Hill, O. W. Griffith and Martin Flack, The Measurement of the Rate of Heat Loss,
etc. Phil. Trans. B , vol. 207, p. 1S4.

2 Quoted in Hann's Handbuch der IvlimatoloRie, 1908, vol. i., p. 57.

3 J. S. Haldane. Journal of Hygiene, 1905, vol. f), p. 494.

120 W. A. Oahorne:

through the courtesy of Mr. Hunt, and find most interesting
material contained in them, though to make adequate use of such
data would demand more time than I am able to bestow.

The estimation of one's state of discomfort in hot weather is ob-
viously impossible to carry out with any approach to exactness. I
have tried various expedients but without result. The amount of
sweat absorbed by the clothes is no guide at all, for, in this climate
in summer, we have days when the human body may lose over 400
grammes! water per hour by evaporation and yet the skin and
clothes remain dry and comfort is not greatly disturbed. A rough
and ready indication which I have come to regard as the most useful
is simply the clothing that is chosen as the most comfortable when
the body lies in an open-meshed hammock in a good shade and at
perfect rest. If such a hammock is not at hand, the upright position
is, I think, best, and much preferable to resting in, say, a deck
chair.- Judged roughly in this way, and by general feeling, I have
placed wet-bulb 73° F. as an empiric standard above which truly
tropical conditions arise. This wet-bulb temperature is seldom at-
tained in the Victorian climate. A typical instance of the effect of
dryness in keeping the wet-bulb down is shown in the following : —

Place.

Time.

Dry-Bulb F.

Wet-Bulb F.

Wildura

Dec. 30, 1908,

3 p.m.

110

69

brast this with

Place.

Time.

Dry-Bulb F.

Wet-Bulb F.

Nottingham

July 29, 1911,

1 p.m.

82

73.6

Kew, London -

July 29, 1911,

3 p.m.

S7.7

71.3

The last-mentioned high temperatuie I experienced personally
and can truthfully say that it exceeded in unpleasantness any-
thing that I have felt in Melbourne or its environs.
. The wet-bulb isotherms drawn by Mr. Hunt show very clearly that
of all portions of Australia the worst from the climatic standpoint
is the pearling coast in the north-west. In December, January and
February this district is included within the SQo W.B. isotherm. I
find that on December 24th, 1909, the shade wet-bulb temperature
at Wyndham on this coast was 85° F. at 9 a.m. !

1 W. A. Osborne. Contributions to Physiological Cliniatoloyy, Part II. J. Ph\siol., vol. 49,
p. 133.

2 I have made some measurements of tlie water loss of the body in two almost successive hours
in practically the same meteorological conditions, the first hour in a hammock, the second in a
deck chair, and found that in the latter case the water loss was considerably increased in each
instance owing to the impeded evaporation— the water given off by the skin was of course to be
found in the fabric of the deck chair and in the clothing with which it was in contact.

The Wet-Bulb and Kata Thermometers. 121

In the course of observations, I began to detect some discrepancies
between the wet-bulb reading and the state of discomfort of the
body. The most striking of these occurs when a hot day with
strong north wind and clear sky undergoes a "change." The sky
becomes overcast and the wind drops. There may or may not be
electrical disturbance. At this time the air conditions may become
most oppressive, and sweating may be very copious on exertion.
Now, in all the observations I have made in five summers, I have
only noted two occasions in which the wet-bulb rose with the over-
casting of the sky and the droj) in the wind. In all other cases
the wet-bulb, like the dry-bulb, fell. I, therefore, came to the con-
clusion that the Avet-bulb is not sufiiciently sensitive to air currents.
Experiments on the evaporation from the skin and from an eva-
porimeter confirmed me in this view.^ I, therefore, devised a wet-
bulb thermometer, having its bulb within a cylindrical gauze cage
open at the bottom but otherwise covered with cloth. At the sug-
gestion of Professor Roaf bolting cloth of standard mesh was used
for this latter purpose. These "jacketed wet-bulb thermometers"
manifested a much better response to air movement, and when
tested in a " change," usually gave a rise in temperature. Further
experience, however, brought to the light new difficulties. The cloth
was apt to get greasy, and to shrink, so I fell back on various porous
substances. The same trouble with grease still pursued me, and,
most annoying of all, I found that the slightest shift in the position
of the bulb made a change in the height of the column, and that it
was practically impossible to obtain two jacketed thermometers that
gave the same reading. This particular effort, then, which has cost
me some considerable time I have been compelled to give up, as I
do not see how standardisation can be effected.

The Kata-thermometer of Leonard Hill works on a different prin-
ciple. Here the time of cooling of a large wet-bulb through a range
of lOo F. (from lOQo F. to 90^ F.) is taken, and the cooling power
of the air calculated in terms of millicalories per cm^ per second.
I have had just one summer's experience with three of these instru-
ments, one of them having been kindly sent to me by Professor
Leonard Hill who had worked out its special factor.- The Kata-
thermometer certainly indicates well the onset of oppressive thunder
weather and therein manifests its superiority to the wet-bulb. But
I soon discovered that in its present form it is somewhat too sensi-
tive to air currents, at any rate in hot, dry weather. The following

1 W. A. Osborne. Contributions to Physiol ojrical Climatology, loc. cit.

2 A kerosene tin can be employed with very fair results for obtaining the readin;,' in still air.

122 W. A. Osborne: Wd-Bulh and Kata Thermometers.

data, expressed in seconds, for the cooling of a wet Kata from
lOOo F. to 90o F., may be taken as illustrating this. Date— Dec.
28th, 1915.

Time.

Dry-Bulb F.

Wet-Bulb F.

Kata Time.

Wind.

0-20 p.m.

94.3

G8.7

38"

slight

0-30 p.m.

94.3

68.7

41"

slight

0-35 p.m.

94.5

68.8

43"

very slight

1-45 p.m.

98.7

70

34"

gust

I found, indeed, that it was easy to obtain, especially, as I have
said, in hot, dry weather with unsteady wind, greater variations
in the wet Kata reading than it was possible that the state of the
body could parallel. In fact, theory would suggest that the bulb of
the Kata should approximate in size, shape and water equivalent
to the human body if correct values are to be obtained. Of course,
a series of readings in fairly quick succession could be taken with
the present Kata, and the average computed, but this would be
tedious. On the other hand, in calm weather, also when the wind
was moderately steady, I obtained consistent readings.

More experience is necessary before I can venture to come to a
conclusion. Yet, so far as my observations go, I feel that for
estimating air conditions in mines and buildings, and possibly
sheltered outside places where variations in air velocity are not of
much magnitude, the Kata-thermometer is the better instrument.
Very probably, too, it could be used profitably in those tropic areas
where calm weather is the rule. But for ordinary climatological
, purposes I still feel that the wet-bulb record is of high value.

[Pkoc. Eoy. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N.S.), Part II., 1917].

Art. X. — On tlie Frobable Environment of the Palaeozoic
Genus Hercynella in Victoria.

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., &c.

(Palaeontologist to the National Museum, Melbourne^.

[Read November 9th, 1916].

The recent discoveryi of the interesting gasteropod Hercynella, a
supposed pulmonate or air-breathing mollusc, in the newer Silurian
or Yeringian of the Upper Yarra district in Victoria, leads one to
enquire into its mode of living. This enquiry may be conducted on
two lines — viz., that of the natui-e of the sediment in which it occurs,
and the other, regarding the fauna with which it is associated.

Before entering upon these questions, it will be well to consider
the views of Marjorie O'Connell on this subject2 in regard to the
species of Hercynella occurring in the Waterlime Group ( = Upper
Ludlow) of North Buffalo, U.S.A., at what seems to be an identical
horizon as the Victorian, so far as one can judge by associated
faunas. Miss O'Connell's note on the " Habitat of Hercynella "
(loc. cit. p. 100) is here given in full : —

"The horizon in Bohemia in which the largest number of Hercy-
nellas has been found is F or Upper Monroan [Lower Devonian].
Here they are associated Avith vast numbers of graptolites, and also
with sponges, trilobites and tentaculites. The fauna is undoubtedly
marine, and since it is well-preserved, and the Hercynellas are also
numerous and in good condition, there is no reason for questioning
the marine habitat of the species of Bohemia. Furthermore, the
shells are comparatively thick, showing no lack of carbonate of lime
for impregnation. The one specimen from the Monroe limestone of
Michigan likewise has good marine associates, though its macerated
condition and the fact that no other specimens have been found
would leave it an open question whether it was a true marine form
or merely one swept out to sea by land waters. The Hercynellas
which have been found in the Bertie waterlime, seem to indicate
conditions other than marine, for their shells are exceedingly thin,
as though available lime were not abundant in the water in which
they lived, and, moreover, their faunal associates are not typical
marine forms, there being only eurypterids, ceratiocarids and the

1 Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xxix., (n.s.), pt. i., IDKj, p. 99, pi. v., figa. 47, 48.

2 Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. xi., No. 1, 1914. De»crii>tion of some New Siliiric Gasterc-
pods, pp. 93-101, 1 plate.

124 Frederick Chapman.:

plant Bi/thofrejjhis lesquereuxi, together with a few water-worn
specimens of Orthoceras. The writer has elsewhere^ discussed at
length the significance of this unique fauna and bionomic con-
ditions which it indicates. The very thin shell of these pulmonate
gastropods may be taken as a slight bit of additional evidence to
that given in the paper above referred to in support of the view
that the Bertie waterlime was deposited not in marine water, but
in brackish or fresh water, and that the Hercynellas, as well as
euryjDterids, were carried into the Bertie muds by the rivers. If,
on the other hand, Ilercynella is to be regarded as a marine genus,
then we have here another case of intermingling of marine and
fluviatile species in the region of deposition at their junction."

The sediments in which the Yeringian (newer Silurian) fossils are
found in the Upper Yarra district are mudstones. This fossil
collection was made prior to 1856 by the Geological Survey of Vic-
toria, the locality number being B 23. and the exact position, near
Stewart's station, at the junction of the Woori Yallock Creek and
the Yarra River. These mudstones are olive-brown in colour,
varied w^ith dark grey streaks, and distinctly micaceous. The
structure appears to indicate that the rock was either deposited
in shallow water or in areas subjected to currents. From the
occurrence of corals and gasteropods in this fauna one is inclined
to infer that the water was not very shallow, but that periodic
incursions of mud took place. That there may also have been a
fair amount of decaying matter brought down to this area by streams
is evident from the abundance of ostracods (Beyrichia), for these
little crustaceans probably fed on the drifted weed and similar
pabulum.

The following is a list of fossils associated with HercyneUa
victoriae in the mudstone at the junction of the Woori Yallock and
the Yarra : —

Coral —

Lindstroemia, sp.

Worm —

Trachyderma cf. squamosa, Phillips.

Polyzoan —

Fenestella inargaritijera, Chapra.

Bracliiopods —

Camarotoeehia, sp.
Nucleospira australis, McCoy.
Orthis nctoniae, Sow.

1 Bull. Geol. Soc. Aiueiica, vol. xxiv., 1913, pp. 499-516.

Palaeozoic Genus Ha

■cy

aelL

125

-O

c>\c/\^

,os ^f

c

o?^

^ ^»'

Slrophomena fanliquata, Sow. sp.
Stropheodo7ita (Leptosirophia) alaia, Chapm
Bivalves —

Cotwcardnim bellulum, Cresswell sp.
Mytilarca acuiirostris, Chapm.
Nticulif.es viaccot/ianus, Chapui.
Palaeoneilo raricosiae, Chapm.
•Gasteropods —

Bellero2)ho7i fasciatus, Liiidstiom.
Pletirotomariii maccoyi, Chapm.
Comdaria sotverhii, Defr.
Cephalopod —

Orthocuras lineare, Miinster sp.
Trilobites —

Lichns austialis, IMcCoy.

Odo)itopleura jenkinsi, Efch. til. and MitchV^V
Odontopleura raftei, Eth. hi. and Mitch. \^^>-.'^A»5
PhacojJS sweeti, Eth. fil. and Mitch. \..^

Ostracods —

Beyriclna kloedeui, McCoy.
Beyrichia kloedeni, var. granulata, Jones.
Beyrichia ?vooriyallockensis, Chapm.
Beyrichia ligatura, Chapm.

Beyrichia maccoyianus, Jones, var. australiae, Chapm.
Cinipede —

Turrilepas cf. yeringuie, Chapm.
It has l)een suggested by Miss O'Connell, in the case of the Water-
lime Hercynellas that being thin-shelled they probably lived under
fi-esh or brackish-water conditions, and were subsequently swept by
rivers into the sea. Our Victorian species is, like the Waterlime
fossils, apparently thin in texture, but the perfect condition of .the
cast of the figured type is so striking as to preclude the idea of its
having drifted into the marine mud.

The absence of eurypterids from the Yeringian, and, with one
exception, all ceratiocarids, both groups of which are so common in
the Waterlime series of North Buffalo, is additional evidence in
favour of a marine origin for the Victorian Yeringian deposits.
The same cannot be said, however, of the Melbournian sediments,
whose fauna contains a Pferygotus and numerous ceratiocarids.

That the mudstone of locality B 23 is of marine origin is evident
from the fairly large assemblage of brachiopods, bivalves and gas-
teropods which it contains. The thin-shelled condition, not only of

1.26 Clici'pman: Palaeozoic Genus Hercynella.

Uercynella, but of the molluscs and brachiopods occurring in the-
Victorian Yeringian, seems, therefore, entirely due to the fact that
tlie waters were frequently rendered turbid by the periodic dis-
charge of terrigenous material by rivers, and possibly also by coast
erosion, a condition which acts severely on lime-secreting organisms,
a fact that can be proved by examining the shore-faunas of land-
locked and mud-swept bays. at the present time.
The conclusions drawn from the above data are : —

1. — That the Hercynellas of the Victorian Yeringian were of

marine habits, as proved by the associated fauna.
2. — That the sediments of locality B 23, in which Hercynella
occurs, were laid down under fairly deep-water marine
conditions, but the areas of sedimentation may have
been periodically subjected to invasions of mud brought
down by rivers.
3. — That the lime-secreting fauna of the Yeringian mud-
stones tends to prove, by the thin shells, that the terri-
genous element in the Yeringian sea was so marked as
to considerably lower the amount of carbonate of lime:
available to those organisms.

[Proc. Rot. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N.S.), Part II., 1917].

Art. XI. — R(qjtilian Notes:
J\Iegalania pvisca, Owen, and Notiosaurus dentatus, Owen;
Lacertilian dermal armour; Opalized remains from
Lightning Ridge.

By R. ETHERIDGE, Junr.

(Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney).

(With Plate VIII.).
[Read November 9th, 1916].

1.— The Identity of Megalania (vel. Varanus) prisca, Owen,
with Notiosaurus dentatus, Owen. (PI. 8, Figs. 1-4).

The late Mr. Richard Lydekker remarked : — " Sir R. Owen has
described two peculiar blunt and pleurodont teeth of a large lizard
from the Pleistocene of Queensland under the name of Notiosaurus,
which is, however, preoccupied by the genus Notosatirus.
It is just possible that the teeth may be referable to Varanus
priscus, in which event the generic name Megalatiia would have to
be retained for that form."i

I am now in a j^osition to materially confirm Mr. Lydekker's
astute conjecture. The Australian Museum has long been in posses-
sion of numerous vertebrae, undoubtedly those of Owen's Megalania
prisca from fluviatile deposits near Clifton Station, King Creek,
Condamine River.

Associated with these, like in appearance, colour, and condition
of petrifaction, are a few limb bones, and the larger portion of a
right dentary, with part of a tooth in situ; there can be no reason-
able doubt that these remains all belonged to one and the same
species of reptile.

This dentary portion (Pi. 8, figs. 1 and 2) is fractured in front
at about the premaxillary suture, and as preserved measures six
and a-half inches in length. Posteriorly it is also fractured con-
tiguous to the prefrontal-lachrymal sutures, so that nearly the whole
of the bone is preserved. On the external surface (PI. 8, fig. 1) are
visible six large foramina of tlie maxillary artery branches (anterior
branch of external carotid). On the anterior aspect along the alveolar

1 Lyrlekker. Nicholson's Man. Pal., 3rd Edit, ii., 1889, p. 1145. A suspicion of this appears
*o have occurred to the late Mr. C. W. de Vis (Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, vi., 1890, p. 97).

128 -R- Etheridge:

cluuiucl are tlie concave surfaces of attachment of seven pleurodont
teeth (PI. 8, tig. 2), another with tlie dental tissue remaiiiirtg on it,
and the l^ase of a ninth, the tooth fractured transversely, and dis-
playing the pulp cavity. At the base of the tooth represented by
dental tissue may be seen the foramen leading into the space in
which a new successional tooth would be developed. l

The dental impressions (PL 8, fig. 2) along the alveolar channel
average one and three-eighth inches vertically by five-eighths of an
inch transversely, but the immediate surface of tooth attachment
averages six-eighths by five-eighths. The base of the remaining
tooth is longitudinally grooved as in the better of the two figured
by Owen as Notiosaurus dentatus,^ indicating the inflected folds of
the external cement.

There are six foramina on the exterior of the dentary of the
maxillary artery branches, the second in retiring order double, the
sixth and last again double, but the two meati are united whilst
still exhibiting evidence of a former separation. This posterior
" dumb-l>ell "-shaped foramen enlarges inwards and upwards im-
mediately beneath the lachrymal bone (PI. 8, fig. 1).

In the Water Monitor {Vaiajni,^ ^alvator) these foramina are nine
in number. The posterior terminal is simply transversely elongated
instead of dumb-bell shaped, and it is the most anterior, instead of
the second anterior as in Meficlania, that is double. In the Aus-
tralian V . varius, Shaw, there are again nine foramina, all single,
and the posterior opening as in V. salvator.

Jof/osaurus dentatus, from Cuddie Springs, New South Wales, it
is true, was established^ by Owen on a mere fragment of the dentary
element of a mandibular ramus with portions of two teeth, but the
form of these teeth, method of implantation against the alveolar
wall, and nature of the cement infoldings are so essentially those
of the dentary portion accompanying the Megalania vertebrae, that
I have no doubt of their identity. I very much doubt if the tooth
figured by Mr. de Vis as yotiosaurus dentatus^ is in any way related
to Owen's fossil of the same name.

The words of Owen, in describing the dentition of the Crocodilian
Monitor (V . vrocodilinus) apply so well to the present specimen, that
I cannot refrain from quoting them. The teeth " are anchylosed
by the whole of their base, and by an oblique surface leading up-

1 Tims. Tomes' Man. Dental Anatomy, 7th Edit., 1914, p. 310

2 Owen. Phil. Trans., 175, pt. i., pi. 12, fig. 26.

3 Owen. Ibid., p. 249.

4 De Vis. Proc. Ko.v. Soc. Queensland, ii., 1S86, pi. iii., fig. 2.

Beptllian Notes. 129

wards on the outer side of the tooth to a slight depression on the
oblique alveolar surface as in Var. striates. . . . The alveolar
channel or groove has scarcely any depth; but the anchylosed base
of the tooth is applied to an oblique surface, terminating in a
sharp edge, from which the outer side of the free crown of the tooth
is directly continued. "^

2. — Megalania prisca, a Cave Fossil. (PI. 8, Figs. 3 and 4).

A few months ago I received a small consignment of bones from,
the ossiferous deposit at the Wellington Caves Reserve. For some
time past a commercial venture, known as the " New South Wales
Phosphate Co. Ltd.," has operated on a portion of the area in
question. From vugs, vertical crevices, the latter possibly leading
to unexplored cave-chambers, and shaft exploration, a large quan-
tity of ossiferous material in red cave-earth has been extracted. 2
To the courtesy of Mr. George Dixon, of the above company, the
Trustees are indebted for a small collection of bones from one or
other of these openings.

Amongst the specimens my attention was at once attracted by a
large vertebra more or less enclosed in red earth. On being freed
from the latter, it was found to correspond in every detail with
the dorsal vertebrae forming a portion of the series already referred
to from near Clifton Station.

The neural spine (PI. 8, tig. 3) is broken off inuiiediately above
the level of the post-zygopophyses, only the right hand one of which
approaches entirety. The pre-zygopophyses are also fractured, the
left- being the more complete. As compared with Owen's dorsal
iigure,3 the pre-zygopophyses are relatively lower in position, and
nearly on a level with the upper margin of the ball articular surface
of the centrum. Again, the posterior zygopophyses appear to have
a more solid base than those in the figure quoted. On the right side
of the bone the transverse process is practically complete, and would
seem to be constructed on somewhat more solid lines than in the
type examples.

The articular ball of the centrum is very convex and projecting
(PI. 8, fig. 4). The neural canal is distinctly broad-oval at the
posterior end, as usual in this reptile, and at the opposite or

1 Owen. Odontography, pt. ii., ISll, p. 265.

2 C'arne : " Phosphate Deposits in Limestone Caverns in New South Wales." Ann. Rept.
Dept. Mines N.S. Wales for 1914 (1!)15). p. 101, plan, etc.

3 Owen. Phil. Trans., 171, pt. iii., pi. 34.

130 R. Klheridfie :

anterior end is wide transversely. The following are the principal
measurements : —

inches.

Length of centrum ...... 3

Breadth of the same behind the ball - - - - If

Vertical, or longitudinal, diameter of ball - - - l^-

Transverse ditto ----... is

Vertical, or longitudinal, diameter of centrum - - - If

Pore and aft diameter of cup - - - - - 1^

Transverse diameter of cup - - - - - 1 1

Transverse diameter of anterior outlet of neural canal - - |

Transverse diameter of posterior ditto - . . . |

The remains of Megalaiiia prisca, inclusive of Notiosaurus den-
tatiis, have now been found in fiuviatile, mound spring and cave
deposit, as follows : —

Fhiviatile de^josits

r Condamine Eiver and its branches (King
) Creek, &c.), Queensland; "Near Melb-
y oume,"i Victoria; South Australia;
' Castlereagh River, N. S. Wales.

Mound Spring deposit - ^ C«ddie Springs, East of Gulgongong,

(. N. S. Wales.
Cave deposits - - - Wellington Caves Reserve, N. S. Wales.

3. — Lacertilian Dermal Armour. (PI. 8, Figs. 6-9).

For two very interesting fragments from the Opal beds of Light-
ning Ridge, near Walgett, New South Wales, I am indebted to
Mr. T. Wollaston, of Adelaide. Both are formed of roughly hexa-
gonal bony pieces (PI. 8, figs. 6-8), firmly united by their margins
in alternate series. Each component plate is limpet-shell-shaped,
more or less, obliquely and unequally conical fore and aft, with
a backwardly projecting obtuse apex, with a tendency to overlap in
a similar direction. One specimen (PI. 8, figs. 6, 7) is composed of
six larger plates, with three smaller along one of its margins form-
ing, as it were, a border. The second specimen (PI. 8, fig. 8)
comprises five plates of a like nature, and again with three smaller
marginal pieces.

These plates are thick, of a compact and bony tissue, the structure
of the latter displayed on the inner surface; externally they are
highly rugose, the rugosities papilla-like, and usually separate
from one another, but here and there becoming semi-confluent, with
the narrow interspaces between the papilla often pitted. When

1 It would be iiiterestiiitr to know the exact locality.

Rfptilian Notes. 131

■examined externally, they apiDear to be separate from one another.
but on the inner surface (PL 8, fig. 7) all are anchylosed into a
solidity. In one instance at least, some of the papillae have run
together, forming three radiating lines from tlie apex to points on
Ihe circumference.

When these fragments first came under my notice, I was struck
with a general resemblance to the scale armour of some lizards,
•and as one naturally turns first to the native fauna for comparisons
and affinity, the " Shingle-back " or " Stump-tail " {Trachysiturus
rugosus) claimed attention. This remarkable species is " clothed
■with an armour of rough, thick, brown scales (PI. 8, fig. 9), which
■give it very much the appearance of a living pine cone." In the
Shingleback the dermal armour is osseous, with a horny epidermal
covering, as u!-:ual, l)ut in the present instance the osseous plates
only are presented to us.

The living Trachysaurus measures some fourteen inches in length,
and if these consolidated scutes represent a reptile allied to the
Shingle-back, and are to be accepted as a guide to its relative size,
it may not have greatly exceeded the latter in dimensions, the
largest scutes on the tail of the Shingle-back measure on an average
"9x11 m.m., whilst the cross diameters of the fossil plates are
12 X 1.'3 m.m.

There is agreement between the recent species and the petrified
plates in the general outline of the latter, and the granular sculp-
ture, or ornament. On the tail plates there is a tendency to a
posterior pointed apex as in the Lightning Ridge fi-agments, but the
markedly conical elevation of the latter is not seen in the scales of
T. rugosus.

I have already spoken of the smaller plates at the sides of the fossil
fragments, and if an examination be made of the creases between
the hind limbs and tail of T. rugosus, similar small scales will be
found bordering the larger lateral ones. From this, I venture to
suggest that the Lightning Ridge fragments are from an approxi-
mately similar position in the extinct form.

I am unable to compare my specimens with the few Lacertilian
dermal scutes known from the Cretaceous elsewhere, both from the
absence of comparative material and literature. In the meantime 1
ask those who may have reptilian material from the Upper Cre-
taceous of either Lightning Ridge or White Cliffs, to carefully
•examine it, with the view of throwing further light on a very in-
teresting subject.

132 R. Etheridge.

4. — Opalised Reptilian Dentary from Lightning Ridge.

(PI. 8, figs. 10 and 11).

To Colonel R. E. Koth, D.S.O., M.R.C.S.E., the Australian
Museum is indebted for sundry reptilian and molluscan remains;
from the above locality. The most attractive of these is a small
dentary (PI. 8. figs. 9 and 10), posteriorly broken just at the
symphasis, and incomplete forward. There are six teeth set in
sockets in an alveolar groove, and supported by the outer alveolar
wall, in other words, a pleurodont dentition; the entire specimen is
one and three-quarter inches long, the bony tissue being wholly
converted into ordinary blue-black opal.

The most complete tooth measures five millimetres from the bottom
of the alveolar groove to the tooth apex, but at what I take to be
the posterior end of the specimen, the socket visible there is quite
ten millimetres deep, and as the slightly curved teeth extend to the
bottom, it follows that some of them, at least, attained a length of
fifteen millimetres; at the anterior end the alveolar groove is
shallower, about six millimetres, the bone itself has a maximum
width of fifteen millimetres. The teeth are faintly striate to about
the middle of their exposed length, and opalisation has removed all
trace of osseous structure throughout the specimen.

Our present knowledge of the Australian Cretaceous reptilian
fauna is a very limited one. A few Iclithyopterygian and Saurop-
terygian remains, a Chelonian or two, a Saurischian {Agrosaurus
macgillivray), Crocodilian scutes, and other dermal scutes of an
unknown reptile,^ possibly Stegosaurian, about complete the list.

In looking round for relatives of this very beautiful little fossil, I
was at first led towards the Ichthyopterygians, but being unsuc-
cessful in this direction, I took the precaution of consulting my
former colleague, Dr. Smith Woodward, who suggested a provisional
reference to the American Cretaceous and imperfectly known genus
Botosaurus, L. Agassiz. There is certainly a resemblance to Leidy's
figures, but there are also discrepancies in the form of the teeth
which it will be well to point out.

In Botosaurus harlani, Leidy said that one of the teeth had a
mammiliform crown and a gibbous fang; another, the penultimate
or last tooth possessed a laterally compressed mammiliform crown,

1 Etheridjfe. Rec. Austr. Mus., v., No. 2, 1904.

2 Leiily : " Cretaceous Reptiles of the Uiiiteil States." Smithsonian C'oiitrih. Kiiowledsre, 192,.
1865, p. 12.

Pioc. R.S. Victoria, 1917. Plate VIII.

Reptilian Notes. 133"-

with its outer and inner surfaces separated by a prominent ridge,
and its enamel strongly corrugate, i

The teeth of the Lightning Ridge reptile, on the other hand, are.,
so far as at present known, alike, sharply conical above the alveolar
border, with a slight inward curvature, and barely any difference
in size amongst the six. By their regularity of disposition and
similarity of form, these teeth partake far more of the Gavilian
than the Crocodilian type, with the exception of those of Grocodilus
johnstoni, Krefft, inhabiting the upland waters of North Australia.
In this comparatively small species the forward teeth are of the
same type as those of our fossil, within certain limits of the same
size, and inwardly curved.

This remarkable fossil is certainly worthy of a name, and for it
I propose that of Orocodilus (1 Bofosauriis) ftela-^lophensis'-

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIIT.

Fig. 1. Exterior view of right clentary, with six arterial fora-
mina, the terminal posterior dumb-bell-shaped, of MegaJania
prisca, Owen.

Fig. 2. Interior view of the subject of Fig. 1 with impressions
of seven teeth along the alveolar border, one nearly entire
tooth and a partially decayed one, nine in all.

Fig. 3. Posterior view of the dorsal vertebra from the Welling-
ton Cave Reserve, with the transverse process on the right
hand side of the figure nearly complete.

Fig. 4. Side view of the subject of Fig. 3, exhibiting the rotun-
dity and convexity of the articular ball of the centrum.

Fig. 5. Palate of the Water Monitor (Varanus salvator) for com-
parison of the right and left dentaries with Fig. 2.

Fig. 6. Six large and three small dermal scutes of a Lacertilian,
exterior view.

Fig. 7. The same specimen, inner view.

Fig. 8. Another example with five lai'ge and three small dermal
scutes.

Fig. 9. Osseous dermal scute of the Shingle-back {Trnclnjsaiirus
rugosus)— x 11 diam.

Fig. 10. Grocodilus (? Botosaurus) selaslophensis, Eth-fil. Por-
tion of ramus with six teeth seen from the side — nat.

Fig. 11. The same specimen seen from above — nat.

1 Leidy. Loc. cit., p. 13.

2 (jcXas = lightning ; Xo(f>OS = ridge ; and ennis.

[Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N.S.), Part II., 1917].

Art, XII. — New or Little-hnoiun Victorian Fossils in the
National Museum.

Part XX. — Some Tertiary Fish-teeth.

By FREDERICK CHAPMAN, A.L.S., &c.

(Palaeontologist to the National Museum, Melbourne).

(With Plate IX.).
(Read December 14th, 1916),

Introduction and Summary.

The series of fossil remains now described, although small, is
•especially noteworthy on account of the rarity of the specimens.
The following genera are represented : —

CARCHAROIDES.— Instituted in 1901 by Ameghino for
selachian teeth from the Patagonian Tertiary, having
the dual characters of Lamna and Carcharodon. They
have now been found at two Janjukian localities in Vic-
toria, thus affording an additional link in the evidence
of the contemporaneity of the South American and
Victorian strata.

ODONTASPIS.— One of the largest Tertiary species of the
type of the living Bull-shark is 0. elegans, here noted in
detail, and first recorded, but without locality, from
Victoria by McCoy.

PRISTIOPHORUS.— The side-gilled saw-fish is almost unique
amongst fossils. Its rostral teeth are here shown to
occur in the Tertiaries of Victoria and New Zealand.

PRISTIS. — The teeth of this sawfish were unknown in the
Southern Hemisphere, although several species have l^een
recorded from Tertiary deposits in England and North
America. The Victorian fossils appear to be most nearly
allied to the Mediterranean species, Pristis antiquorum,
and not to the Indian and Australian form.

MYLIOBATIS.— This is the first rc^corded occurrence of the
genus in undoubted Victiirian Miocene beds; the oldest
example hitlierto known occurring in the Mallee at

Victorian Fossils, Part XX. 135^

about the junction of the Miocene and Lower Pliocene
(Janjukian and Kalimnan).

SARGUS. — A representative of this genus is common in the
Miocene of New Zealand, but this is its first occurrence-
in Victoria, in beds of similar age.

Description of Specimens.
PISCES.

Fam. Carchariidae.

Genus Carcharoides, Ameghino.

Carcharoides totuserrafus, Ameghino. (Plate IX., Figs. 1 and 2.)

Garcharoides totuserratus, Ameghino, 1901, Bol. Acad. Nac_
Cienc. Cordoba, vol. XVI., p. 102. Idem, 1906. " Les Formations
Sedimentaires du Cretace Superieur et du Tertiaire de Patagonie."
Anales del Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires, ser. III., vol. VIII., p.
183 (footnote), and woodcut, fig. 50. Chapman, 1913, Vict.
Naturalist, vol. XXX., pp. 142, 143.

Description. — The teeth of the Victorian specimens are, like those
from Patagonia (of Patagonian age), of moderate size. The base is
strong, but not so stout or heavy in proportion as in a tooth of the
genus Carcharodon, but more akin to that of Lamna, and angularly
inarched. The crown is strong and slightly and obliquely curved;,
apex sharp. External face depressed-convex, with a weak median
sulcus extending for about 3 mm. from the junction of the base-
upwards. Internal face depressed-convex. Lateral cusps blunt io.
Ameghino's type, but acute in well-preserved specimens, as that
from Torquay. Edges of crown and lateral denticles compressed,
thin and bluntly serrate, the serrations varying from mere crenulae
to stout serrations. Edge view of crown shows a slight flexure.

Dimensions. — Ameghino's type. Total length, 26 mm. (crown,
18 mm.; base, 8 mm.). Width of crown at base, not including
cusps, 10 mm. ; thickness, 4 mm.

Specimen from Torquay. Total length, 24 mm. Width at base.,
15.25 mm. Length of crown, 17 mm. Width of crown, 9 mm.
Thickness of crown, 3 nmi. Height of lateral denticles, 4.25 mm. ;,
width, 3.25 mm.

Specimen from Waurn Ponds. Total length, 22 mm. Length
of crown, 19 mm. (base imperfect). Width of crown at base, 9.75»
mm. Thickness, 3.5 mm.

136 Frederick Chaj^man :

Observations. — When complete, this type of tooth is seen to be
distinct from Lamna, Carcharias (Prio?iodon) or Car char odon.
From the former it differs in its serrated edges, and from the two
latter genera in the shape of the base and the presence of lateral
denticles.

Occurrence. — Tertiary (Janjukian). Waurn Ponds, near Gee-
long; pres. by Mr. S. R. Mitchell (tooth consisting of crown and
part of base), W. of Kocky Point, Torquay. (A nearly perfect
specimen in excellent preservation, showing the crown and two
lateral denticles, with a part of the base.) From the collection of
the late Dr. T. S. Hall, M.A.

Carcharoides tenuidens, Chapman. (Plate IX., Fig. 3.)

cf. Carcharias {Prionodon) acutus. non Agassiz, Chapman and
Pritchard, 1904, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., vol. XVII. (N.S.), pt. I.,
p. 274.

Carcharoides tenuidens. Chapman, 1913, Victorian Naturalist,
vol. XXX., pp. 142, 143, and woodcut. Idem, 1914, Australasian
Fossils, p. 270, fig. 131a.

Description. — Holotype. Tooth of slender habit. Root slightly
■arched and moderately stout. Crown acutely triangular, flattened
on the outer face near the junction with the root, and otherwise
"depressed convex; inner face roundly convex; edge view showing a
wide recurvation of the lateral line, as in Odontaspis. Edge
crenulate, with blunt serrae. Lateral denticles well developed, sharp,
and turned towards the crown.

Dimensions. — Total length from base to apex, 20.25 mm. Ex-
treme width at base of root, 12 mm. ; thickness, 4.5 mm. ; width of
crown at junction with root, 7.25 mm.; thickness, 3.75 mm.
Length of lateral denticle, 3.75 mm.

Observations. — The serrated crown from Waurn Ponds described
by Dr. Pritchard and myself in 1904, and doubtfully referred to
Carcharias (Prionodon) acutus, Ag. appears to belong to the above
species, with which it agrees in its narrow crown and acute
apex, as distinguished from that of the preceding species, C. fotu-
serratus, which has a broader crown.

Occurrence. — Tertiary (Janjukian). Waurn Ponds Quarry.
Type specimen collected and presented by Mr. J. F. Mulder. An
imperfect tooth (crown only), from J. F. Bailey coll.; same locality.

Victorian Fossils, Part XX. 137

Fam. LnrNiDAE.

Genus Odontaspis, Agassiz.

Odonfaspis elegans, Agassiz sp. (Plate IX., Fig. 4.)

Lamna elegans, Agassiz, 1843, Poissons fossiles, vol. III., p. 289,
pi. XXXV., figs. 1-5 (non figs. 6, 7); pi. XXXVIIa., fig. 59 (non 58).
R. W. Gibbes, 1849, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., ser. 2, vol. I.,
p. 196, pi. XXV., figs. 98-102 (?figs. 96, 97). Dixon, 1850, Foss.
Sussex, p. 203, pi. X., figs. 28-31. McCoy, 1867, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 3, vol. XX., p. 192. Id., 1874, in Brough Smyth's Prog.
Rep. No. I., p. 35. Johnston, 1877, Proc. R. Soc, Tas., for 1876,
,p. 86.

Lamna huttoni, Davis, 1888, Trans. Roy. Dubl. Soc, ser. 2, vol.
IV., p. 15, pi. III., fig. 1.

Odontaspis elegans, Ag. sp.. Smith Woodward, 1889, Cat. Foss
Fishes, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), pt. I., p. 361.

This species of Odontaspis is perhaps the rarest of the genus in
Victoria. It did not occur in the series of Australian Tertiary
fish-teeth examined by Dr. G. B. Pritchard and myself in 1904, but
was recorded by McCoy in 1867 under the name of Lamna elegans
from Victorian Miocene beds, and was also noted by R. M. John-
ston from Tasmania in his " Notes on the Tertiary Beds of Table
Cape."

It is readily distinguished from the other Australian species
of Odontaspis by its stouter build and strong divergent roots. There
is little doubt that this Avorld-wide species is also represented in
New Zealand by Davis' Lamna huttoni, the type of which has a
rather long crown, gently but sinuously reflexed. The Victorian
specimens are destitute of lateral denticles, owing to attrition or
partial decay of the base.

Occurrence. — Tertiary (Janjukian). Waurn Ponds, near Gee-
long. Fyansford Hill, near Geelong. Presented by Miss Lenna
Bryan.

Fam. Pristiophoridae.
Genus PristiophOPUs, Miillei- and Henle.
Pristiophorus lanceolatus, Davis sp. (Plate IX., Fig. 5.)
Lamna lanceolata, Davis, 1888, Trans. R. Dubl. Soc, ser. 2, vol.
IV., p. 20, pi. III., figs. Ua-d.

Observations. — The fossil fish-tooth figured by J. W. Davis as
ccited above has long l^een a puzzle as to its real relationship. That

138 Frederick Chcqmian :

author himself was dubious about referring it to Lamna. Dr. A. S..
Woodward, in his " Catalogue of Fossil Fishes, "^ remarks upon it
as follows : —

" The so-called Lninna lanceolata, J. W. Davis (Trans. Roy.
Dublin Soc, 2 vol. IV., 1888, p. 20, pi. III., fig. 12), from New
Zealand, is founded upon a tooth evidently not Selachian."

Whilst studying the structure of the rostral teeth in the living
Prist is and allied genera, I was struck with the resemblance of
Davis's fossil with the teeth of the Hobson"s Bay Saw-shark, Pris-
tiophorus. Their generic identity ^w^as confirmed from the fol-
lowing features common to both. The flattened crown of the tooth is
equally, slightly convex on both surfaces. The base of the tooth is
not furnished with a definite semi -calcified root as in Lamna, but
appears to Ix; torn from its base, suggesting a cartilaginous attach-
ment. The tooth curves gently backwards, and at its junction
with the basal cartilage the osteodentine is clearly marked off from,
the base. This line of attachment bends down to the anterior margin,
in both living and fossil species. The hoUoAv root of the fossil teeth
further indicates a hollow or membranous base seen on the rostral
margin of the living Prisfiophorus.-

The teeth of Pristiophorus lanceolatus are closely comparable to
those of P. nudipiunis, Giinther,'^ (PI. IX., fig. 6). a saw-fish found
in Hobson's Bay, Port Phillip, with these differences : —

The fossil specimens are larger, stouter and more strongly curved.
The size of the Victorian specimen indicates a fish of about four and
a-half feet long, whilst that from New Zealand would have l^een
about six feet or more.

The genus Pristiophorus is rare in the fossil condition, being only
represented by some detached vertebrae from the Molasse of Balt-
ringen, Wiirtemberg,* and by an undescribed form from the Uppei-
Cretaceous of Mount Lebanon (Smith Woodward).

J. W. Davis's specimen came from the Oamaru series at Castle Hill.
Station, Canterbury, N.Z.

Occurrence. — Tertiary (Kalimnan). Beaumaris. Pres. by Mr.
F. A. Cudmore.

1 Parti., 1889, p. 410.

•2 In workiiijc out the relationships of this and other fossil specimens I have been kindly assisted
by .Mr. J. A. Kershaw, F. U.S., Curator of the Museum, who has given facilities for examining recent
specimens.

3 GUiither. Cat. Foss. Fishes, Brit. Mus., vol. viii., 1864, p. 432. .McCoy, Prod. Zool. Vict.^.
vol. i., 1885, pi. Ivi., fiff. 2.

4 llasse, C. " Das natiirl. Syst. Elasm., Besond. Theil,"' p. 103, pi. xiii , fiifs. 0, 7.

Victorian Fossils, Part XX. 139

Fam. Pristidae.

Genus Pristis, Latham.

Prisfis cudmorei, sp. nov. (Plate IX., Fig. 7).

Descripfio7i. — Dermal teeth of rostrum, flattened-conical and
curved; bluntly pointed. Inner, concave edge rounded; the convex
margin cultrate. Base nearly straight across, but slightly hollowed
below, the surface in contact with the cartilaginous socket of the
rostrum being roughened for attachrnent. Surface of tooth even
but for a few longitudinal grooves around the base. The surface of
the tooth when magnified shows numerous longitudinal striae, very
fine and distinct.

Dimensions of Holotype. — Length of tooth, 17.5 mm.; width at
base, 7.5 mm. ; greatest thickness, 4 mm. The smaller specimen has
a length of 15 mm.

Observations. — None of the fossil forms about which I have been
able to gather details show any decided resemblance in shape to the
above specimens, excepting Prisfis ensichns, Leidy,i from the
Miocene phosphate beds of South Carolina, but this form has a
straight-sided tooth which is broader at the base. Undoubtedly the
nearest representative is the living Prisfis antiquorum, Latham,
found in the Mediterranean and the warmer parts of the Atlantic.
The teeth of the rostrum in this species are almost identical in shape,
especially the anterior teeth, the only difference being the coarser
striae on the teeth of the living species. Strangely enough, the Indian
and Australian species (P. zysron, Bleek) has dermal teeth of a very
different type, they being thick, long and straight, and with a
coarse, fibrous structure near the base.

Occurrence. — Tertiary (Kalimnan). Beaumaris, Port Phillip.
Two teeth referred to the above species were found by Mr. F. A.
Cudmore, after whom the species is named, in recognition of his
many interesting palaeontological discoveries.

Fam. Myliobatidae.

Genus Myliobatls, Cuvier.

Myliohafis moorahhinensis. Chapman and Pritchard. (Plate IX.,

Fig. 8.)

Myliohafis moorahhinensis. Chapman and Pritchard, 1907, Proc.

R. Soc, Vict., vol. XX. (N.S.), pt. I., p. 60, pi. V., figs. 1-3.

1 Journ. Acad. Nat. Sui. Philad., ser. 2, vol. viii., 1877, p. 252, pi. xxxiv., fii-s. 31, 32.

1 40 Frederick CJtajrman :

Chapman, 1914. ibid., vol XXVII. (N.S.), jjt. I., p. 57, pi. X.,
fig. 57.

Observatio?is. — The median palatal teeth referred to under the
above name all differ in being more depressed, and having more
closely set denticles than those of the living Myliohatis australis,
Macleay.

M. moorahhinensis has been previously found in the Kalimnan of
Beaumaris; and in the boi-ings in the Mallee ranging from Jan-
jukian to Kalimnan.

The tooth from Torquay is even more slender and depressed than
the Beaumaris specimens, but evidently belongs to the same species.
This is the earliest appearance of the genus in our Tertiary beds.

Occurrence. — One example from the Tertiary (Janjukian). Bird
Rock Cliffs, Torquay, near Geelong. Pres. by Mr. W. J. Parr.

Fam. Sparidae.

Genus SaPgUS, Cuvier.

Sargus laticonus, Davis. (Plate IX., Fig. 9.)

Sargus laticonus, Davis, 1888, Trans. R. Dubl. Soc. Ser. 2. vol.
IV., p. 4.3, pi. VII., figs. 3-8.

Observations. — This genus and species has not been recorded pre-
viously from the Australian Tertiary strata, although it is a well-
known fossil in the New Zealand Oamaru system. It is there found
with some frequency in the limestone beds of Coleridge Gully.
Broken River, Castle Hill, Trelissic and Canterbury. It is espe-
cially interesting to find this fossil in our Batesford fauna, since the
writer has more than once referred this series to a similar period as
the Oamaruian.

The specimen here figured is one of the anterior cutting teeth,
and is exceptionally broad, but not unlike Davis's figure 7 on pi.
VII. of his paper.

Occurrence. — Tertiary (Janjukian). Limestone quarries, Bates-
ford, near Geelong. Pres. by ISIr. D. Culliney.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. — (Jarcharoides totuserratus, Ameghino. 1«, external face;
\h, internal face. Tertiary (Janjukian). Torquay.
T. S. Hall coll.
,, 2. — Carcharoldes totuserratus, Amegh. Internal surface of
tooth. Tertiary (Janjukian). Waurn Ponds, near
Geelong. Pres. S. R. Mitchell.

Proc. R.S. Victoria, 1917. Plate IX.

F.c. ad nat. del. Tertiary Fish- Remains from Victoria.

Victorian Fossils. Part XX. 141

-,, 3. — Carcharoides tenuidens, Chapman. External face. Ter-
tiary (Janjukian). Waurn Ponds, near Geelong.
. Pres. by J. F. Mulder.

,, 4. — Odontaspis elegans, Agassiz sp. 4(7, internal face; 46,
edge view. Tertiary (Janjukian). Fyansford, near
Geelong. Pres. by Miss L, Bryan.

,, 5. — Pristiophorus lanceolafvs, Davis sp. 5a, upper surface of
tooth; 56, lower surface; 5c, edge view.

,, 6. — Pristiophorus nvdipinnis, Giinther. A rostral tooth, from
the lower side. Living, Hobson's Bay, Port Phillip.

,, 7. — Pristis cudmorei, sp. nov. 7a, lateral face of dermal
tooth; 76, edge view, anterior; 7c, basal aspect; 7d,
apex of tooth magnified 3 diameters. Tertiary (Ka-
limnan). Beaumaris, Port Phillip. Pres. by F. A.
Cudmore.

.,, 8. — Myliohatis moorabbinensis. Chapman and Pritchard.
Lower or articulated surface of median tooth. Ter-
tiary (Janjukian). Bird Bock Cliffs, Torquay, Vict.
Pres. by W. J. Parr.

,, 9. — Sargus laticonus, Davis. 9a, anterior face of tooth; 96,
posterior face; 9c, lateral view. Tertiary (Janju-
kian). Batesford, near Geelong. Pres. by D. Culliney.
N.B. — All figures of natural size, excepting fig. 7d, which is
magnified 3 diameters.

CORRIGENDA.

In Part XIX. of this series, vol. XXIX., pt. L, 1916, p. 90, line
2 from top, for " Holotype " read " Paratype " ; line 4 from top,
for " Paratype " read " Holotype."

[Proc. Rot. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N.S.), Part II., 1917].

Art. XIII.— (7071^^^611^^0718 to the Flora of Australia, N'o.

ALFRED J. EWART, D.Sc, Ph.D., &c.

(Government Botanist of Victoria and Professor of Botany and

Plant Physiology in the Melbourne University).

(Eead December 14th, 1916).

AiLANTHUS GLANDULOSA, Desf. " Chinese Tree of Heaven."
(Simarubaceae).

Bacchus Marsh, J. W. Audas, October, 1916.

This tree, a native of China, is frequently grown in gardens or
planted in reserves, etc.

In the Bacchus Marsh district it appears to spread on each side
of a 300 yards length of road to a deptli of 10 to 15 yards, possibly
partly by sucker growth from planted trees. The plant also occurs
along the Lerderderg River. When fully grown it forms a large
tree, but the timber does not appear to have a great economic value.
The plant may ultimately become naturalised, but the evidence for
this is as yet insufficient.

Allium sphakrocephalum, L. "Round Headed Allium."
(Liliaceae).

Warrnambool, L. Crawley, August, 1914.

A native of Europe, apparently not yet sufficiently established to
be considered naturalised.

Amsinckia lycopsoides, Lehm. "Loose Amsinckia." (Boraginaceae).

Buninyong, Victoria, H. B. Williamson, November, 1915.

A native of California, U.S., America. This is a new locality
in Victoria for this introduced plant, as it has previously been
recorded from the North-Eastern district only. It may now be
considered to be a definitely naturalised alien. It is apt to become
a troublesome pest in arable land, and should be suppressed.

1 No. 24 in the Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. xxviii. (n.s.), p. 230, 1916.

Flora of Australia: 143

Bellis perennis, L. "Perennial Daisy." (Compositae).
Fish Creek and Foster, C. French, jnr., September, 1916.
This naturalised alien is now spreading in pastures in South
Gippsland.

Bkachypodium distachyum, Beauv. (Gramineae.)
Dooen, Victoria, A. Dreverman, November, 1915.
It is a native of the Mediterranean regions and the Orient, and

has not been previously recorded as growing wild in Victoria.

It may be regarded as an exotic not yet sufficiently established to be

<:onsidered naturalised.

Mr. Dreverman states that " the grass is very abundant in the

immediate district, but for how long I do not know, since this

is the first season I have noticed it. It is rather a coarse grower,

possessing little value as a stock food."

Brassica nigra, Koch. " Black Mustard." (Cruciferae).
Shire of Dimboola, Mr. St. Eloy D'Alton, October and November,
1915.

This plant, a native of Southern Europe and temperate Asia, has
apparently been introduced with impure seed, and is apt to become
as troublesome as the Charlock in cornfields, if allowed to spread.
It may be considered as an exotic not yet sufficiently established to
l)e considered naturalised.

Calycotome spinosa, Link. " Spiny Broom." (Leguminosae).
Koo-wee-rup Swamp, J. W. Audas, 27/10/15.
A new locality for this introduced plant. It is a native of North
America.

Cassia tomentosa, Lam. " Woolly Senna " (Leguminosae).

Portland, J. W. Audas, September, 1916.

It is a native of tropical America, and has not been previously
recorded as growing wild in Victoria. It may be regarded as an
exotic not yet sufficiently established to be considered naturalised.

Ceratogyne obionoides, Turcz. " Wing Fruit." (Compositae).

Underbool (H. B. Williamson, No. 1560), J. Malone, August,
1915.

In this curious little composite the young head externally closely
resembles a single flower, and the few outer florets develop curious

144 Alfred J. Ewavt :

winged fruits. It is recorded from isolated localities in West Aus-
tralia, South Australia, New South Wales, and Queensland, and
is a new addition to the Flora of Victoria. It has no economic
value.

COLLOMIA LINEARIS, Nutt. (Poleuioniaceae).

Beaconsfield, Victoria, J. R. Tovey, March, 1916.

Previously recorded as a garden escape from Romsey, and pos-
sibly in the process of naturalisation. It is a garden plant, native
of North-AVest America, and appears to have no injurious pro-
perties, nor to be of any economic value.

CoLOBANTHUS BiLLAKDiKRi, Fenzl. " Coast Colobanth."
(Caryophyllaceae).

Mt. Hotham, A. H. Taylor, December, 1915.

This mountain locality is a new record, since the plant is only
recorded previously from the south-west coast of Victoria, and from
Wilson's Promontory. It grows on Mt. Hotham in very wet places,
in association with Oreomyrrhis pulvinifica.

Digitalis purpurea, L. " Common Foxglove." (Scrophulariaceae.)

McCrae Creek, J. W. Audas, 30/10/1915.

Spreading in the Gembrook district. Apparently in process of
naturalisation. It is a native of Europe.

Eremophila crassifolia, F. v. M. (Myoporaceae).

Ngallo, near South Australian border, N.W. Victoria, C. F.
Hawkins, October, 1916. (Williamson, No. 1589.)

Only previously recorded from South Australia; a new addition
to the Flora of Victoria.

A specimen from Eucla, J. D. Batt, 1886, appear^ to belong to
the same species, but has the leaves narrower and spathulate. It
may be distinguished as a Western Australian form or variety (var.
spathulata).

Eremophila Sturtii, R. Br. (Myoporaceae).

Mirbein, Victoria, D. B. Halked, 27/10/19.15.

This species is given in Mueller's Census of Australian Plants as
occurring in South Australia, New South Wales and Queensland,
but not from Victoria. This was evidently an oversight, as there
is a Victorian specimen from the Murray River, collected by Dallachy

Flora of Australia : 145

half-a-century ago, in the National Herbarium. A second specimen
from the same locality was seen by Bentham, but is not mentioned
in the Flora Australiensis.

Erica arborka, L. "Tree Heath." (Ericaceae).

Wheeler's Hill, J. W. Audas, 11/8/16; Beaconsfield, Victoria,
Mrs. L. R. Dancocks, December, 1916.

This shrub is now probably in the process of establishing itself
as a naturalised alien in Victoria. The specimens collected at
Wheeler's Hill were growing among thick scrub, and fully two miles
from the nearest homestead. It is a native of South Europe.

Galkga officinalis, L. (Leguminosae).

Ruffy, near Gobur, Victoria, William Noye, January and Feb-
ruary, 1915.

A native of Southern Europe and South-Western Asia. It is a
perennial herb, which stands drought well, and will grow on poor
soil provided such is porous. It is an exotic not sufficiently estab-
lished to be considered naturalised.

Gnaphalium candidissimum, Lara. " White Cudweed."
(Compositae).

Tynong, J. W. Audas. 22/11/1915.

This introduced plant is already widely spread, and now appears
to be extending deeply into Gippsland. It is a native of South
Africa.

Hibiscus Drummondii, Turcz. (MnlvaceaeV

Minnipa, Eyre's Peninsula, South Australia, 11/11/1915.
A West Australian plant not previously recorded from South
Australia.

Hypericum perforatum, L. "St. John's Wort" (Guttiferae).
(Hypericineae).

Majorca, near Maryborough, Victoria, F. Outtrim, January
1916. Muckleford, D. James, December, 1916.

This introduced pest, which is proclaimed under the Thistle Act
for the whole State, has now made its appearance in these districts.
This weed is (November, 1916) spreading from Rutherglen township,
and has already reached the banks of the Murray River. It will be

146 Alfred J. Ewart :

likely to appear at various points of the lower reaches of the river
after floods.

Lamarckia aurea, Moench. " Golden Lamarckia." (Gramineae).

Moodemere, North Rutherglen, Murray River. It is growing
in unusual abundance owing to the moist season, G. H. Adcock,
November, 1916.

The grass is a native of Europe, Asia and Africa, and was first
recorded in 1878. It has only a very slight pasture value.

Lathyrus angulatus, L. " Angular Pea." (Leguniinosae),

Harcourt, C. French, jnr., November, 1916.

This plant, a native of Europe, is abundant at Harcourt, and
has probably existed as a naturalised alien in Victoria for some
time, but has been overlooked on account of its inconspicuous char-
acter and resemblance to a Vetch. It is now growing in all culti-
vated land in the district; stock do not seem to eat it readily. It
is not recorded as a poisonous plant, but is •worthy of investigation.

Lavatkra arborea, L. "Common Tree Mallow." (jMalvaceae).

lona and railway enclosure, Garfield, J. W. Audas, 22/11/1915.
A new locality for this introduced plant. It is a native of
Europe.

Lepidium rudekale, L., var SPINESCENS. (Cruolferae).

Camperdown, Victoria, per G. H. Sinclair, March, 1916.

This spiny form of L. ruderale has the smaller branches developed
into thorns, more irregular branching, the leaves reduced in size
and the pods with hardly any notch on top. It was queried by
Bentham as a variety spinescens of L. ruderale, and was recorded
from South Australia. It is questionable, however, to what extent
the two forms are related, as the spiny habit of the variety is very
different from that of typical forms of L. ruderale.

Lrpidium virginicum, L. " Virginian or Wild Peppercress."
(Cruciferae).

Ashburton, Victoria, W. B. Wilson, June, 1915.

A native of North America. This species is very close to L.
ruderale, and cannot be distinguished from it unless both the
flower and fruit are available. The petals are present, and the
seeds are minutely margined in L. virginicum.

Flora of Australia : 147

LiNAKiA VERSICOLOR, Moeiich. (Sciuphulaiiaceae).
Red Jacket Creek, Victorian Alps, Mr. Gargeuvicli, 1873; New-
«t.ead, F. M. Reader, 1910; St. Ariiaud, T. O. Murpliy, October, 1916.
This plant, a native of Europe, is now evidently establishing
itself as a naturalised alien in Victoria. Some species of Linaria
are poisonous, but the present species has not been tested. The
plant, having rather handsome flowers, might be of some use for
■decorative purposes, but otherwise it has no known economic value.

Orthocarpus purpurascens, Benth. " Purple Ortliocarpus."
(Scrophulariaceae).

Maryborough, Miss Lydiard, 4/11/1915; Balmattum, Victoria,
B. S. Budds, 26/11/15; Casterton, per J. Harris (Aust.), 30/11/15;
Port Fairy, per W. S. MacPherson, 30/11/15; Casterton, November,
1915; Mokoan, J. B. Higgins, November, 1916.

This plant, a native of California, is injurious in pastures on
account of its roots being parasitic on the roots of grasses. It is a
freely seeding annual, introduced with fodder imported from North
America.

The plant was previously recorded in Victoria from Euroa as an
-exotic not sufficiently established to be considered naturalised. In
view of the Avide distribution of the plant and its freely seeding
liabit is has now evidently definitely established itself as a natural-
ised alien.

PiNUS Pinaster, Ait. "Star or Cluster Pine." (Coniferae).

Beaconsfield, 9/10/13, and Nar-Nar-Goon North, 25/10/1915, J.
W. Audas.

This tree is now probably in the process of establishing itself as
a naturalised alien in Victoria. The specimens collected were found
growing among thick scrub, and were fully a mile away from the
nearest planted trees.

Plantago Bellardi, All. "Hairy Plantain." (Plantaginaceae).

Ararat, E. J. Summers, November, 1914; H. B. Williamson, No-
vember, 1915.

The plant is a native of the Mediterranean regions and of Asia
Minor, and has possibly been introduced into Victoria through the
medium of bird seed. It differs widely from the ordinary plantains
in appearance owing to its hairiness, and to the relatively large and
prominent bracts between the flowers in the spike. The present

148 Alfred J. Eivart .■

specimens are somewhat dwarfed, being only 2-4 inches in height,.
but agree in general characters with the above species. The plant
has no economic value, and shows no signs of being a more trouble-
some weed than the ordinary plantains.

Plantago Psyllium, L. "Fleawort Plantain." (Plantaginaceae).
Nantawarra, 15 miles N.N.E. Pt. Wakefield, at the head St..
Vincent's Gulf, S.A., Prof. T. G. B. Osborn, Noveml^er, 1916.

This plant is a native of the Mediterranean regions, South-West
India, and the Orient, and has not previously been recorded as a
naturalised alien for Australia. Professor Osborn reports it to be
spreading rapidly, and that it may become another Stinkwort, as
it has an unpleasant smell. The seeds appear in the Pharmacopoeia
as Semen Psyllii. These, from their resemblance to fleas, give the-
plant the name of "Fleawort." Their mucilaginous outer coat
gives them the same properties as flax seed, viz., demulcent and
emollient, and they can be used internally or externally.

Stylidium. (Stylidiaceae).

Maiden, in his Census of New South Wales plants (1916) follows^
F. V. Mueller in reversing the nomenclature adopted by Bentham
and by R. Brown, and using the name Candollea (Candolleaceae)-
for this genus and order. Schonland, in Englers Pflaiizenfamilien,
also followed the advice of F. v. Mueller on this matter without
giving any other reasons. Mr. Maiden, however, gives definite
reasons as follows : — " The genus Candollea (Candolleaceae or Styli-
diaceae) was founded by Labillardiere in 1805. One year later the-
same author applied the name Candollea, apparently by an over^
sight, to another genus (Dilleniaceae). As both genera could not
stand, Swartz changed Candollea (Candolleaceae) in 1807 into
Stylidium, and consequently the order into Stylideae, but in doing
so he made the twofold mistake of changing the name of the plant
that had undoubtedly the claim to priority, and of selecting a
name, Stylidium, already applied by Loureiro in 1790 to a genus of
Cornaceae. There can be no doubt that F. v. Mueller was right in
restoring the name Candollea to the genus first named so by Labil-
lardiere (Candolleaceae). Labillardiere's second genus, Candollea
(Dilleniaceae), of course, had to go, and is now united with
Hibbertia."

In regard to Swartz's supposed errors, the genus of Cornaceae
referred to is the Marlea of Roxburgh, which is now Alangium,
Lam. The " Stvlidium chinense " of Loureiro, Fl. Cochinch, ed.

Flora of Australia: 149

Willdenow, 1793. p. 273, is usually referred to as a synonym to
Marlea begoniifolia, Roxb. , but since Loureiro describes it as having
the corolla inferior and the drupe superior, it cannot belong to this
genus at all, and has become a lost name without an owner. It is
not advisable to use lost names of this kind in founding new genera,,
but it is quite another matter to suppress a generic name attached
to well-defined species because 12 years earlier the name was applied
to a species of plant which cannot now be identified.

The true history of the names of Stylidium and Candollea appears
to be the reverse of that given. Swartz published the name of
Stylidium in 1805 (Willdenow spec., PI. IV. (1805). 146), and at a
later date, 1807, repeats it (Magaz. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin. I.,
1807, p. 48).

In the same year (1805) Labillardiere published the names Can-
dollea (Candolleaceae) for the same genus and order. Finding
that Swartz' s name had priority, Labillardiere then used the
name Candollea in the following year for a genus of Dilleniaceae,
now submerged in Hibbertia.

Apart from the fact that nearly all the species of the genus have
been described under the name of Stylidium, namely, 90, as com-
pared with 9, there are no valid reasons for changing the namcj
adopted by Bentham and by R. Brown. I have gone fully into this
matter because of the confusion likely to occur, if the plants known
as Stylidium in Victoria are to be named Candollea in New South Wales.

Tricholaena Teneriffak, Pari. " Red Natal Grass." (Gramineae).
This South African grass was introduced into Queensland many
years ago, and has there become fully naturalised. It has since
been carried to Victoria, and grows well at Mortlake and in the
Western District, where it is now naturalised. It is of some value
as a pasture grass, particularly in dry soils, being somewhat drought
resistant, but is by no means in the first rank as a pasture grass,
and is apt to become a troublesome weed in gardens and cultivated
ground. It is not suitable for a pasture grass in a rotation series,
where pasture follows cultivation.

Zygophyllum ovatum, Ewart and White. (Zygophyllaceae).

Alawoona (Trans-Murray Scrub), October, 1915, and Poochera,
Eyre's Peninsula, South Australia, J. M. Black, November, 1915.

This species was first described from West Australian specimens,
then afterwards found in Victoria, and now in South Australia,,
thus bridging the geographical gap in distribution.

[Proc. Rot. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N S.), Part II., 1917].

Akt. XiV. — A Disease or Teratological Mai for mat ion of
Lucerne.

By ELLINOR ARCHER, B.Sc.

(With Plate X.).
(Read December 14th, 1916).

Description of Abnopmality.

The curious malformation about to be described was found on two
specimens of lucerne received from different parts of Victoria, one
being from the Werribee Irrigation Settlement, and the other from
Echuca. They had both been collected in February, 1916, which
was an exceptionally dry month.

The only parts to be affected by the deformity are the flower
heads. The main stalks and the leaves are all normal, except a few-
small leaves at the termination of the main stalk, which show the
terminal leaflet very much elongated in proportion to the lateral
leaflets. The lower leaves and stem show symptoms of rust, caused
by Uromyces striatus, but this is hardly likely to have any con-
nection with the malformation.

The place of true flowers has been taken by clusters of small,
indefinite heads, which show no special structure until they are
examination microscopically.

These heads, as far as could be judged from the dried specimen,
were dull grey in colour, with a faint suggestion of the purple
characteristic of normal flowers.

If each head is taken to represent a flower, the inflorescence will
be found to have increased in complexity from a simple raceme to
a raceme of racemes which may be several times compound.

The main axies are normal, but the secondary are somewhat
elongated, and bear still smaller axies instead of forming the
peduncles of the flowers. The bracts to tlie main and secondary
axies are normal.

Microscopic examination of the heads shows these axies to be
terminated by masses of rounded growing points, which are en-
veloped by what may be described as small, narrow, simple bracteate
leaves. Apparently all the growing points ultimately develop into
these abnormal leaves, there being no true flowers or rudiments of
parts of flowers to be found on either specimen.

Teratological Maljonnation ot Lucerne. 151

The actual growing points show no special feature, being simply
rounded masses of meristematic cells, with large granular nuclei.
Careful examination of the bracteate leaves shows them to be small
structures not more than two or three layers of cells thick, and
varying very much in length, those placed lowest on the axis being
the longest.

A rudimentary vascular strand can be found in all, and in the
largest a few spiral and annular vessels are developed. Transverse
section shows no distinction into palisade parenchyma and spongy
mesophyll, but the internal cells are differentiated from the
epidermal by being smaller and having thinner walls. A few of
them terminate in a curious unicellular, hair-like projection. The
larger bracts show a few stomata, but the most noticeable feature
is the extensive deposit of calcium oxalate crystals along the vascular
strand. These crystals occur in the same form along the mid-rib
of normal foliage leaves, but as the bracts are so much smaller the
crystals appear to be more prominent.

It would be impossible to say whether these bracts represent abor-
tive foliage or floral organs. From their position and suggestion
of colour they seem to represent the floral whorls. They are indefi-
nite in size, number and position, but they appear to wrap round
and protect the young growing points.

Normal hairs occur at the base of a cluster of heads and bracts.
These hairs have not suffered in the general abortion, and conse-
quently appear rather large in comparison with the rest of the
heads.

Sections.

Microtome sections of the material were made, and carefully
stained and examined. Some of the stains used were methyl, blue^
fuschin, safranin and gentian violet.

A careful examination made for any sign of parasitic fungi gave
a negative result. If there had been any hypha present these should
have been clearly stained by the methyl blue or safranin. No
hypha could be seen, and the cells showed no sign of disintegration.
Staining with concentrated alcoholic solution of Fuschin revealed
numerous granules, varying very much in size. These were em-
bedded in the cell walls or lining layers of protoplasm. They were
most numerous in sections passing through the phloem of vascular
bundle of the stems; very few could be distinguished in the
very young growing points or the younger bracts.

152 Ellinor Archer:

High-power examination with an oil immersion lens did not
reveal any structure in these granules. The sections were tested
with iodine for starch, but the granules gave a negative reaction.
They were probably proteid in character, as similar granules which
have been proved to be proteid have been found in other plants.
Further investigation is needed to make sure of this.

Sections of normal lucerne, which were subjected to the same
embedding and staining processes, showed no trace of the granules,
but here again more work must be done before the evidence is
entirely satisfactory.

Staining with gentian-violet showed the cortical cells, abnormal
■stem and bracteate leaves to be densely packed with small, rod-like
structures. These did not stain themselves, but showed clearly in
the coloured protoplasm. They could be seen to he actually em-
iDedded in the protoplasm of the cell, and were not in the cell sap.

These gave a good positive reaction with chlorozine iodine, and
a faint blue with strong solution of iodine in potassium iodide,
which proves them to be an unusual form of young starch grains,
or ones in which the cellulosic basis is more prominent than the
granulose. They were especially numerous in sections of leaves
from the abnormal plant.

Gram's special staining method to indicate the presence of
bacteria in cells gave a negative result.

Cultui^e Solutions.

The only growth which could be definitely traced as originating
irom the lucerne was the fungus Macrosporium, and this was found
to develop from both specimens.

Very careful examination of the dried material showed the pre-
sence of macrosporium hyphae on the bracts themselves.

As macrosporium is usually a superficial fungus, and as it has
been proved that there is no endophytic fungus present, it is very
•unlikely that it is the primary cause of the malformation.

Cause of Malformation.

As far as the investigation has gone at present it Avould be impos-
sible to state definitely the cause of the abnormality, but it is
possible to exclude some factors which might have affected the plant.

1. The malformation does not appear due to parasitic fungi.

2. There is no indication of the presence of destructive

Proc. E.S. Victoria, 1917. Plate X.

■^A-.a^ cU/

Ll^L

'_j^j^j%^u/\i/\JK J.

Teratological Malformation of Lucerne. 153

insects, the bites of which might very easily have caused
the proliferation of growing points.
3. The tissues do not seem to be infected with bacteria, and
the cells do not show abnormality of size or shape, which
is usually the case in the presence of bacteria.
The abnormal starch grains and proteid granules point to
abnormal nutrition, and the fact that both specimens came from
-dry country, and were produced during a drought period, may
possibly have something to do with the cause.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. — Stem leaf and infloresence of abnormal plant.
,, 2. — Inflorescence of normal lucerne (Medicago sativa).
,, 3. — Head of abnormal material, showing growing points and

bracteate leaves (magnified low power).
,, 4. — Section of growing points and bracteate leaves (magnified

low power).
;,, 5. — Single bracteate leaves (magnified high power).
^, 6. — Section showing proteid granules (magnified high power),
^, 7. — Section showing starch grains (magnified high power).

[Proc. Koy. Soc. Victokia. 29 (N.S.), Part II., 1917].

Ar'I'. XV. — On the Age of the Alkali Rocks of Port Cygnet
and the D' Enirecasteaux Channel in k^.E. Tasmania.

By professor ERNEST W, SKEATS, D.Sc, A.R.C.S., F.G.S.
[Read 14th December, 1916].

Introduction.

The remarkable series of alkali rocks at Port Cygnet, Wood-
bridge, and other localities on the D'Entrecasteaux Channel, present
many features of mineralogical and petrographic interest. They
have been made known principally by the researches of Mr. W. H.
Twelvetrees, F.G.S. , Government Geologist of Tasmania, in a series^
of papers in Avhich he has described their mineralogical and pet-
rographic characters as shown in the field and under the micro-
scope. He has also discussed the difficult and vexed question of
their age. Other geologists and petrologists who have contributed
to our knowledge of these rocks include the late Mr. Petterd, the
late Professor Rosenbusch, and Dr. F. P. Paul. During a visit to>
South-East Tasmania in January, 1916, I examined this district.
Mr. Twelvetrees was good enough to show me the chief outcrops, and
to discuss the problems with me in the field, while Dr. W. N.
Benson, of Sydney University, was with us in the earlier part of
our stay at Port Cygnet.

This brief paper results from tliie discovery at Little Oyster Cove,
Kettering, of evidence bearing on the vexed question of the age
of the alkali series in this part of Tasmania.

Previous Literature.

(1) The earliest reference to the alkali rocks of this area,,
apart from their approximate distribution as shown on the Geo-
logical map in Johnston's Geology of Tasmania, 1888, appears to
be a paper by Twelvetrees and Petterd, entitled " On Havyne Tra-
chyte and allied rocks in the districts of Port Cygnet and Oyster
Cove. (Proc. Roy. Soc., Tas., 1898-9.)

(2) In the handbook for the Aust. Assoc, for Advancement of
Science, Hobart, 1902, Mr. Twelvetrees gave a sketch of the
Geology of Tasmania, in which he referred to the elaeolite syenites,.

A(je of the Alkali Rocks. 155

phonolites and trachytes at Port Cygnet (pp. 24, 26 and 27), and
tentatively referred them to the top of th^ Permo-Carboniferous
series.

(3) Mr. Twelvetrees, in a paper, entitled " A Geological Excur-
sion to Port Cygnet," in connection with the Australasian Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science, 1902, published by Roy.
Soc, Tasmania, 1902, in the course of a report on the excursion
described the modes of occurrence and petrological characters of the
chief rock types then known, including in his report petrographic
determinations by Professor Rosenbusch.

(4) Mr. Twelvetrees contributed a " Note on Jacupirangite in
Tasmania," to the Roy. Soc, Tasmania, 1902, in which he
described the occurrence of this rock among the alkali intrusions
of Port Cygnet.

(5) Mr. Twelvetrees, in a paper, entitled " On the Nomenclature
and Classification of Igneous Rocks in Tasmania," published by
the Aust. Assoc, for Adv. of Science, New Zealand, 1904, pp. 264-
305, discussed the position of the alkali series in a review of the
classification of the igneous rocks of the State.

(6) Dr. F. P. Paul published a paper, entitled " Foyaitisch-
Theralitische Gesteine aus Tasmania," in Min. Petr. Mitt., Vienna,.
1906, pp. 269-318, in which he recorded detailed chemical and
petrological work among the alkali series.

(7) Mr. Twelvetrees made a " Report on Gold at Port Cygnet
and Wheatley's Bay, Huon River," published in Report of Secy,
of Mines, Tasmania, 1907, in which he associates the gold occur-
ence with quartz veins developed in the metamorphosed sediments;
of Lower Permo-Carboniferous age at the contact with the alkali
intrusive rocks.

(8) Mr. Twelvetrees, in his " Outlines of the Geology of Tas-
mania," published in the Report of the Secretary for Mines for
1908-1909, pp. 133, 141 and 142, regarded as unsettled the precise
age of the elaeolite and alkali syenites, with various alkaline por-
phyries at Port Cygnet and along D'Entrecasteaux Channel, but
placed them at the top of the Permo-Carboniferous series in Tas-
mania, above the horizons of the Southport sandstones and shales,
and the Mt. Cygnet and Adventure Bay sandstones and shales, of
which the latter is correlated with the Newcastle series of New South
Wales. On pp. 141, 142 it is stated that the alkaline rocks which
form a S.W., N.E. belt running from the Huon River through
Port Cygnet to Woodbridge and Kettering, are referred provision-

5

156 Ernest W. Skeats :

ally to the close of this period (Permo-Carboniferous). It is defi-
nitely known that they are intrusive into the Lower Marine
sandstones and mudstones, and they appear to be cut through by
the diabase which is considered to date from the close of the
Mesozoic. The belt comprises the following rock varieties : —

Alkali Syenites. — Quartz augite syenite, Aegirine augite syenite.
Alkali syenite porphyry.

Elaeolite Syenites. — Pyroxene foyaite, Mica foyaite, Jacupir-
angite, Amphibole foyaite porphyry, Solvsbergite porphyry, Mica
solvsbergite, Tinguaite porphyry, IMonchiquite nephelinite.

Essexite. — Essexite.

Auriferous quartz and pyrites have lieen developed near the
line of contact of these igneous rocks with the Permo-Carboniferous
sediments, and a good deal of alluvial gold has laeen recovered from
the creeks and flats.

(9) Dr. H. I. Jensen, in Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1908, pp.
557-558, referring to tlie rocks of the Port Cygnet group, remarked
on their general close resemblance to Australian alkaline rocks, and
stated that they were considered without very much evidence to l>e
of Lower Mesozoic age. They are known to be later than the Permo-
Carboniferous, and to antedate the Pliocene, but direct evidence to
fix their age more closely appears to be wanting.

(10) Professor David and the Avriter wrote a chapter on the
igneous rocks in the Geology of the Commonwealth in the Federal
Handbook on Australia for the British Association meeting of 1914.
On p. 309, under the heading, Jurassic (?) (possibly Triassic), they
refer to the foyaitic rocks of the Port Cygnet series. These rocks
are considered to be perhaps of Lower Mesozoic age. They are all
strongly intrusive into the Permo-Carboniferous series, but their
relations to the Jurassic sedimentary rocks and to the diabase have
not yet been clearly demonstrated.

Distribution of the Alkali Rocks.

Two groups of outcrops of alkali rocks occur in this district,! one
in the S.W. of the area on the shores of the Huon Eiver and of
Port Cygnet, the other in the N.E. part of the area, on the shores
of Peppermint Bay and Little Oyster Cove on D'Entrecasteaux
Channel. The exposures of alkali rocks in the first group in the
S.W. of the area include the following : — An outcrop in Petchey's
Bay on the Huon River, dykes of porphyry at Lymington, a quarter

1 See locality iiiup.

Age of the Alkali Rocks.

157

of a mile south of Shag Point on Port Cygnet. N.W. of this is the
akeznte or quartz augite syenite outcrop, 1| miles up Forester's

SKETCH MAP OF PORT CYQUZT AND KETTERINi

/j/t /■ D . r. S.E.TASMANIA ^ .. o . . 3

fltkaii Rocks in BJack. Scale of Miles <^ ' ^ ^

Rivulet on the back road to Mt. Mary. North of this is the plexus
of alkali rocks composing Mt. Mary. East of this on the shores
of Port Cygnet are the main outcrops of the much-differentiated
alkali-rich rocks of Regatta Point, and various other localities

158 Ernest W. Skeats .■

along the coast southwards for H miles. Stretching inland from
the opposite or N.E. shores of Port Cygnet another outcrop of
alkali rocks occurs along the Peppermint Bay Road. One mile
N.E. of the town of Lovett are the alkali rocks of Livingstone Hill
The second group of alkali rocks occurring in the N.E. of the area
consists of the alkali porphyry of Woodbridge towards the northern
extremity of Peppermint Bay. Two outcrops occur here, intruding
the Permo-Carboniferous sediments. Permo-Carboniferous glacial
beds outcrop in Little Peppermint Bay. Further north, on the
south side of Little Oyster Cove, diabase, Permo-Caboniferous sedi-
ments and alkali porphyry are all represented.

Between these two groups of outcrops in the S.W. and N.E. of
the area a gap of 8 or 9 miles occurs, consisting mostly of hilly
country, in which up to the present the only rocks known are diabase
and Permo-Carboniferous sediments.

I visited all the localities mentioned above under Mr. Twelve-
trees' guidance, with the exception of the outcrop in Petchey's Bay,
which I have not seen. I am indebted to one of my students, Mr
E. 0. Cudmore, for specimens of the alkali rock from this
locality.

Field Occurrence of the Alkali Rocks.

In all the localities examined the alkali rocks present the charac-
ters of intrusive rocks. The petrographic descriptions by Mr.
Twelvetrees and by Professor Rosenbusch indicate that so far as
textural characters go some of the porphyries, with fine-grained
ground-mass, show fluidal and other characters, which occur in
lava flows, but since these textures are also represented in dyke
rocks and the field relations are generally clear, their intrusive
character 'is practically placed beyond question. Some of the
coarser-grained varieties near Regatta Point and the akerite mas»
on the back road from Lymington to Mt. Mary are described a&
syenites of various kinds, but they occur as relatively small intru-
sions, intimately associated with the smaller dykes, and are best
regarded as hypabyssal in origin, and described as larger dyke-
like masses. In every case except the one presently to be described
these rocks have penetrated the Lower Marine series of the Permo-
Carboniferous sediments. Junction specimens were obtained from
south of Regatta Point, and from Mt. Mary and at the latter place
especially the Permo-Carboniferous rocks near the contact are con-
siderably altered. They have been converted into indurated and
silicified rocks, more or less pyritized, and have been penetrated

Age of the Alkali Rocks. 159

hy small quartz veins, which, as Mr. Twelvetrees has described,
have shed a fair quantity of gold, since recovered in alluvial work-
ings near by.

The Porphyry Dyke Cutting the Diabase at Kettering.

While the age of the alkali series is thus proved to be post Lower
Permo-Carboniferous, its relations to the only other rock of the
district, the diabase, have hitlierto remained obscure. A ridge of
diabase runs down the eastern side of the peninsula formed between
the D'Entrecasteaui Channel, Port Cygnet and the Huon River, and
on the western part of the peninsula Permo-Carboniferous rocks
outcrop at the surface. Although Mr. Twelvetrees and other
geologists have made several traverses across this ridge separating
the S.W. and the N.E. occurrences of alkali rocks, no members
of the alkali series have yet been found in any part of this inter-
vening ridge. Impressed by this negative observation Mr. Twelve-
trees has explained it on the supposition that the alkali rocks are
.older than the diabase.

In the latter part of bur visit Mr. Twelvetrees and I worked
northwards from the alkali outcrops at Woodbridge on the north
edge of Peppermint Bay, past the Permo-Carboniferous glacial
deposits of Little Peppermint Bay to Little Oyster Cove at Kettering.

On the south side of Little Oyster Cove, going east for about
150 yards beyond the jetty, we found the diabase came down to the
shore. At this point a low outcrop, a few feet in height, occurs.
and an abrupt charge from diabase to alkali porphyry was
observed. The porphyry extends for 15 to 20 feet, and then just
as abruptly diabase comes in again, and remains nearly to the
east extremity of the bay, which is occupied by Permo-Carbon-
iferous sediments, while on rounding the point to the south diabase
comes in again.

There is no doubt in my mind that the occurrence of Porphyry
with parallel walls and in abrupt contact with the diabase repre-
sents an intrusion of porphyry into the diabase. The only alter-
native explanation of the relations of the two rocks that occurs to
me is that of a large mass of porphyry detached by and included in
the diabase. I reject the latter explanation, and adhere to the
view that the porphyry is part of a dyke for two reasons. The
first is that although the exposure is limited, one can see that the
walls in contact with the diabase are parallel as one would expect
to find in a dvke. The second reason is that at the contact with

160 Ernest W. Sheats .-

the diabase the porphyry for about half-an-inch in width is quite
different in texture from the central .part of the mass. The small
porphyritic crystals are set in an exceedingly fine-grained paste or
ground-mass, much finer in texture than the normal ground-
mass, away from the contact. This feature I regard as a selvage
to the dyke produced by the rapid chilling of the intrusive mass
against the cold diabase walls.

Kainozoic Age of the Porphyry Dyke at Kettering.

The above evidence, I think, establishes the conclusion that the
prophyry at Kettering is a dyke, intrusive into the diabase, and
therefore younger than it. The age of the diabase sills in Tasmania
has been demonstrated to te post Upper Jurassic, since in several
places an intrusive contact with these sediments has been estab-
lished. It is generally believed to be probably Cretaceous in age,,
and to have been intruded during the earth movements, which led
to the breaking up of the Gondwanaland continental mass or
masses.

If this view is correct the porphyry dyke at Kettering is probably
post-Cretaceous in age, and in that case belongs to some part of the
Kainozoic period.

Relations of the Kettering Dyke to the other Alkali
Rocks of the District.

While the field evidence as described above defines the age of the-
Kettering dyke as post-Diabase, and therefore almost certainly
Kainozoic, the field relations of the other alkali occurrences in the
district only enaVjle one to assert definitely that they are post-Lower
Permo-Carboniferous.

We must turn to petrographic evidence to see whether or no there
are sufficient petrographical and mineralogical resemblances be-
tween the various members of the suite of rocks to make it probable
that they were all intruded during the same period.

For this purpose I have had a number of sections cut of rocks
from the various localities mentioned above. This paper is not con-
cerned with the detailed microscopic characters of the rocks, and
my examination of the sections has simply been for the purpose of
correlation of the various dyke occurrences.

Examination in the field or by hand specimens suggested that as
far as naked eye examination goes the rocks which most closely
resembled the Kettering dyke occur at Woodbridge and at Petchey's

Afje of the Alkali Rocks. 161

Bay, the latter being the outcrop furthest to the S.W., the Kettering
dyke the outcrop furtliest to the N.E. in the area examined.

Microscopic Characters of the Alkali Porphyries.

A section kindly lent me by Mr. Twelvetrees, labelled Foyaite
porphyry, Little Oyster Cove, contains as phenocrysts, dark-green
pleochroic hornblende, pale-green augite in smaller prismatic
crystals, plagioclase and small crystals of sphene. The ground-
mass consists of small rectangular crystals of alkali felspar.

A section from the central part of the dyke at Kettering, Little
Oyster Cove, shows that the rock has been considerably altered by
weathering. The phenocrysts consist of Hornblende, more or less
completely altered to aggregates of micaceous and chloritic material,
altered plagioclase, with a ground-mass of small rectangular crys-
tals of alkali felspar. Another section of the same rock at the
contact with the diabase shows a definite, fine-grained selvage, con-
sisting of a dense felspathic ground-mass, in which are set fairly
fresh phenocrysts of plagioclase, and somewhat altered green horn-
blende. The hornblende in this rock is probably a soda hornblende,
and the abundance of felspar, particularly of the alkali felspar of
the ground-mass, shows that it is an alkali porphyry of inter-
mediate composition. Somewhat noteworthy is the abundance of
plagioclase phenocrysts.

With this rock may be compared those from Woodbridge and
from Petchey's Bay. The Woodbridge rock in section shows as
phenocrysts dark-green hornblende, pale-green alkali-augite, abun-
dant plagioclase, and small sphenes set in a ground-mass of rectan-
gular alkali felspars.

The Petchey's Bay porphyry in section has large phenocrysts of
plagioclase, some of which may be anorthoclase, green aegirine-
augite, and small sphenes in a ground-mass of rectangular alkali
felspars.

There can be no doubt of the great general similarity of these
three rocks. In each, the same ground-mass of alkali felspar is
present, and the plagioclase phenocrysts predominate. Probably
the Petchey's Bay rock, owing to the abundance of aegirine-augite
is the most highly alkalic, the Woodbridge rock intermediate in
alkali content, and the Kettering dyke somewhat less alkalic.
Among the Port Cygnet rocks occur many whose texture and com-
position differs considerably from these three described above, but
in the series near Port Cygnet various alkali porphyries are present

162 Ernest W. Skeats .-

in such close field relations to the other types as to suggest strongly
a genetic resemblance and reference to the same period of igneous
activity.

One of the Port Cygnet porphyries in section shows as phenocrysts
big crystals of orthoclase or sanidiare, green aegirine-augite, a little
green hornblende, and small sphenes. In the ground-mass occur
needles of pale augite, and the rest consists of lath-shaped and
irregular alkali felspars, and probably some nepheline, and a very
little plagioclase. This rock is distinctly more alkalic than the
Kettering dyke or the Woodbridge and Petchey's Bay rocks, and
yet in its texture and mineral content, allowing for greater alkali
content, family resemblances are to l>e traced.

It would appear that all the rocks of the district are consan-
guineous and members of one petrographic province. But it is
equally clear that differentiation was developed further in the Port
Cygnet and Regatta Point areas than in the more outlying districts
of Petchey's Bay in the S.W., and Woodbridge and Kettering in
the N.E. This is evident from the fact that while some of the
porphyries of the Port Cygnet area are in many respects allied to
the Kettering, AVoodbridge and Petchey's Bay rocks, there are also
present in the central area, as Mr. Twelvetrees has described,
adjoining and related rocks in Avhich the mutually incompatible
minerals, quartz and nepheline, are separately developed. This
close association in the field of quartz-l^earing augite syenites and
related quartz-bearing rocks with others containing the felspa-
thoids, nepheline and nosean or havyn, provides an interesting
example of what are probably nearly extreme type« of differentia-
tion in a magma of moderately^ alkalic character. The rocks
of Kettering, Woodbridge and Petchey's Bay probably represent
products intruded in a less differentiated form, and may quite
possibly approximate in composition to the parent magma.

Comparison of the Alkali Rocks of S.E. Tasmania with
otiier Australasian Types.

Hitlierto the question of the age of these alkali rocks has been
discussed, firstly, in the light of field evidence, particularly the
evidence of the dyke at Kettering, and, secondly, on the evidence
submitted that all the rocks of the area are consanguineous, and
belong to one petrographic province, and, therefore, probably to
one period of igneous activity. A third method of enquiry turns
on the evidence of age and of character of the principal alkali

Age of tJie Alkali Rocks. 163

Tocks of Australasia generally. Dr. Jensen, l among others, has
-discussed this problem. The age of some of the alkali rocks of
Australasia is not yet susceptible of exact determination, since they
only come into relation with and intrude rocks of high antiquity.
Many were referred by Dr. Jensen to the Eocene period in New
■South Wales and Queensland, on somewhat slender evidence. The
alkali rocks of New Zealand, described by Professor Marshall and
others, are referred generally to the middle or upper part of the
Kainozoic, and those of Victoria so far as known appear to belong
to the period immediately preceding the newer basalts; that is, to
the Mid-Kainozoic or the lower part of the Upper Kainozoic.

Some years ago, in a paper on the Volcanic Rocks of Victoria,''^
I tentatively included among Palaeozoic volcanic rocks certain
alkali rocks in Eastern \'ictoria. This reference was based on Dr.
Howitt's observations. Since then I have visited some of these
•districts in the field, and have been impressed by their recent
looking characters, and now believe that they are probably of
Middle to Upper Kainozoic age. The Mittagong-Bowral series of
alkali rocks in New South Wales intrudes the Triassic sediments,
and may well be Kainozoic in age. They are interesting in this
connection, since they probably come nearest in chemical and
mineralogical characters to the rocks of Port Cygnet, as they
include syenites allied to bostonite, and aegirine-arfvedsonite-quartz-
trachytes. The only alkali rocks in Australia definitely proved to
be Palaeozoic in age are the series of alkaline eruptive rocks of
the Cambewarra-Kiama districts, south of Sydney. These rocks
-consist mainly of lavas and tuffs, partly contemporaneous with the
Upper Marine series of the Permo-Carboniferous, and partly with
the Bulli coal measures. Their petrographic and chemical charac-
ters are, however, quite distinct from other alkali rocks in Aus-
tralia, so far as known, and from the rocks of Port Cygnet, as they
contain generally a good deal of potash, and are described as
Orthoclase-basalts.

Apart from these Orthoclase-basalts of exceptional characters, it
will be noted that other occurrences of alkali rocks intrude various
members of the mesozoic, and may, therefore, be of Kainozoic age,
while a considerable number are definitely known, not oiily to be of
Kainozoic age, but to be not older than the Mid-Kainozoic. So far
as analogy with other Australasian occurrences go it is in favour

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1908.

2 Aust. AiBOC. Adv. of Sc, Briiban*, 1909. Prei. Add. to Sect. C.

164 Ernest W. Skeats : Age of the Alkali Rocks.

of the view that the alkali rocks of the Port (Jygnet and associate':!
areas belong to the Kainozoic period. Objection may be raised that
some of the Port Cygnet rocks are very decomposed, and a claim
to greater age for them may be made on that account. While, hoAv-
ever, some of the rocks are considerably altered so far as the surface
outcrops are concerned, which alone are available for examination,
fresh material from some of the rock types clearly related to the
decomposed rocks can be obtained, and in any case arguments
based on relative surface decomposition carry little weight when it
is remembered that highly alkalic rocks are more susceptible gene-
rally of ready decomposition, and it is usually types richest in the-
alkalies which show the greatest change.

Conclusions.

The evidence presented in this paper warrants, in my belief, a
revision of the previous view that the alkali rocks of the Port Cygnet
district are of pre-diabase age, and probably belong to the top of
the Permo-Carboniferous series, and it is here considered to be
highly probable, if not definitely proved, that the alkali rocks are
of Kainozoic age. The most powerful argument adduced is the
field evidence of the intrusion of a dyke of alkali porphyry into the
diabase (probably Cretaceous in age) at Little Oyster Cove, Ketter-
ir'g. Secondly, the close similarity of the Kettering rock with those
of Woodbridge and Petchey's Bay is advanced, and the general
similarity with some of the Port Cygnet rocks is pointed out. This
leads to the second and more general conclusion, that between all
the alkali rocks of the area consanguinity exists, arguing intrusion
during a single period of igneous activity. A subsidiary argument,,
to reinforce the view of the Kainozoic age of the series, consists in
a consideration of the age and nature of the alkali rocks of Aus-
tralasia generally, wherein it is shown that such rocks as are
fairly comparable in composition with the Port Cygnet series, and
whose age is susceptible of anything approaching precise deter-
mination, have been shown to belong to the Kainozoic period. On
these three grounds it is claimed that the alkali-porphyry of
Kettering in particular and the alkali rocks of the district in
general can be referred to the Kainozoic period with a high degree
of probability.

[Proc. Eoy. Soc. Victoria, 29 (N.S.), Part II., 1917J.

Art. XYl.—Teratologicat Notes: Part 2.

By a. D. hardy, F.L.S.

(State Forests Department, Melbourne).

(With Plates XI., XII., XIII).

[Read 14th December, 1916].

The first part of this series was devoted to seedlings. The present
contribution is intended to record some instances of aberration of
stem, branch, and fruit. For part 3 is reserved a number of cases
of foliar abnormality.

Root.

One abnormal root arrangement was near Heidelberg, on the
Yarra, where erosion of the river bank caused an exposure of the
roots of two small red-gum trees {Eucalyptus rostrafa). The trees,
nearly equal in size, stood 8 feet apart, and were connected by a
simple cable root. The cable was dead and much w^aterworn, its
thickness varying irregularly between 2 and 3 inches. Seen from
a canoe in a swift current by Mr. R. A. Keble and myself, it was
not conveniently situated for photography or for further investiga-
tion than to note that there was no suture indicative of fusion.
It is possible that one of the two trees was originally a sucker of the
other, but of faster subsequent development, and that the continua-
tion of the supporting root had disappeared without leaving super-
ficial evidence of its having existed. The specimen was carried
away during further erosion, but there is another — though not so
good — at a bend of the river just above Heidelberg.

Stem.

Malposition. — Peculiarities in form and posture of the stem may
be seen where, on the northern edge of the plains to the north and
north-west of Melbourne, the eucalypts (E. rostrafa) have yielded
to the pressure of the prevailing winds of their youth. The south-
ward leaning of about 60 per cent, of these large trees can be seen
from the Whittlesea railway. They are bent from the vertical, near
the base, through angles varying up to 65 degrees, and at time**
are so much curved and arched that the large branches have frac-
tured in contact with the ground, and occasionally from this semi-
recumbent position send up shoots, or adjust existing shoots, the

166 A. D. Hardy:

inclination of which does not suggest that the winds prevail now in
the same force.

Adhesion. — Near Turritable Creek^ Macedon, there is a composite
growth, comprising two species — Eucalyjytiis obliqua and E. vimi-
nalis — which by mutual pressure are fused at the base, but have
the remainder of their stems and their branches free. In stem and
canopy the small Messmate {E . obliqua) is dominant, its partner
being dwarfed, low-branched, and distorted. The presence of two
species would have escaped notice but for the cortical distinction.

Torsion. — Spiral growth, betrayed by the bark, affects many
forest trees. When present in species of the cortical group Rhyto-
phloiae, it is conspicuous at all seasons, but, in those of the Leio-
phloiae, more conspicuous during certain stages of decortication.
In the messmates, stringybarks, and silvertop-ironbark, the spiral-
ling of the bark is frequently noticeable, and often, in a mixed
forest, E. sieberiana may be singled out from amongst others of
somew^hat similar appearance, because of this spiral tendency. Of
the Leiophloiae there is a tree l>etween Lara and the You Yangs
which, when alive, had dark and light slashes of colour markings
irregular in detail, but of general spiral trend. The picture shown
is from a photograph taken after the death of the tree, Avhen ring
barked, the conspicuous, irregularly sinuous and spiral lines indi
eating the openings in the bark due to shrinkage.

Bifurcation. — Early forking of lowland trees is not uncommon
The tendency of trees (of lofty habit in the highland glens) to dwarf
and approach the shrub form in exposed lowland situations may be
seen in Eucalypfus viminalis and E . obliqua, while in the silurian
hills of Kerry, E. obliqua and E. amygdalina have many stems
arising from near the ground, and resembling " mallee " or shrubby
Eucalypts. There is a young E . rosfrata, symmetrically bifurcated,
in Richmond Park, Melbourne. The giant Eucalypt E. regnans,
occasionally forks early in sheltered localities.

Fasciation. — This phenomenon is, according to Blaringhem and
Worsdell, the result not of the union of younger organs which
remain coherent for a longer or shorter period, but from the
absence of individualization of the* cells or tissue into independent
buds. Worsdell attributes fasciation to congenital impulse, and
not to post-genital union of parts, as supposed by Masters and
■others, and regards it as the first sign of partition of a single shoot.

In the practically aphyllous Exocarpi and Casuarinae fasciation
may be found. E . cupressiformis exhibits the formation frequently

Teratoiog ical Notes. 167

in the terminal branches. I have seen it in E. spartea only once,
and the specimen of E. gracilis (exhibited) is the only case of
fasciation of this sub-desert species known to me or to the many
travellers in the Mallee region, Avhom I consulted. The specimen
was sent by Mr. Poole, Staff Surveyor, as a novelty from North -
West Victoria. The shrub is affected from within a few inches of
the ground upAvards, until, towards the summit, multiple forking
takes place, and this is accompanied by curling, an almost regular
concomitant of fasciation. Small branches arising from any part
of this fasciated axis are normal in character.

A fasciated branch of Casuarina stricta was exhibited^ at a meet-
ing of the Field Naturalists' Club by the Assistant Director of the
Botanic Gardens, Melbourne.

The great length to which fasciation may affect an axis is seen
in the specimen of Tecoma (exhibited), which is flattened through
four feet of its length.

Branch.

Cohesion of Branches. — Cohesion of contemporary or other
branches of one plant occurs in Eucalyptus rostrata, the crooked
branching of which affords more opportunities than are obtained in
any other species. The tree figured (Plate XL) is growing in
the Kiewa Valley, near Tanganbalanga. There is fusion
of branches in several places, the primary cause being
the premature forking of the stem at 4 feet from the
ground. This early bifurcation of the axis allowed insuffi-
cient room for subsequent branching of the great divisions, which
are 2 feet thick; so the secondary branches came into contact, and,
by mutual pressure, have fused. At one place the smaller branch
became so overgrown by the bark of the larger as to produce
the appearance of penetration. Another example of branch fusion
was described by a member of the National Herbarium staff, and
figured in the "Victorian Naturalist."'

Torsion of Branches. — This is a rare occurrence where unculti-
vated plants are concerned. Plate XI., fig. 2, shows two of the
many affected twigs of one tree — Casuarina strict i — near Melbourne.
In general appearance the tree was as healthy as its neighbours,
none of which was similarly torsive, but it and others succumbed
to the ravages of borers. Both vegetative and reproductive twigs
were affected, the spiral being short in proportion to the total

1 Pitcher, Vict. Nat., xxix., Jan., 1913.

2 Audas, Vict. Nat., xxvii. (1011) p. 207.

168 A. D. Hardy:

length — from a tenth to a twentieth part. In many twigs the
spiral growth was at or near the base, in some others about midway,
and in a few the terminal node was the abnormal one. In Casua-
rina the staminiferous twigs have the stamens at the nodes of the
apical end only, but in the abnormal twigs a spiral staminiferous
node was in one case succeeded by several nodes of purely vegeta-
tive character. Staminiferous spirals were usually terminal, and
the anthers and their pollen grains were morphologically good; so,
too, were the stamens borne at terminal nodes of twigs affected by
torsion nearer the base. The method of growth of these spirals
appears to be as follows : — Instead of the usual production of
Avhorls of leaves, which in the matured branchlets might reach an
inch or more in length — laterally connate and decurrent except
for the scale-like free end which forms the cup whence springs the
succeeding shoot — there is, usually, in the abnormal branchlets a
bursting of the cup-like circlet of scales, and an oblique emergence
of a laterally-developing spiral band, forming a t-ortuous structure
with laterally connate members, each of which is terminated by a
pointed, scale-like leaf-end, similar to those of a normal whorl.
The leaves laterally connate in such a laterally winding spiral are
one-fourth the length of normal branchlets, and in number may be
regarded as indefinite, there being 45, 51, and 59 respectively in
three of the longer spirals which I closely examined; and other
spirals were longer. The spirals wound indifferently to the right or
to the left in respective tw^igs. The stamens in the case of a
staminiferous spiral appeared as a continuous fringe at the over-
lapping edge of tlie imbricated tunic so formed. The numlDer of
leaf-ends in a whorl in C. sfricta is not constant, but is from 9 t-o
12. -

In many aquatic or marsh plants torsion of vegetative shoots
which are normally cylindrical and hollow is a not uncommon occur-
rence. H eleocharis sphacdata is one that I have frequently noticed,
and in this case the discoid septae become ellipsoid. The cylindrical
shoot becomes flattened, and twists in a more or less easy torsion
while keeping perfectly straight (the twist being that of an auger
rather than that of a corkscrew), while, in other plants, solid,
angular shoots may twist through an inch or two of the apical
end, the twist being a compromise l>etween a zig-zag (in one plane)
and a corkscrew spiral. This is exemplified by the shoots of
Xanthorrhoea minor (Plate XIII., fig. 5), the leaves, straight for
about 12 inches, having the terminal inch torsive.

Teratoloijical Notes. 169

Heterotrojjy (reversed direction of growth of a branch and
branchlets of a hybrid eucalypt. Plate XII.).

On the way from Stawell to the Grampians, and near Brigg's
•Creek, on Rose's Gap road, there is, in a paddock lately occupied
by Mr. Wills as a bee farm and range, a tree which seemed to be a
hybrid {EucalyiJtus hemiphloia x E. melliodora), with foliage,
fruit and bark satisfying the requirements of the former, and with
buds distinctly nearer the latter species. Both species grew in the
district, but with no E. melliodora lately in the immediate neigh-
bourhood. E. melliodora (Yellow Box) sometimes — frequently in
the Silurian country near Alexandra, etc. — assumes a drooping
habit like Salix hahylonica, or the Weeping Elm; many trees may be
found aggregated in a locality or scattered amongst those of more
or less erect habit, but E. hemiphloia avoids this weeping habit
entirely, so far as my experience goes. In the particular tree under
notice, there is a fork in the stem at only a few feet from the
ground, and at a height at about 30 feet an offshoot from the main
limb bears a branch which terminates abruptly, but sends back at
. an angle of 40 degrees or so a smaller branch, which, by reason of
its slenderness and the weight of foliage subsequently produced
below, hangs vertically. After 10 feet of groAvth earthwards, during
which there were several abortive attempts to retain downward-grow-
ing twigs, one lateral branch at an acute angle grew downwards until
at about 6 feet it sent a branchlet upwards at an acute angle, and
this persisted, and bore good foliage, and the downward growth
ceased and Avithered back to an abrupt end, where the dead portion
snapped off. Meanwhile the leader pursued its downward course,
the stumps of dead and missing twigs indicating the production of
several downward branches — leaving a space of about 16 feet of
denuded axis below, while three branches have persisted, and from
these latter I collected the bloom, buds and fruit by which I recog-
nized the probability of the parentage being as above mentioned.
At the abrupt, broken, and dead termination of this 30-feet-long
pendent leader a final branch, directed upwards at an acute angle,
bore abundant foliage. The whole, swinging from 30 feet above,
swayed and gently gyrated in the light breeze, but during a gale
must be badly used at times. The drooping habit of one branch
iind some offshoots reminded me of w^eeping forms of E. melliodora^
and if the tree is, as I believe, a hybrid, it may be that the ten-
dencies to an erect — and also to a drooping — habit were present at
the same time during growth, with the heterotropic result shown in

170 A. D. Hardy:

the drawing. The leader, instead of tapering downwards, thickens
considerably before — or because of — upward branching. Evidence
of many attempts to produce persistent geotropic offshoots is seen
in the numerous " die-backs," some of which are shown in the
plate (XII., figs. 1-7).

Adventitious Shoots. — These are commonly seen in many species
of eucalypts, but they are generally vegetative growths caused by
injury to the old stem or branch. In those species, which have
juvenile and adult foliage distinct, e.g., globulus, goniocalyx,
elaeophora, viminolis, ruhida, stuartiana, and many others, the
adventitious shoots exhibit the characteristic phyllotaxis and axial
nature of juvenile "shoots, but the case now brought under notice
(PI. XIII., 4) is of unusual interest in that these shoots, taken
from the fork of a cultivated Blue Gum {E . globulus) at Stawell,
has an abundance of buds, flowers, and fruit in the axils of the
opposite, sessile, dorsiventral leaves. Springing from the same
affected spot, and well shaded by the canopy of mature foliage,
were several other similar shoots. The tree was generally in bloom
or bearing young buds or fruits, but in no case did any of the
normal branches carry more fruit than these " reversionary "
shoots. In the Stawell district, I found trees of E. elaeophora in
which there were buds, flowers, or fruit in the axils of dorsiventral,
opposite, sessile leaves, and also where the leaves were opposite, but
petiolate, and mostly on drooping branches at a height of 12 feet
or so. (PI. XIII., i.)

Eucalyptus dives^ is known to bloom while in the sucker stage,
and it is not uncommon to find, in the axils of both opposite, sessile
leaves of the lower branches and petiolate alternate leaves higher on
the sapling, flowers or fruit in various stages of development ; but
the limit of precocity seems to have been approached, if not reached,
in a sucker shoot (exhibited) taken from the base, at the ground, of
a sapling of E. dives, near Healesville. This shoot, with sessile,
opposite, dorsiventral leaves has a well-developed umbel in an
axil at the second node, six inches from the ground, and again at
12 inches, the total length of the shoot being 18 inches. In
Eucalyptus rostrata, usually a large tree and one that does not bloom
in the sapling stage, we may find in exceptional circumstances a
similar precocity. The species grows straight-stemmed and robust
on damp flats, subject to periodical inundation, but, as the photo-
graph (exhibited) shows, may also thrive on rocky ground well above

1 At iiiaturit.v this sjiefies is a forest tree in good lociUities.

Teratoluglcal Notes. 171

the limit of strt'uiu iutluenee, while yet obtaining large size, the
rooting being good. On the Hawthorn bank of the Barker's Eoad
tram cutting, near the Yarra, there are two shrubby specimens of
E. rostrata, which bloom generously every year; the leaves, flowers,
and fruit are typical, but the buds often bear conical opercula.
These lowly specimens, growing as they are on the outcropping
Silurian strata, which dips at an angle of about 70 degrees, must
have their roots confined to the bed planes. Yet on comparatively
unfriendly ground, with roots unusually confined, and the general
habit altered, they produce abundant fruit, some of which may be
on branches only two feet from the ground. One of the plants is
12 feet, and the other 6 feet, high.

Fruit.

Bifurcated Peduncles. — Bifurcated peduncles, or, alternatively,
double umbels aie rare. The specimens shown (PL XIII., 1)
is from a branch of K. elaeophora collected at Stawell.
There were many adventitious shoots on tlie upper branches
of the tree whence the specimen was taken, and it appears
to be in transition stage, the phyllotaxis being that of the juvenile
plant, near the base, and up to the middle, while towards
the apex the leaves becom.e alternate and petiolate, though lacking
the length of those of adult foliage. Near the middle of the twig
are a pair of opposite leaves, with petioles much longer than even
those of the normally petiolate leaves of the species, and in the
axil of each there is a double umbel. Although the reduced number
of fruits suggests bifurcation of the peduncle of a single umbel,
I prefer to regard it as a case of proliferation, as the umbels in
normal axils on this tree were in many places sparsely fruited, and
in each of the affected axils there was one peduncle longer than the
other. Normally there should be in the axils of the alternate petio-
late leaves, simple pedunculate umbels, each of which should have
six fruits. It will be observed that these two long-petiolate leaves
are abnormally narrow; they are naVrower than any I have seen
on a tree of this species. I have seen double umbels, also in E.
goniocalyx. E . elatoiyhora, and E. ohliqua.

Connation. — Lateral connation of fruits or even syncarpy might
reasonably be expected in some species of eucalypts, owing to there
being many almost stalkless fruits forming the umbel, or where
short-stalked fruits are few but large, as in E. globulus, etc., but
the occurrence is rare. Irregularity of shape through mutual

172 A. n. Hardy:

pressure may sometimes be seen. Sustained pressure is at times
avoided by the sacrifice of one or more members of the umbel. In
a quantity of fruit of E. cordata, procured from Tasmania by the
Conservator of Forests, Mr. H. Mackay, I found fully 25 per cent,
of the umbels — which usually are trimerous in series monoplane
or approaching thereto — affected by lateral connation. In these
coherent fruits the rims were circular or nearly so. The cohesion
was not necessarily due to mutual pressure, but probably con-
genital, as in some cases there were only two fruits occupying the
aiial place of three. (PI. XIII., ?,.)

Precocious Fruiting Amongst Resting Buds. — This was observed
in two umbels of Eucalyptus eugenioides. It is the habit of many
eucalypts to rest from flowering during a season, and to bloom in
alternate years. In some species the bud-to-seed period is a few
months — in others one, two, or (rarely) perhaps three years. E.
rostrata is prone to biennial fruiting; in some species a season of
vigorous reproduction is sometimes followed by two years' rest.
This phenomenon (the "on" and the "off" year) is watched
carefully by apiarists as of ecomonic importance in their anticipa-
tion of, and arrangements for, "honey-flow." Other eucalypts,
as the winter-flowering E. leuco.ri/lou, E. sidero.rj/lon, etc., bloom
yearly; and others, climatically affected, are irregular, but in most
cases the fruit does not mature until the second year. So that,
as a rule, a fruitful eucalypt bears either young fruit which will
ripen next year, or old fruit of last year's flowering, or may have
the old fruits present during the early development of young fruits
of the present season. The habit of E. eugenioides is not known
to me, but of four twigs collected between Bruthen and Orbost one
bore two umbels of abnormal development. Of these one comprised
seven young flowers and one old fruit, while the other consisted
of six buds, one newly expanded flower, and two fully matured
fruits. In view of the resting condition of the contemporary buds
at the time when these fruits began to develop in the previous year,
this may be regarded as a case of precocity. (PI. XIII., 2.) Seen
also in ^. ohliqua.

Delayed Dehiscence. — Species of both CalUstemon^ and Melaleuca
retain their ripened seeds for years. The specimen of C. lanceolatus
(exhibited) accounts for six years' fruit, and seeds from the first
four of the series germinated when the capsules were opened by
artificial heating.

1 Cf. Ewart, Annuls of potany, vol, xxi., 1907, 135,

Proc. E.S. Victoria, 1917. Plate XL

Fig. 1

Proc. E.S. Victoria, 1917. Plate XII.

IS feet

Proc. R.S. Vict.-ria, 1017. Plate XIIT.

Teratological Notes. 173

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Plate XI.
Fig. 1. — Eucolyptus rosfrnta, Sclil., showing fusion of branches.
2. — Casuoriiia sfn'cfa, Aiton (Syn. C. quadrivalvis, exhibit-
ing spiral toi'sion).

Plate XII.

Sketch (somewhat diagrammatic) of part of a Eucalypt,
probably (E. hemiphloia, F.V.M., x E. melliodora,
Cunn.), the pendant branch 30 feet long, exhibiting
heterotropy. Upward growths A, a, a; downward
growth, B, b, b, b.

Plate XIII.
Fig. 1. — Et/cali/pfii.s daenphora, F.V.M. A twig showing prolifera-
tion associated with heterotaxis. (^.)
2.—E. eugenloides, Sieber. with precocious fruits in two

umbels, developed a year in advance, (f.)
3. — E. cordata.

(a) Two normal umljels.

(c) One of many umbels with fruits laterally connate.

(b) Section showing two fruits connate. (Nat. size.)
•i. — E. fjlohulus, Labill. An adventitious shoot, with rever-
sionary foliage, and fructiferous. Rough sketch of
part only of one of several shoots. (Photograph
exhibited.)

5. — Xonihorrhoea minor, R. Br. One of many torsive leaves,
the whole plant being affected. (Nat. size.)

61

INDEX.

The names of new genera and species are printed in italics.

Acanthochites laclirymosus, 110
Adriasa, 19

Adventitious shoots, 170
Agrosaurus macgillivrayi, 132
Ailanthus glandiilosa, 142
Alangium, 148
Alcaeus heriuannsburgi, 20
Alkali porphyries, microscopic char-
acters of, 161

conclusions on, 164
Alkali rocks, 154

distribution of, 156

map of, 157

field occurrence of, 158

comparison of, 162
Allium sphaerocephaium, 142
Amorbus alteruatus, 31
Amsiuckia lycopsoides, 142
Animals, oscillatory adjustments in,

115
Archer, E., 150
Aulacosternum puuctipes, 31
Bellerophon cresswelli, 76, SO, 100,

102, PI. II.
Bellerophon fasciatus, 76, 79, 100,

102, 125, PI. VI.
Bellerophon fastigiatus, 100, PI. II.
Bellerophon pisum, 76, 80, 100, PI.

II.
Bellis perennis, 143
Bergroth, 1, 19
Beyrichia, 124, 125
Blood constants, regulation of, 118
Body temperature, regulation of,

116
Botosaurus, 132, 133
Brachypodium distachyum, 143
Brassica nigra, 143
Broom, 143

Bythotrephis lesquereuxi, 124
Calcium oxalate, occurrence of, in

lucerne, 151
Callistemon, 172
Calycotome spinosa, 143
Camarotoechia, 124
Candollea, 148, 149
Carcharoides, 134
Carcharoides totuserratus, 135, 140,

PI. IX., tigs. 1 and 2
Carcharoides tenuidens, 136, 141,

and PI. IX., fig. 3
Cardiograptus morsus, 55, 74, PI. I.
Carditella vincentensis, 112
Carinaropsis victoriae, 76, 81, 100,

PI. II.
Cassia tomentosa, 143
Cassis achatina, 108
Castlemaine, geological plan of,

facing page 72
Casuarina stricta, 167, 173, PI. XI.,

fig. 2

Cephaloplatus nubifer, 25
Ceratogyne obionoides, 143
Cerithiop.sis dannevigi, 109
Chapman, F., 75, 123, 34
Chinese tree of Heaven, 142
Chiton exoptandus, 110
Choerocoris paganus, 19
Cluster Pine, 147
Coelocaulus, 76, 84
Coelocaulus brazieri, 76, 86, 101,

PI. ni.

Coelocaulus apicalis, 76, 87, 101, PI.

III.
Cohesion, 166, 167, 168
Collomia linearis, 144
Colobanthus Billardieri, 144
Conocardium bellulum, 125
Conularia sowerbii, 125
Craspedostoma lilydalensis, 76, 95,

102, PI. IV.

Crocodilus selaslophensis, 133, and

PI. VIII., figs. 10, 11
Cudweed, 145
Cyclonema lilydalensis, 76, 94, 102,

PI. V.
Cvclonema australis, 76, 95
Cyrtostropha lilydalensis, 76, 87,

101. PI. IV.
Daisy, 143

Daphnella microscopica, 108
Darriwil, 57, 64, 65, 71
D'Entrecasteaux Channel, alkali

rocks of, 154
Dermal armour, 130
Diabase, 159
Diaphorostoma retrorugatum, 76,

98, 102, PI. V.
Diaphorostoma incisum, 76, 99, 102,

103, PI. v., PI. VI.
Didyniograptus caduceus, 52, 54, 55,

59, 60, 64, 65, 66

Evidence from 67 seq.
Dieuches, 38
Dieuches distanti, 10
Digitalis purpurea, 144
Diplograptus gnomonicus, 55, 74,

PI. I.
Eremophila crassifolia, 144
Eremophila Sturtii, 144
Erica arborea, 145
Eucalyptus amygdalina, 166
Eucalyptus cordata, 173, PI. XIII. ,

fig. 3
Eucalyptus dives, 170
Eucalyptus elaeophora, 171, 173, PI.

XIII., fig. 1
Eucalyptus eugenioides, 172, 173,

PI. XIII., fig. 2
Eucalyptus goniocalyx, 171
Eucalyptus hemiphloia, 169
Eucalyptus hemiphloia and mellio-

dora, 173. PI. XII.

Index.

175

Eucalyptus lencoxylon, 172
Eucalyptus melliodora, 169
Eucalyptus obliqua, 166, 171
Eucalyptus regnans, 166
Eucalyptus rostrata, 165-7, 17U,

173, PI. XI.
Eucalyptus sideroxylon, 172
Eucalyptus viminalis, 166
Eulima immaculata, 105, 109, PI.

VII., fig. 2
Eumecopus vermiculatus, 1
Eumecopus adversidens, 3
Euuiecopus eyrei, 23
Eumecopus horni, 22
Euuiecopus superhtus, 20
Eumecopus y-nigrum, 21
Euomphalus centrifugalis, 76, 89,

101, 102, PI. IV., PI. VI.
Euomphalus uortlii, 76, 90
Ewart, A. J., 142, 172
Exocarpus cupressiformis, 166
Exocarpus gracilis, 167
Exocarpus spartea, 167
Fenestella margaritifera, 124
Fish teeth, tertiary, 134
Fleawort plantain, 148
Flora of Australia, 142 seq.
Foxglove, 144
Fruit, teratology of, 171
Gabriel, C. J., 104, 106
Galega officinalis, 145
Gathff, J. H., 104, 106
Germalus sexlineatus, 34
Getes, 8

Gates fusciceps, 9
Gnaphalium candidissimum, 145
Goniostropha pritchardi, 76, 88,

101, PI. IV.
Graptolites, stratigraphical value

of, 53

classification of, 54 seq.

transitional beds of, 69

subdivisions of, 70
Gyrodoma etheridgei, 76, 88
Haldane, 119
Hardy, A. D., 165
Harris, W. J., 50
Havinthus longiceps, 38
Helcionopsis nycteis, 76, 77, 100,

PI. II.
Helcionopsis elegantulum, 76, 77,

100, 102, PI. II., PI. VI.
Heleocharis sphacelata, 168
Hemiptera of Horn Expedition, 19
Hemiptera, new genera and species

of, 1
Hercynella, 123-126
Hercynella victoriae, 76, 99, 102,

PI. V.
Heterotropy, 169
Hibiscus Drummondii, 145
Hill, Leonard, 121
Hypericum perforatum, 145
Hypolcus, 26
Hypolcus npricus, 27

Janjuckiau, 134, 135

Kata thermometer, 119

Kettering, porphyry dyke of, 159,

age of, 160

relation of to other alkali rocks,
160
Kew, geological map of, 46
Laccotrephes tristis, 39
Lacertilian dermal armour, 130
Lamna huttoni, 137
Lamna lanceolata, 137, 138
Lamarckia aurea, 146
Langford, W. G., 40
Lariuopsis, 104
Lathyrus angulatus, 146
Lavatera arborea, 146
Lepidium ruderale, var. spiuesceus,

146
Lepidium virginicum, 146
Lej.tocoris mitellatus, 31
Leptocoris vulgaris, 32
Leptou frenchiensis. 111, 105, PI.

VII., figs. 3-4
Lichas australis, 125
Lime, amount of in Yeringiau sea,

126
Linari?, versicolor, 147
Lindstroemia, 124
Lioraphalus, 76, 90
Liomphalus australis, 76, 90, 91,

101, PI. IV.
Loxonema sinuosa, 76, 96, 102, PI.

V.
Luceine, disease or malformation of,

150

sections of, 151

causes of, 152, PI. X., figs. 1-7
Macrosporium, 152
Malformation in luceine, causes of,

152
Ma'.lon, 146

Marginclla angasi, 107
Marginella caaucocincta. 108
Marginella freycourti, 108
Marginella jiroblematica, 104, 108,

PI. VII., fig. 1
Marginella stilla, 107
Marginella inconspicua, 108
Marginella subauriculata, 107
Marlea, 148
Medicago sativa, 150, 153, PI. X.,

figs. 1-7
Megalania prisca, 127, 130, 133, and

PI. VIII., figs. 1-4

a cave fossil, 129
Melaleuca, 172
Microvelia australica, 38
Modiolaria radians, 113
Mollusca, new genus and species of,

104
Mourlonia duni, 76, 82
Mourlonia subaequilatera, 76, 83,

101, PI. III.
Muscular system, adjustments of,

116, 117

176

Proceed 1 1) (j'i <>J the lioijal Socldij of Victoria.

Mustard, 143

Mictis prof an a, 31

Myliobatis, 134

Myliobatis moorabbinensis, 139,

140, 141, PI. IX., fig. 8
Myocliera, 14
Myochera acuminata, 15
Mytilarca acutirostris, 125
Natal Grass, 149
Neolepton novacambrica, 112
Notiosaurus dentatiis, 127, 128, 130
Nucleospira australis, 124
Niiculitcs maccoyianus, 125
Odontaspis, 134
Oioutaspis elegans, 137, 141, and

PI. IX., fig. 4
Odontopleura, 125
Odostomia occultidens, 109
Oechalia consocinJis, 19
Omphalotrochus globosum, 76, 92,

101, PI. IV.
Oncocephiilus cmifusus, 38
Oncocepbalus quolidiauus, 17
Oncocoris desertus, 19
Oncoo^raptus biaiigiilatns, 7i, i'-. 1

Oncograptus upsilon, 55 seq.

Opalised reptilian dentary, 132

Ordovician rocks,
area of, 51

Palaeontological sequence of, 50
characters of, 52

Ordovician rocks,

revised classification of, 54
stratigraphical relations of, 58
summary of, 71

Oreomyrrhis pulvinifica, 144

Orthoceras, 124

Orthoceras lineare, 125

Ortliocarpus purpurascens, 147

Orthi's actoinae, 124

Orthonychia brevis, 76, 96, 102, PI.
V.

Osborne, W. A., 115, 119

Oscillatory adjustments in the ani-
mal body, 115

Palaeoneilo raricostae, 125

Palaeozoic environment, 123

Paradrymus, 11

Paradrymus exilirostris, 12

Paranienestheus abdittus, 7

Pea, 146

Pepper cress, 146

Petalaspis, 29

Petalaspis tescorum, 30

Petrology of the silurian sedi-
ments, 40

Piezodorus rubro-fasciatus, 29

Pinus Pinaster, 147

Phacops sweeti, 125

Phanerotrema australis, 76, 83,
101, PI. III.

Plantago Bellardi, 147

Plantago Pysllium, 148

Plantain, 147, 148

Platyceras minutum, 76, 97, 102,

103, PI. v., PI. VII.
Platyceras cornutum, 76, 97, 102,

PI. V.
Platyceras erectuni, 76, 98, 102, PI.

V.
Pleurotomaria macccyi, 76, 81, 100,

125, PI. II.
Pcecilobdallus forraosus, 38
Poeci'ometis ellipticus, 4
Poecilometis gibbiceps, 5
Poecilonietis S^ienceri, 24
Poroleda spathula, 112
Porphyry dyke, 159

age of, 160
Port Cygnet, alkali rocks of, 154
Precocious fruiting, 172
Pristiophorus, 134
I'ristiophcrus lanceo'ata, 137, 141,

PI. IX., fig. 5
PrlNtiophorus luulipinnis, 138
Pristis, 134
Pristis cudmorei. 139, 141, PI. IX.,

fig. 7
Pterygotus, 125

I'eptilian dentary, opalized, 132
Respiration, regulation of, 115
Rhyparochromus acuminatus, 15.
Eispoa aurantiocincta, 110
iiissoa obeliscus, 109
Rissoa sniiillima. 109
Rochefortia anomala, 112
Roebournea diversa, 30
Sargus, 135
Sargus laticonus, 140, 141, PI. IX.,

fig. 9
Scalaetrochus ant iqiins, 7t), 9?
Scalaetrochns lindstroemi, 70, 94
Semen PsyP.ii, 148
Senna, 143
Silurian sediments.

Petrology of, 40

Composition of, 41

Deposition of, 47

Minerals of, 42, 43
Skeats, E. W., 154
Spilostethus pacificus, 33
Spilostethus mactans, 33
St. John's Wort, 145

stem, malposition of, 165

adhesion, torsion, bifurcation
and fasciation of, 166
Stenophyella sabulicola, 36
Straparollus debilis, 76, 92, 103, 101,

PI. IV.. PI. VI.
Stropheodonta alata, 125
Strophonema, 125
Stylidium, 148, 149
Systelloderes aetherius, 16
Taphropeltus australis, 13
Temnodiscus pharetriodes, 76, 78,

100, 102, PI. II., PI. VI.
Teratological notes, 165
Teredo brugueri. 111
Teredo fragilis. 111

Index.

177

Teredo navalis, 110

Teredo pedicillatus, 110

Tertiary fish teeth, 134

Trachyderma, 124

Trachysaurus rug-osus, 131, 133, PI.

Vil.. fig. 9
Tree heath, 145

Trematonotus pritchardi, 76, 79
Tricholaena Teneriffae, 149
Tiirricula acromialis, 106
Turriciila pumilio, 107
Turricula retrociirvata, 106
Txirrilepas, 125
Turrubulana plana, 28
Varanxis crocodilinus, 128
Varanns piscus, 127

Varauus nalvator, 128, 133, and PI.

VIII., fig. 5
Varanus striatus, 129
Varanus varius, 128
Verticordia tasmanica, 112
Wellington Caves Reserve, bones

of, 129
Wet-bulb thermometer, improved

form of, 119, 121
Xanthorrhoea minor, 168, PI. XIII.,

fig. 5, 173
Yapeen, 64
Yeringian, 123-126
Yeringian gasteropoda, 7.')
Zyj^ophyllum ovatum, 149

END OF VOLUME XXTX.

[Part IF. Published March, 1917. J

^/

..1^

PROCEEDINGS

$oj3h1 ^ocitti) of firtoria.

VOL. XXIX. (New Series).
PART I.

Edited under the Authority of the Council.
ISSUED OCTOBER, 1916.

{Containing Papers read before the Society during the months of
March to July, IQ16.

THE AUTHORS OF Tire several tapers are 1^DIVIDUALLY RESrOXSIBLK FOR THE

SOUNUNKSS OF THE OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE

STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELHOUKNE:

FOHU & SON, PRINTERS, DRUMMOND STKKliT, CARLTON.

1916.

Publications of the Royal Society of Victoria, and
of the Societies amalgamated with it.

Victorian Institutk for the Advancrment of Sciknck.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

Philosophical Sociicty of V^ictokia.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

These Iwo Societies then aiiial^nmaled and becnint'. : —

Philosophical Institute of Victoria.
Transactions. Vols. 1-4.

The Society then became : —

Royal Society of Victoria.

Transactions and Proceedings (Vol. 5, entitled Transac-
tions). (8vo). Vols. 5-24.

Transactions. (4to). Vols. 1, 2, 3 (Pt. 1 only was pub-
lished), 4, 5, 6 1888 .

Proceedings (New Series). (8vo). Vols. 1 1888

Microscopical Society of Victoria.

Journal (Vol. 1, Pt. 1, entitled Quarterly Journal). Vol. 1
(Pts. 1 to 4), 2 (Pt. 1), title page and index [all
published]. 1879-82.

[The Society then combined with the Royal Society of V^ictoria].

Note. — Afost of the volumes published before i8go are out
of print.

PROCEEDINGS

§0gal <^0detj) of fictaria,

VOL. XXIX. (Niow Semes).
PART II.

Edited under the Authority of the Council- v) > -?v" -^

ISSUED MARCH, 1917.

(Contai)iing Papers read before the Society during the months of
September to December igi6.

THE AUTHORS OF THE SEVERAL PAPERS ARE INDIVIDUALLY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE

SOUNDNESS OF THE OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE

STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOUENE :
FORD & SON, PRINTERS, DRUMMOND STREET, CARLTON.

1917.

y¥D\

mimmmk^ffmfi

Publications of the Royal Society of Victoria, and
of the Societies amalgamated with it.

Victorian Institute for the Advancement of Science.
Transactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

Philosophical Society of Victoria.
Tran-sactions. Vol. 1. 1855.

These i7vo Societies then aiiialgaiiiated and became: —

Philosophical Institute of Victoria.
TraiLsactions. Vols. 1-4.

The Society then became : —

Royal Society of Victoria.

Transactions and Proceedings (Vol. 5, entitled Transac-
tions). (8vo). Vols. 5-24.
Transactions. (4to). Vols. 1, 2, 3 (Pt. 1 only was pub

lished), 4, 5, 6 1888- .

Proceedings (New Series). (8vo). Vols. 1 1888 ,

Microscopical Society of Victoria.

Journal (Vol. 1, Pt. 1, entitled Quarterly Journal). Vol. 1
(Pts. 1 to 4), 2 (Pt. 1), title page and index \nll
published]. 1879-82.

[The Society then combined with the Royal Society of Victoria]

Note. — Most of the volumes published before i8go are out
of print.

MBL WHOI Librarv - Serials

5 WHSE 00609